Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
PLANS Kitchen Remodel 920 Big Thompson Ave 2022-02-23
1 A100 A101 1 0 ? 1 0000 NAME A0.0 500D 1 A100 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A2 0 LEVEL NAME 100'-0" 1 A100 DETAIL CALLOUT DETAIL SECTION BUILDING SECTION INTERIOR ELEVATION EXTERIOR ELEVATION NORTH ARROW REVISION TAG & CLOUD KEYNOTE REFERENCE ROOM TAG WALL TAG DOOR TAG WINDOW TAG FINISH TAG CONSTRUCTION GRID LEVEL ELEVATION INDICATOR SPOT ELEVATION A 1 0 0 EXISTING CONSTRUCTION GRID A A100 DESCRIPTION 100'-0" ?P1 1 NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING BLDGPRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 1 6 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A000 COVER SHEET OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION OUR LADY OF THE MOUNTAINS KITCHEN ADDITION 920 BIG THOMPSON AVE. | ESTES PARK, CO | 80517 PROJECT TEAM OWNER PARISH REPRESENTATIVE Reverand Faustinus Anyemele Pastor Our Lady of the Mountains Catholic Parish ARCHDIOCESE REPRESENTATIVE Mike Wisneski Director of Planning and Construction DESIGN TEAM ARCHITECTURE & INTERIORS Integration Design Group, PC Adam Hermanson, AIA 730 17th St. Suite 104 Denver, Colorado 80002 (303) 227-9453 CIVIL ENGINEER Cornerstone Engineering and Surveying, Inc Mike Todd, P.E. 1692 Big Thompson Ave., Suite 200 Estes Park , Colorado 80517 (970) 586-2458 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Gebau Consulting Engineers, Inc. Paul Gallagher, P.E. 1121 Broadway, Suite 201 Boulder, CO 80302 (303) 444-8545 MECHANICAL & PLUMBING ENGINEER Salas O'Brien John Hauge, P.E., PMP 9250 East Costilla Ave., Suite 220, Greenwood Village, CO 80112 (303) 225-6320 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Salas O'Brien John Hauge, P.E., PMP 9250 East Costilla Ave., Suite 220, Greenwood Village, CO 80112 (303) 225-6320 KITCHEN DESIGNER 3PM DESIGN David George 1010 South Joliet St. Unit #102 Aurora, CO 80011 (303) 840-0883 ABBREVIATIONS A.C.T. ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ADJ. ADJUST(ABLE) A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALUM. ALUMINUM ALT. ALTERNATE APPROX. APPROXIMATE ARCH. ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL ANOD. ANODIZED APPROV. APPROVED BD. BOARD BLDG. BUILDING BLK. BLOCK BM. BENCHMARK BOT. BOTTOM B.O. BOTTOM OF BRS. BEARINGS BSMT. BASEMENT B.U.R. BUILT UP ROOF CTR. CENTER, CENTERED CIR. CIRCLE CIRC. CIRCUMFERENCE C.J. CONTROL JOINT CLS. CEILING CLR. CLEAR C.M.U. CONCRETE MASON UNIT COL. COLUMN COMB. COMBINATION COMP. COMPACT, COMPACTED CONC. CONCRETE CONT. CONTINUOUS CONSTR. CONSTRUCTION COORD. COORDINATE COOR. COORIDOR CPT. CARPET C.T. CERAMIC TILE D. DEEP, DRYER DBL. DOUBLE DEMO. DEMOLITION DEPT. DEPARTMENT D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN DTL. DETAIL DIAG. DIAGONAL DIA. DIAMETER DIM. DIMENSION DISP. DISPENSER DISPL. DISPOSAL DIV. DIVISION DN. DOWN DR. DOOR D.S. DOWN SPOUT DWG. DRAWING E. EAST EA. EACH ELEC. ELECTRIC ELEV. ELEVATION, ELEVATOR EQ. EQUAL EQMT. EQUIPMENT E.W.C. ELECTRICAL WATER COOLER EXH. EXHAUST EXIST (E) EXISTING E.T.R. EXISTING TO REMAIN EXT. EXTERIOR EXP. EXPANSION E.J. EXPANSION JOINT F.D. FLOOR DRAIN F.E.FIRE EXTINGUISHER F.E.C FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET F.F.E. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FIN. FINISH FIXT. FIXTURE FLR. FLOOR FND. FOUNDATION F.R. FIRE RATED FRMG. FRAMING FRZ. FREEZER FTG. FOOTING FUT. FUTURE GA. GAUGE GALV. GALVANIZED G.B. GRAB BAR GRND. GROUND G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYP. BD. GYPSUM BOARD H. HIGH H.B. HOSE BIBB HC. HANDICAPPED H.D. HEAVY DUTY HDWR. HARDWARE H.M. HOLLOW METAL H.O. HOLD OPENS HORZ. HORIZONTAL HT. HEIGHT HTG. HEATING I.D. INSIDE DIAMETER I.L.O. IN LIEU OF INCL. INCLUDE, INCLUDING INSUL. INSULATION, INSULATED INT. INTERIOR JT. JOINT JST. JOIST KIT. KITCHEN L. LENGTH LA. LAYER LAB. LABORATORY LAM. LAMINATE LAV. LAVATORY L.F. LINEAL FEET LB., # POUND LVR. LOUVER MAS. MASONRY M.O. MASONRY OPENING MATL. MATERIAL MAX. MAXIMUM MECH. MECHANICAL MED. MEDIUM MFR. MANUFACTURER MH. MANHOLE MIN. MINIMUM MISC. MISCELLANEOUS MM. MILLIMETER(S) MTL. METAL N. NORTH NEC. NECESSARY (N) NEW N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT NO., # NUMBER NOM. NOMINAL N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER O.C. ON CENTER OH. OVERHEAD OPP. OPPOSITE O.S.B. ORIENTED STRAND BOARD OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE PART. PARTITION PER. PERIMETER P-LAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE PLBG. PLUMBING PROP. PROPERTY PT. PAINT R. RISER, RADIUS R.B. RUBBER BASE RE. REFER TO REC. RECESSED REF. REFERENCE REFL. REFLECTED REM. REMOVE, REMOVABLE REQ'D. REQUIRED RET. RETURN REV. REVISION RM. ROOM S. SOUTH S.B. SPLASH BLOCK SCHED. SCHEDULE SECT. SECTION S.F. SQUARE FOOT SHWR. SHOWER SHT. SHEET SIM. SIMILAR S.O.G. SLAB-ON-GRADE SPEC. SPECIFICATION SPECS. SPECIFICATIONS SPK. SPEAKER SQ. SQUARE STD. STANDARD STL. STEEL STR. STAIR STRUC. STRUCTURE, STRUCTURAL SUSP. SUSPENDED SYM. SYMMETRICAL SYS. SYSTEM T. THICK, TREAD T.B.D. TO BE DETERMINED TEMP. TEMPORARY, TEMPERED T&G. TONGUE AND GROOVE T.O.___ TOP OF ___ TLT/TOIL. TOILET T.P. TOILET PAPER T.S. TUBE STEEL TYP. TYPICAL UC. UNDERCUT U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V.B. VAPOR BARRIER V.C.T. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VENT. VENTILATOR VERT. VERTICAL VEST. VESTIBULE VIN. VINYL W. WEST W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT W.C. WATER CLOSET WD. WOOD WDW. WINDOW WIN. WINDOW W.R. WATER RESISTANT W.W.F. WELDED WIRE FABRIC GRAPHIC SYMBOLSKEY PLAN PROJECT LOCATION PROPERTY LOCATION H I G H W A Y 3 4 -B I G T H O M P S ON A VE H I L L S I D E L A N E PROJECT SUMMARY Project Description The project includes a full commercial kitchen addition on the east side of the lower level parish social hall. VISTA LANE HWY 7 & US-36 DOCUMENTS INDEX - KITCHEN NUMBER NAME GENERAL A000 COVER SHEET CIVIL C101 CIVIL GRADING PLAN C102 GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL A001 SPECIFICATIONS A002 SPECIFICATIONS A003 SPECIFICATIONS A004 SPECIFICATIONS A005 SPECIFICATIONS A006 SPECIFICATIONS A007 SPECIFICATIONS A008 SPECIFICATIONS A009 SPECIFICATIONS A010 SCHEDULES, DOOR & WINDOW TYPES A020 LOWER LEVEL CODE PLAN A120 SITE PLAN A200 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN A210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN A211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN A300 LOWER LEVEL CEILING DEMO PLAN A310 LOWER LEVEL CEILING PLAN A401 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A501 BUILDING SECTIONS A601 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS A701 FINISH PLAN & SCHEDULE A801 ROOF DETAILS A901 PERSPECTIVES STRUCTURAL S101 FRAMING PLANS S201 DETAILS MECHANICAL M001 MECHANICAL COVER SHEET M002 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M003 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M004 MECHANICAL DETAILS M200 DEMOLITION PLAN - HVAC M210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - HVAC M211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - HVAC ELECTRICAL E000 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAMS E001 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E002 ELECTRICAL NARRATIVE E110 MAIN LEVEL ELECTRICAL PLAN E210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - POWER & SIGNAL E211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL E310 LOWERE LEVEL CEILING PLAN - LIGHTING PLUMBING P001 PLUMBING COVER SHEET P002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P003 PLUMBING SCHEDULES P004 PLUMBING DETAILS P005 ISOMETRIC DETAILS P200 DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING P210 LOWER ELVE FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING P211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING KITCHEN KA101 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT PLAN KA102 KITCHEN ELECTRICAL PLAN KA103 KITCHEN PLUMBING PLAN KA104 KITCHEN BUILDING CONDITIONS & VENTILATION KA201 HOOD DETAILS KA202 HOOD DETAILS KA203 HOOD DETAILS KA204 HOOD DETAILS KA205 HOOD DETAILS KA401 STANDARD DETAILS KA402 STANDARD DETAILS KA501 ELEVATIONS 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 Reviewed by SAFEbuilt; 2015 International Codes Subject to inspection and compliance to all Relevant, adopted Building & Municipal Codes 02/23/2022 SECTION 01010 -SUMMARY OF WORK 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER- CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS CONTRACT INCORPORATES THE LATEST VERSION OF THE AIA-A201 DOCUMENT 'GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION' AS CURRENTLY AMENDED BY THE ARCHDIOCESE OF DENVER - OFFICE OF CONSTRUCTION. A COPY OF THESE CONDITIONS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO ALL BIDDERS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS APPLY TO EACH AND EVERY SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS AS THOUGH INCLUDED HEREIN. ALL PERSONS PERFORMING WORK ON THIS PROJECT ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND IT SHALL BE THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE THEMSELVES FAMILIAR WITH THE TERMS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2. SUMMARY: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, DEVICES AND SUPERVISION REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. PRIOR TO BIDDING AND COMMENCING THE WORK THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF, THE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS, AND TRADESPEOPLE WITH ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, FIELD CONDITIONS, AND EXISTING DIMENSIONS, AND SHALL CONFIRM THAT THE WORK MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED AS SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY CLARIFICATIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY AND INTENDED TO INCLUDE ALL WORK NECESSARY FOR THOROUGH AND SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. ANY WORK NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, NOR MENTIONED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT OBVIOUSLY AND REASONABLY REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER CONCLUSION OF THE WORK SHALL BE DEEMED A PART OF THE CONTRACT. 4. OTHER DESIGN PROFESSIONALS: CERTAIN PROFESSIONAL SERVICES MAY BE PERFORMED BY INDEPENDENT CONSULTANTS UNDER SEPARATE AGREEMENTS WITH THE OWNER. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, AND THEIR SUB- CONTRACTORS OR AND SUB-CONSULTANTS WILL NOT BE PROFESSIONALLY LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE WORK OF THE OWNER'S INDEPENDENT DESIGN CONSULTANTS OR VENDORS. WHERE INFORMATION OR DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY INDEPENDENT CONSULTANTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIRECT ALL INQUIRIES AND SUBMITTALS TO SUCH CONSULTANTS WITH COPIES TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR INFORMATION AND RECORD ONLY. 5. WORK BY OTHERS: SOME CONTRACTORS MAY BE HIRED DIRECTLY BY THE OWNER TO PROVIDE CERTAIN SERVICES TO COMPLETE THIS PROJECT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THESE SUPPLIERS AND INSTALLERS TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCING OF THE INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS TO THE SITE DURING WORKING HOURS, PROVIDE FOR STORAGE OF MATERIALS OF THE OWNER'S SEPARATE FORCES, AND ALLOW FOR PERFORMANCE OF THEIR ACTIVITIES. 6. APPLICABILITY: THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS SUB-CONTRACTORS PERFORMING WORK SHALL BE SUBJECTED TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION AS STATED IN THE GENERAL TERMS OF THE CONTRACT. 7. WORK BY THE OWNER: CERTAIN ITEMS SHOWN OR SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AT THEIR DISCRETION FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR OR THE OWNER MAY CHOOSE TO FURNISH AND/OR INSTALL CERTAIN ITEMS THEMSELVES. REFERENCE THE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR A SUMMARY OF SUCH KNOWN OR POSSIBLE ITEMS. 8. MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS: INSTALL ALL MATERIALS, MANUFACTURED ITEMS, AND EQUIPMENT IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS OR APPLICABLE INDUSTRY AGENCIES' LATEST RECOMMENDED STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS REFERENCED HEREIN. 9. CONFLICTING DOCUMENTS: IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICT BETWEEN SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, NOTIFY THE OWNER & ARCHITECT IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY RELATED WORK. THE MANUFACTURERS' OR INDUSTRY AGENCIES' SPECIFICATIONS OR RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL GOVERN UNLESS THE OWNER/ARCHITECT ORDERS IN WRITING A DEVIATION SUBSEQUENT TO SUCH NOTICE. 10. VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS: VERIFY FLOOR LEVEL CONDITION AND NOTIFY OWNER & ARCHITECT IF FLOOR FLATNESS VARIES BEYOND THE INDUSTRY STANDARD 1" IN 10'. NOTIFY ARCHITECT WHERE TOLERANCE IS EXCESSIVE SUCH THAT COMPLETED WORK MIGHT NOT BE ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. 11. CONDITION OF EXISTING BUILDING: MAINTAIN PORTIONS OF EXISTING BUILDING AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS IN A WEATHERTIGHT CONDITION THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 12. PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY: OWNER WILL OCCUPY THE PREMISES DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. COOPERATE WITH OWNER DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE CONFLICTS AND FACILITATE OWNER ACCESS. PERFORM THE WORK SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OWNER'S OPERATIONS NEARBY. PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN 5-DAYS NOTICE TO OWNER OF ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT OWNER'S OPERATIONS. 13. ALTERNATES: PROVIDE TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT SEPARATE LINE ITEM PRICING FOR EACH SCOPE OF WORK IDENTIFIED AS AN ADD OR DEDUCT ALTERNATE ON THE COVER SHEET AND/OR ON THE DRAWINGS. INCLUDE AS PART OF THE LINE ITEM COSTS THE BASE BID COSTS THAT WOULD BE ADDED OR REDUCED BY IMPLEMENTING THE CHANGE. 14. WORK RESTRICTIONS: A. COMPLY WITH LIMITATIONS ON USE OF PUBLIC STREETS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. ONSITE WORK HOURS TO BE LIMITED TO 7AM - 6PM MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY THE OWNER. C. NOTIFY OWNER 5-DAYS IN ADVANCE AND COORDINATE WORK THAT MAY RESULT IN HIGH LEVELS OF NOISE AND VIBRATION, ODORS, OR OTHER DISRUPTION TO OWNER OCCUPANCY TO MINIMIZE IMPACT ON OWNER OPERATIONS. D. SMOKING IS NOT PERMITTED WITHIN THE BUILDING OR WITHIN 25' OF ENTRANCES, OPERABLE WINDOWS, OR OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES. USE OF TOBACCO AND OTHER CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES WITHIN THE EXISTING BUILDING IS NOT PERMITTED. SECTION 01300 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1. EXISTING ELEMENTS TO REMAIN: WHERE DRAWINGS INDICATE THAT EXISTING MATERIALS AND FINISHES ARE TO REMAIN, SUCH MATERIALS AND FINISHES SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. SHOULD EXISTING MATERIALS OR FINISHES BE DAMAGED, THEY SHALL BE PATCHED, REPAIRED, OR REFINISHED OR REPLACED AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE THEM TO ORIGINAL AS-NEW CONDITION AS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER/ARCHITECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MAKE PROVISIONS IN HIS BID FOR SUCH REMEDIAL WORK. 2. SCALED DRAWINGS: DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO DETERMINE THE ARRANGEMENT OR SCOPE OF WORK. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ESTABLISH LOCATION OF ALL PARTITIONS. LARGER SCALE DRAWINGS HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SMALLER SCALE DRAWINGS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE DOCUMENTS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 3. BUILDING CODES AND PERMITS: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL REQUIRED PERMITS. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. 4. APPROVAL OF WORK: PRESENCE OF THE OWNER /ARCHITECT ON THE JOBSITE DOES NOT IMPLY APPROVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. IF DEVIATION FROM THE DESCRIBED SCOPE OF WORK APPEARS TO BE NECESSARY, SPECIFIC ITEMS MUST BE CALLED TO THE ATTENTION OF OWNER /ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. DEVIATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY DISCUSSED ARE CONSIDERED REJECTED OUT OF HAND. 5. PROJECT MEETINGS: CONTRACTOR SHALL ADMINISTER PROJECT MEETINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PHYSICAL ARRANGEMENT FOR MEETINGS AND NOTIFY ALL INVOLVED PARTIES IN WRITING AT LEAST 3 DAYS IN ADVANCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRESIDE AT MEETINGS, RECORD MINUTES AND REPRODUCE AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF THE MINUTES OF THE MEETING WITHIN 3 WORKING DAYS AFTER EACH MEETING TO PARTICIPANTS OF MEETING AND PARTIES AFFECTED BY DECISIONS MADE AT EACH MEETING AND TO THE ARCHITECT, WHETHER PRESENT OR ABSENT. 6. PROJECT SCHEDULE: THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PUBLISH AND MAINTAIN A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AS REQUIRED BY THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. THE APPROVED PROJECT SCHEDULE SHALL BE USED TO MEASURE THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK, TO AID IN EVALUATING TIME EXTENSIONS, AND TO PROVIDE THE BASIS FOR ALL PROGRESS PAYMENTS. THE SCHEDULE SHALL INCLUDE AN APPROPRIATE LEVEL OF DETAIL TO ALLOW MONITORING OF THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UPDATE THE SCHEDULE AS REQUIRED OR AT A MINIMUM BIWEEKLY TO INDICATE CHANGES CAUSED BY CHANGE ORDERS, CONTRACTOR CHANGES IN WORK SEQUENCE, DELAYS DUE TO WEATHER, SUBMITTALS, AND DELIVERIES, AND OTHER DELAYS BEYOND THE CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL. 7. EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEMS: ANY INTERRUPTIONS OF SERVICE TO THE PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND/OR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRE 5-DAYS ADVANCE NOTICE AND COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER'S STAFF. 8. EXISTING STRUCTURE: CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY INVESTIGATIVE EFFORTS TO UNCOVER AND INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK IN EACH AREA. 9. SUBSTITUTIONS: PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED IN SEVERAL OF THE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, OR ON THE DRAWINGS, AS “BASE BID” ITEMS. “APPROVED EQUAL” SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED DURING BIDDING OR NEGOTIATION ONLY IF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION MATCHES THE BASE BID ITEM IN MATERIAL, COLOR, STYLE, TYPE, SIZE, FINISH, AND QUALITY. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED, USING STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATINS INSTITUTE FORM, TO THE ARCHITECT WITH FULL DOCUMENTATION OF COMPLIANCE DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD, AND NO LATER THAN (1) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE DATE OF BID OPENINGS. 10. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK: ARCHITECT MAY ISSUE SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS AUTHORIZING MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK, NOT INVOLVING ADJUSTMENT TO THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME. 11. PROPOSAL REQUESTS: OWNER-INITIATED PROPOSAL REQUESTS: ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CHANGES IN THE WORK THAT MAY REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT TO THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME. IF NECESSARY, THE DESCRIPTION WILL INCLUDE SUPPLEMENTAL OR REVISED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A QUOTATION WITHIN 15 WORKING DAYS ESTIMATING ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONTRACT SUM AND THE CONTRACT TIME NECESSARY TO EXECUTE THE CHANGE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE BREAKDOWN OF COST CHANGES WITH EACH QUOTATION, PROVIDED ON FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. IF PROPOSED CHANGES REQUIRE MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER TO ARCHITECT. INCLUDE A STATEMENT OUTLINING REASONS FOR THE CHANGE AND THE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE ON THE WORK. PROVIDE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE. INDICATE THE EFFECT OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE ON THE CONTRACT SUM AND THE CONTRACT TIME. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE BREAKDOWN OF COST CHANGES WITH EACH QUOTATION, PROVIDED ON FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. 12. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES: ON OWNER'S APPROVAL OF A PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER THE GC SHALL PREPARE A FORMAL CHANGE ORDER FOR SIGNATURES OF THE OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON A FORM CONSISTENT WITH AIA-G701. SECTION 01310 -PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1. COORDINATION: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS INCLUDED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF THE WORK. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, INCLUDED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS, THAT DEPEND ON EACH OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, CONNECTION, AND OPERATION. A. SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS IN SEQUENCE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN THE BEST RESULTS WHERE INSTALLATION OF ONE PART OF THE WORK DEPENDS ON INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS, BEFORE OR AFTER ITS OWN INSTALLATION. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DIFFERENT COMPONENTS TO ENSURE MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY FOR REQUIRED MAINTENANCE, SERVICE, AND REPAIR. C. MAKE ADEQUATE PROVISIONS TO ACCOMMODATE ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR LATER INSTALLATION. 2. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES: COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TIMING OF REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND ACTIVITIES OF OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND TO ENSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A. PREPARATION AND MAINTENANCE OF CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. B. PREPARATION OF THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES. C. CONDUCT PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. D. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. E. DELIVERY AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS. F. PROGRESS MEETINGS. G. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES. H. PROJECT CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES. I. STARTUP AND ADJUSTMENT OF SYSTEMS. 3. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION: IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT AN RFI IN A FORM SIMILAR TO AIA-G716. A. COORDINATE AND SUBMIT RFI'S IN A PROMPT MANNER SO AS TO AVOID DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S WORK OR WORK OF SUBCONTRACTORS. B. PREPARE, MAINTAIN, AND SUBMIT A TABULAR LOG OF RFIS ORGANIZED BY THE RFI NUMBER. SUBMIT LOG WEEKLY, AT OR PRIOR TO WEEKLY PROJECT MEETING. C. ARCHITECT'S ACTION: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH RFI, DETERMINE ACTION REQUIRED, AND RESPOND. ALLOW SEVEN WORKING DAYS FOR ARCHITECT'S RESPONSE FOR EACH RFI. RFIS RECEIVED BY ARCHITECT AFTER 1:00 P.M. WILL BE CONSIDERED AS RECEIVED THE FOLLOWING WORKING DAY. D. THE FOLLOWING RFI'S WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION: a. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBMITTALS. b. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS. c. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION ALREADY INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. d. REQUESTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM. e. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION OF ARCHITECT'S ACTIONS ON SUBMITTALS. f. INCOMPLETE RFI'S OR INACCURATELY PREPARED RFIS. g. RFI'S SUBMITTED BY OTHER ENTITIES CONTROLLED BY CONTRACTOR. E. ARCHITECT'S ACTION MAY INCLUDE A REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, IN WHICH CASE ARCHITECT'S TIME FOR RESPONSE WILL DATE FROM TIME OF RECEIPT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. F. ARCHITECT'S ACTION ON RFI'S THAT MAY RESULT IN A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CHANGE PROPOSAL ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATION SECTION "CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES." IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE RFI RESPONSE WARRANTS CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING WITHIN 7 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THE RFI RESPONSE. G. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO DISTRIBUTE RFI RESPONSES TO ALL IMPACTED BY ANY INFORMATION AND DIRECTION PROVIDED IN THE RFI AND THE RESPONSE. 4. MAINTENANCE OF CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: COORDINATE BAR-CHART CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITH THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES, LIST OF SUBCONTRACTS, SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE, PAYMENT APPLICATIONS, AND OTHER REPORTS AND SCHEDULES AS NECESSARY. COORDINATE EACH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN THE PROJECT WITH OTHER ACTIVITIES AND SCHEDULE THEM IN PROPER SEQUENCE, AND EXTEND SCHEDULE FROM THE NOTICE TO PROCEED TODATE OF FINAL COMPLETION. A. INCLUDE TIME FOR PRODUCTION, REVIEW, AND RETURN OF SUBMITTALS. INCLUDE AS SEPARATE ITEMS WITHIN THE SCHEDULE THE PROCUREMENT PROCESS FOR LONG- LEAD ITEMS AND MAJOR ITEMS REQUIRING MORE THAN 60- DAYS. SECURE FIRM COMMITMENTS FOR DELIVERY OF ITEMS AND PERFORMANCE OF CRITICAL ELEMENTS OF THE WORK FROM ENTITIES INVOLVED. B. AT WEEKLY INTERVALS UPDATE SCHEDULE TO REFLECT ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND ACTIVITIES. ISSUE SCHEDULE AT EACH REGULARLY SCHEDULED PROGRESS MEETING. INCLUDE DETAILED 'LOOK-AHEAD' SCHEDULES TO KEEP OWNER AND ARCHITECT APPRISED OF UPCOMING ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES, REQUIRED APPROVALS, IMPORTANT DELIVERIES, ETC. 5. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS: PREPARE AND RETAIN AT PROJECT SITE A DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORT RECORDING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ON SITE. B. LIST OF OWNER'S SEPARATE CONTRACTORS ON SITE. C. APPROXIMATE COUNT OF PERSONNEL ON SITE. D. EQUIPMENT AT PROJECT SITE. E. MATERIAL DELIVERIES F. HIGH AND LOW TEMPERATURES AND GENERAL WEATHER CONDITIONS INCLUDING PRESENCE OF RAIN OR SNOW. G. ACCIDENTS, SAFETY INCIDENTS. H. STOPPAGES, DELAYS, SHORTAGES, LOSSES. I. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. J. ORDERS AND REQUESTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. K. SERVICES CONNECTED AND DISCONNECTED. L. EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS TESTS OR STARTUPS. 6. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TAKING DIGITAL COLOR PHOTOGRAPHS BEFORE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION AS A RECORD OF EXISTING CONDITIONS, PROGRESS, AND COMPLETION. THE ARCHIVE SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AT ANY POINT UPON REQUEST. THE ARCHIVE OF ALL IMAGES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON A CD AS PART OF THE O&M MANUAL AT THE END OF THE PROJECT. A. PRECONSTRUCTION: BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF EXCAVATION OR OTHER DEMOLITION TAKE (40) PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PROJECT SITE AND SURROUNDING PROPERTIES, INCLUDING EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION FROM SEVERAL DIFFERENT VANTAGE POINTS. B. PERIODIC CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: TAKE A MINIMUM OF 10 PHOTOGRAPHS WEEKLY. SELECT VANTAGE POINTS TO SHOW SPECIAL CONDITIONS, STATUS OF CONSTRUCTION AND GENERAL PROGRESS SINCE LAST PHOTOS WERE TAKEN. C. FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS: TAKE A MINIMUM OF 20 PHOTOGRAPHS AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. D. ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHS: ARCHITECT MAY REQUEST ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHS IN ADDITION TO THOSE NOTED ABOVE. TAKE REQUESTED PHOTOGRAPHS WITHIN 24 HOURS OF RECEIPT OF REQUEST FROM ARCHITECT. CIRCUMSTANCES THAT COULD REQUIRE ADDITIONAL PHOTOGRAPHS INCLUDE: a. SPECIAL EVENTS PLANNED AT THE SITE. b. IMMEDIATE FOLLOW UP WHEN CLAIMS OF DAMAGE OR LOSS HAVE BEEN MADE. c. FABRICATION CONDITIONS AWAY FROM THE PROJECT SITE. d. RECORD OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF A MAJOR PHASE OF WORK. e. OWNER'S REQUEST FOR SPECIAL PUBLICITY PHOTOGRAPHS. SECTION 01330 -SUBMITTALS 1. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: THE CONTRACTOR PUBLISH A SCHEDULE OF ALL SUBMITTALS, ARRANGED IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER AS REQUIRED BY THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, FOR THE ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. INDIVIDUAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE APPLICABLE PORTION OF THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ACCEPTABLE FORMATS: ARCHITECT WILL ACCEPT SUBMITTALS AS HARD COPIES, OR AS ELECTRONIC PDF FILES. ARCHITECT MAY RETURN SUBMITTALS AS HARD COPIES OR AS ELECTRONIC PDF FILES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DISTRIBUTION AND FILING/RECORDING OF COPIES REGARDLESS OF FORMAT OR MEDIA. FURNISH COPIES TO MANUFACTURERS, SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, FABRICATORS, INSTALLERS, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND OTHER AS NECESSARY FOR PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. SUBMITTALS NOT BEARING THE CONTRACTOR'S STAMP OF APPROVAL WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. 3. SCHEDULING: COORDINATE PREPARATION AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, AND SEQUENTIAL TASKS. BY MAKING A SUBMITTAL, THE CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS THAT HE HAS APPROVED THE SUBMITTAL AND VERIFIED ITS GENERAL APPLICABILITY TO THE PROJECT. 4. REVIEW TIME: ALLOW 15 DAYS IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE FOR THE INITIAL REVIEW OF EACH SUBMITTAL. 5. DEVIATIONS: CONTRACTOR MUST IDENTIFY ANY AND ALL DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON SUBMITTALS. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THAT ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS SUCH SHALL BE CONSIDERED REJECTED, REGARDLESS OF ARCHITECT’S ACTION. SUBMITTALS REVIEWED BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEVIATION FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NO PORTION OF WORK REQUIRING SUBMITTALS SHALL BE COMMENCED UNTIL SUBMITTALS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE OWNER OR THE ARCHITECT. 6. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW ALL NECESSARY DETAILS OF FABRICATION, LAYOUT, SETTING, OR ERECTION AS APPROPRIATE FOR THE PORTION OF THE WORK THEY COVER. SHOW ADJACENT CONDITIONS AND RELATED WORK. SHOW ACCURATE FIELD DIMENSIONS WHERE APPROPRIATE. IDENTIFY MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SHOWN. NOTE SPECIAL COORDINATION REQUIRED. REPRODUCTION OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 7. SAMPLES: SAMPLES SHALL SHOW THE FULL RANGE OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS FOR THE ARCHITECTS SELECTION OR APPROVAL AND TO ESTABLISH STANDARDS BY WHICH COMPLETED WORK SHALL BE JUDGED. SUBMIT IN NUMBERS AND SIZES REQUIRED IN EACH SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ACCORDING THE PROCEDURES OF THIS SECTION. A. MAINTAIN SETS OF APPROVED SAMPLES AT PROJECT SITE, AVAILABLE FOR QUALITY CONTROL COMPARISONS THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF THE PROJECT. SAMPLE SETS MAY BE USED TO DETERMINE THE FINAL ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK IN PLACE. SAMPLES MUST BE PREPARED FROM THE SAME MATERIAL USED FOR THE WORK, FINISHED IN THE MANNER SPECECIFIED, AND PHYSICALLY IDENTICAL WITH MATERIAL PROPOSED FOR USE/INSTALLATION. B. SUBMIT A MINIMUM OF (3) SETS OF SAMPLES SHOWING EXPECTED RANGE OF VARIATION IN FINISHED APPEARANCE. ARCHITECT WILL RETAIN TWO SETS, THE REMAINDER WILL BE RETURNED. 8. PRODUCT DATA: PRODUCT DATA INCLUDES MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PUBLISHED LITERATURE, SUCH AS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, CATALOG CUTS, COLOR CHARTS, ROUGH-IN DIAGRAMS, AND WIRING DIAGRAMS. WHEN PRODUCT DATA MUST BE PREPARED SPECIFICALLY BECAUSE STANDARD PUBLISHED DATA IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE, SUBMIT AS SHOP DRAWINGS. MARK EACH COPY OF PRODUCT DATA TO SHOW APPLICABLE CHOICES AND OPTIONS. SUBMIT BROCHURES AND OTHER SUBMITTAL DATA THAT CANNOT BE REPRODUCED ECONOMICALLY IN SUCH QUANTITIES TO ALLOW THE ARCHITECT TO RETAIN ONE COPY OF EACH AFTER REVIEW. 9. DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES: IN ADDITION TO SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND OTHER REQUIRED SUBMITTALS, SUBMIT THREE PAPER COPIES OF CERTIFICATE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE RESPONSIBLE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR EACH PRODUCT AND SYSTEM SPECIFICALLY ASSIGNED TO THE CONTRACTOR TO BE DESIGNED OR CERTIFIED BY A DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. 10. OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUALS: AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE, PROVIDE THE OWNER WITH TWOCOMPLETE SETS OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER PROCEDURES FOR PROPER MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT. SECTION 01400 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1. SUMMARY: TESTING AND INSPECTING SERVICES ARE REQUIRED TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. THESE SERVICES DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS. SPECIFIED TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND RELATED ACTIONS DO NOT LIMIT CONTRACTOR'S OTHER QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES THAT FACILITATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS. 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE QUALITY-ASSURANCE AND QUALITY- CONTROL SERVICES REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT, OWNER, OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION ARE NOT LIMITED BY PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION. 3. ALL SOILS TESTS, CONCRETE TESTS, STEEL TESTS AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS SHALL BE BY OWNER. 4. PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING: WHERE TESTING AGENCY IS INDICATED TO PERFORM PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFORMANCE AND TEST METHODS, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING RESPONSIBILITIES: A. PROVIDE TEST SPECIMENS REPRESENTATIVE OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND CONSTRUCTION. B. SUBMIT SPECIMENS IN A TIMELY MANNER WITH SUFFICIENT TIME FOR TESTING AND ANALYZING RESULTS TO PREVENT DELAYING THE WORK. C. WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETE REMOVE MOCKUPS, TEST SPECIMENS, ASSEMBLIES, ETC. DO NOT USE ON PROJECT. 5. TESTING AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES: SUBMIT A CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORT OF EACH TEST, INSPECTION, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-ASSURANCE SERVICE TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT, WITH COPY TO CONTRACTOR. INTERPRET TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND STATE IN EACH REPORT WHETHER TESTED AND INSPECTED WORK COMPLIES WITH OR DEVIATES FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. MOCKUPS: BEFORE INSTALLING PORTIONS OF THE WORK REQUIRING MOCKUPS, BUILD MOCKUPS FOR EACH FORM OF CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS, USING MATERIALS INDICATED FOR THE COMPLETED WORK: A. BUILD MOCKUPS IN LOCATION AND OF SIZE INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. B. NOTIFY ARCHITECT SEVEN DAYS IN ADVANCE OF DATES AND TIMES WHEN MOCKUPS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED. C. DEMONSTRATE THE PROPOSED RANGE OF AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND WORKMANSHIP. D. OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL OF MOCKUPS BEFORE STARTING WORK, FABRICATION, OR CONSTRUCTION. E. ALLOW SEVEN DAYS FOR INITIAL REVIEW AND EACH RE-REVIEW OF EACH MOCKUP. F. MAINTAIN MOCKUPS DURING CONSTRUCTION IN AN UNDISTURBED CONDITION AS A STANDARD FOR JUDGING THE COMPLETED WORK. G. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE MOCKUPS WHEN DIRECTED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 7. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES: WHERE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES ARE INDICATED AS OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY, OWNER WILL ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM THESE SERVICES. OWNER WILL FURNISH CONTRACTOR WITH NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF TESTING AGENCIES ENGAGED AND A DESCRIPTION OF TYPES OF TESTING AND INSPECTING THEY ARE ENGAGED TO PERFORM. 8. COSTS FOR RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTING CONSTRUCTION THAT REPLACES OR IS NECESSITATED BY WORK THAT FAILED TO COMPLY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WILL BE CHARGED TO CONTRACTOR, AND THE CONTRACT SUM WILL BE ADJUSTED BY CHANGE ORDER. 9. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS NOT EXPLICITLY ASSIGNED TO OWNER ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. PERFORM ADDITIONAL QUALITY-CONTROL ACTIVITIES REQUIRED TO VERIFY THAT THE WORK COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS, WHETHER SPECIFIED OR NOT. A. WHERE SERVICES ARE INDICATED AS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM THESE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT EMPLOY SAME ENTITY ENGAGED BY OWNER, UNLESS AGREED TO IN WRITING BY OWNER. C. NOTIFY TESTING AGENCIES AT LEAST 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF TIME WHEN WORK THAT REQUIRES TESTING OR INSPECTING WILL BE PERFORMED. D. WHERE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES ARE INDICATED AS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY, SUBMIT A CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORT, IN DUPLICATE, OF EACH QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICE. E. TESTING AND INSPECTING REQUESTED BY CONTRACTOR AND NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. F. SUBMIT ADDITIONAL COPIES OF EACH WRITTEN REPORT DIRECTLY TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, WHEN THEY SO DIRECT. 10. ASSOCIATED SERVICES: COOPERATE WITH AGENCIES PERFORMING REQUIRED TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES, AND PROVIDE REASONABLE AUXILIARY SERVICES AS REQUESTED. NOTIFY AGENCY SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF OPERATIONS TO PERMIT ASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: A. ACCESS TO THE WORK. B. INCIDENTAL LABOR AND FACILITIES NECESSARY TO FACILITATE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. C. ADEQUATE QUANTITIES OF REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF MATERIALS THAT REQUIRE TESTING AND INSPECTING. ASSIST AGENCY IN OBTAINING SAMPLES. D. FACILITIES FOR STORAGE AND FIELD CURING OF TEST SAMPLES. E. DELIVERY OF SAMPLES TO TESTING AGENCIES. F. PRELIMINARY DESIGN MIX PROPOSED FOR USE FOR MATERIAL MIXES THAT REQUIRE CONTROL BY TESTING AGENCY. G. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FOR SAMPLES AND FOR TESTING AND INSPECTING EQUIPMENT AT PROJECT SITE. 11. COORDINATION: COORDINATE SEQUENCE OF ACTIVITIES TO ACCOMMODATE REQUIRED QUALITY-ASSURANCE AND -CONTROL SERVICES WITH A MINIMUM OF DELAY AND TO AVOID NECESSITY OF REMOVING AND REPLACING CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE TESTING AND INSPECTING.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 1 7 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A001 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. TEMPORARY UTILITIES: PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES COORDINATE SERVICE LOCATIONS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES INCLUDING POTABLE WATER, POWER, LIGHTING, HEATING, COOLING, SANITARY FACILITIES, AND TELEPHONE WITH THE OWNER. 2. ACCESS: COORDINATE WITH OWNER FOR ACCESS TO WORK AREA INCLUDING USE AND MOVEMENT THROUGH EXISTING BUILDING AREAS. CONTACT THE OWNER TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED OUTSIDE NORMAL WORKING HOURS. OBTAIN OWNER'S WRITTEN AFTER- HOURS AUTHORIZATION. ANY CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR WITHOUT SUCH AN AUTHORIZATION WILL BE ASKED TO LEAVE THE PREMISES. ENSURE THAT PUBLIC PARKING, VEHICULAR CIRCULATION, AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS IS NOT OBSTRUCTED BY CONTRACTOR VEHICLES, MATERIALS, DEBRIS, ETC. 3. TRASH COLLECTION: PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN A DUMPSTER OR OTHER APPROPRIATE CONTAINER FOR THE COLLECTION OF TRASH AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DUMPSTER WITH THE OWNER. REMOVE ALL DUMPSTERS AND TRASH CONTAINERS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. COLLECT WASTE FROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREAS DAILY. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NFPA 241 AND LOCAL REGULATIONS FOR HANDLING WASTE DISPOSAL AND STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. 4. BLINDS AND DRAPERIES: PROTECT EXISTING BLINDS AND DRAPERIES. IF BLINDS AND DRAPERIES ARE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND IT IS NECESSARY TO HAVE THEM CLEANED, PRESSED, OR REINSTALLED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS. 5. CONTRACTOR PARKING: COORDINATE WITH THE BUILDING OWNER FOR APPROVED CONTRACTOR PARKING. PARK CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S VEHICLES AWAY FROM MAIN ENTRANCE TO THE BUILDING. DO NOT PARK IN FIRE LANES, HANDICAP SPACES, OR RESERVED SPACES. 6. CLEANING: MAINTAIN ALL AREAS OUTSIDE THE AREA OF WORK (I.E. CORRIDORS, ELEVATORS, LOBBIES, STAGING AREAS, ETC) IN THE SAME STATE OF CLEANLINESS AS THE REST OF THE BUILDING. CLEANING OF THE AREAS SHALL BE DONE EACH WORKING DAY PRIOR TO LEAVING THE SITE. TEMPORARY FLOOR PROTECTION SHALL BE STORED IN AREAS OF WORK AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY AND WHEN NOT IN USE. 7. PROTECTION: PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY CARDBOARD / HARDBOARD FOR PROTECTION OF CARPET AND TILE FLOORING IN AREAS OF CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING PATHWAYS TO BUILDING EGRESS. KEEP DOORS TO SPACES WHERE WORK IS OCCURRING CLOSED AT ALL TIMES. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE PROTECTION OF WALLS, DOORS AND FRAMES. 8. CLEAN UP: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP THE PREMISES FREE FROM ACCUMULATIONS OF WASTE MATERIAL OR RUBBISH CAUSED BY HIS EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, OR WORK. IN CASE OF DISPUTE BETWEEN SUBCONTRACTORS AS TO WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEAN UP OR IN CASE IT IS NOT DONE PROMPTLY, THE GC WILL DO THE CLEANUP AND CHARGE THE COST TO THE SUBCONTRACTORS IN A FASHION THAT THE GC DEEMS TO BE JUST. NOTIFICATION WILL BE GIVEN TO THE SUBCONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THIS ACTION. 9. FINAL CLEAN: PROVIDE FINAL CLEAN PRIOR TO FINAL WALKTHROUGH INSPECTION. CLEAN ALL SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW. REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS. REMOVE STAINS AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. POLISH TRANSPARENT AND GLASSY SURFACES. CLEAN GLASS AND MIRRORS. VACUUM CARPET AND SOFT SURFACES AND CLEAN EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO A SANITARY CONDITION. LEAVE CONCRETE FLOORS BROOM CLEAN. SWEEP AND MOP HARD FLOOR SURFACES AND REMOVE ALL WASTE FROM SITE. USE ONLY CLEANING MATERIALS AND METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE SURFACE TO BE CLEANED. 10. WATER SERVICE: CONNECT TO OWNER'S EXISTING WATER SERVICE FACILITIES. CLEAN AND MAINTAIN WATER SERVICE FACILITIES IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, RESTORE THESE FACILITIES TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE INITIAL USE. 11. CONSTRUCTION TOILETS: USE OF OWNER'S TOILET FACILITIES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. PROVIDE TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES, WASH FACILITIES, AND TEMPORARY DRINKING WATER FOR USE BY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. LOCATION OF TEMPORARY TOILETS SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. 12. COMMON-USE FIELD OFFICE: OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE NEEDS OF OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL OFFICE ACTIVITIES AND TO ACCOMMODATE PROJECT MEETINGS SPECIFIED IN OTHER DIVISION 1 SECTIONS. KEEP OFFICE CLEAN AND ORDERLY. 13. EQUIPMENT: A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: PORTABLE, UL RATED; WITH CLASS AND EXTINGUISHING AGENT AS REQUIRED BY LOCATIONS AND CLASSES OF FIRE EXPOSURES. B. HVAC EQUIPMENT: UNLESS OWNER AUTHORIZES USE OF PERMANENT HVAC SYSTEM, PROVIDE VENTED, SELF-CONTAINED, LIQUID-PROPANE-GAS OR FUEL-OIL HEATERS WITH INDIVIDUAL SPACE THERMOSTATIC CONTROL. HEATING UNITS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE OF FUEL BEING CONSUMED, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AHJ, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE. 14. HEATING AND COOLING: PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEATING AND COOLING REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES FOR CURING OR DRYING OF COMPLETED INSTALLATIONS OR FOR PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION FROM ADVERSE EFFECTS OF LOW TEMPERATURES OR HIGH HUMIDITY. SELECT EQUIPMENT THAT WILL NOT HAVE A HARMFUL EFFECT ON COMPLETED INSTALLATIONS OR ELEMENTS BEING INSTALLED. 15. VENTILATION AND HUMIDITY CONTROL: PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTILATION REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES FOR CURING OR DRYING OF COMPLETED INSTALLATIONS OR FOR PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION FROM ADVERSE EFFECTS OF HIGH HUMIDITY. SELECT EQUIPMENT THAT WILL NOT HAVE A HARMFUL EFFECT ON COMPLETED INSTALLATIONS OR ELEMENTS BEING INSTALLED. COORDINATE VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS TO PRODUCE AMBIENT CONDITION REQUIRED AND MINIMIZE ENERGY CONSUMPTION. 16. ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE: CONNECT TO OWNER'S EXISTING ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE. MAINTAIN EQUIPMENT IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. 17. LIGHTING: PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING WITH LOCAL SWITCHING THAT PROVIDES ADEQUATE ILLUMINATION FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, OBSERVATIONS, INSPECTIONS, AND TRAFFIC CONDITIONS. INSTALL AND OPERATE TEMPORARY LIGHTING THAT FULFILLS SECURITY AND PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS WITHOUT OPERATING ENTIRE SYSTEM. 18. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION SERVICE: PROVIDE A COMPUTER IN THE PRIMARY FIELD OFFICE ADEQUATE FOR USE BY CONTRACTOR TO ACCESS PROJECT ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS AND MAINTAIN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. EQUIP COMPUTER WITH HIGH-SPEED INTERNET ACCESS. 19. TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROLS: PROTECT EXISTING SITE IMPROVEMENTS TO REMAIN INCLUDING CURBS, PAVEMENT, AND UTILITIES. MAINTAIN ACCESS FOR FIRE-FIGHTING EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS TO FIRE HYDRANTS. USE DESIGNATED AREAS OF OWNER'S EXISTING PARKING AREAS FOR CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. 20. DEWATERING FACILITIES AND DRAINS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. MAINTAIN PROJECT SITE, EXCAVATIONS, AND CONSTRUCTION FREE OF WATER. DISPOSE OF RAINWATER IN A LAWFUL MANNER THAT WILL NOT RESULT IN FLOODING PROJECT OR ADJOINING PROPERTIES NOR ENDANGER PERMANENT WORK OR TEMPORARY FACILITIES. REMOVE SNOW AND ICE AS REQUIRED TO MINIMIZE ACCUMULATIONS. 21. PROJECT SIGNS: PROVIDE PROJECT SIGNS AS INDICATED. UNAUTHORIZED SIGNS ARE NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS. PROVIDE OTHER SIGNS AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO INFORM PUBLIC AND INDIVIDUALS SEEKING ENTRANCE TO PROJECT. PROVIDE TEMPORARY, DIRECTIONAL SIGNS FOR CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL AND VISITORS. 22. LIFTS AND HOISTS: PROVIDE FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR HOISTING MATERIALS AND PERSONNEL. TRUCK CRANES AND SIMILAR DEVICES USED FOR HOISTING MATERIALS ARE CONSIDERED "TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT" AND NOT TEMPORARY FACILITIES SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS (CONTINUED) 25. SITE ENCLOSURE FENCE: BEFORE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGIN, FURNISH AND INSTALL SITE ENCLOSURE FENCE IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT PEOPLE AND ANIMALS FROM EASILY ENTERING SITE EXCEPT BY ENTRANCE GATES. 26. EXTENT OF FENCE: AS REQUIRED TO ENCLOSE ENTIRE PROJECT SITE OR PORTION DETERMINED SUFFICIENT TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN SECURITY BY LIMITING NUMBER OF KEYS AND RESTRICTING DISTRIBUTION TO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. FURNISH ONE SET OF KEYS TO OWNER. 27. SECURITY ENCLOSURE AND LOCKUP: INSTALL TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE AROUND PARTIALLY COMPLETED AREAS OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE LOCKABLE ENTRANCES TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRANCE, VANDALISM, THEFT, AND SIMILAR VIOLATIONS OF SECURITY. LOCK ENTRANCES AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, AND LIGHTS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR ERECTING STRUCTURALLY ADEQUATE BARRICADES, INCLUDING WARNING SIGNS AND LIGHTING. 28. TEMPORARY EGRESS: MAINTAIN TEMPORARY EGRESS FROM EXISTING OCCUPIED FACILITIES AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 29. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES FOR PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITY AND CONSTRUCTION, IN PROGRESS AND COMPLETED, FROM EXPOSURE, FOUL WEATHER, OTHER CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, AND SIMILAR ACTIVITIES. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURE FOR BUILDING EXTERIOR. WHERE HEATING OR COOLING IS NEEDED AND PERMANENT ENCLOSURE IS NOT COMPLETE, INSULATE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES. 30. TEMPORARY PARTITIONS: PROVIDE FLOOR-TO-CEILING DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS TO LIMIT DUST AND DIRT MIGRATION AND TO SEPARATE AREAS OCCUPIED BY OWNER FROM FUMES AND NOISE. UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT AND OWNER, CONSTRUCT DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALLBOARD WITH JOINTS TAPED ON OCCUPIED SIDE, AND FIRE-RETARDANT PLYWOOD ON CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS SIDE. A. WHERE FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED TEMPORARY PARTITIONS ARE INDICATED OR ARE REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, CONSTRUCT PARTITIONS ACCORDING TO THE RATED ASSEMBLIES. B. INSULATE PARTITIONS TO LIMIT NOISE TRANSMISSION TO OCCUPIED AREAS. C. SEAL JOINTS AND PERIMETER. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH GASKETED DUSTPROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS WHERE OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED. D. PROTECT AIR-HANDLING EQUIPMENT. E. PROVIDE WALK-OFF MATS AT EACH ENTRANCE THROUGH TEMPORARY PARTITION. 31. TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION: INSTALL AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY FIRE- PROTECTION FACILITIES OF TYPES NEEDED TO PROTECT AGAINST REASONABLY PREDICTABLE AND CONTROLLABLE FIRE LOSSES. COMPLY WITH NFPA 241. A. PROHIBIT SMOKING IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS. B. SUPERVISE WELDING OPERATIONS, COMBUSTION-TYPE TEMPORARY HEATING UNITS, AND SIMILAR SOURCES OF FIRE IGNITION ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. DEVELOP AND SUPERVISE AN OVERALL FIRE-PREVENTION AND -PROTECTION PROGRAM FOR PERSONNEL AT PROJECT SITE. REVIEW NEEDS WITH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT AND ESTABLISH PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED. INSTRUCT PERSONNEL IN METHODS AND PROCEDURES. POST WARNINGS AND INFORMATION. 32. MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL: CONTRACTOR'S MOISTURE PROTECTION PLAN: AVOID TRAPPING WATER IN FINISHED WORK. DOCUMENT VISIBLE SIGNS OF MOLD THAT MAY APPEAR DURING CONSTRUCTION. A. EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION PHASE: BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WEATHER BARRIERS, WHEN MATERIALS ARE SUBJECT TO WETTING AND EXPOSURE AND TO AIRBORNE MOLD SPORES, PROTECT MATERIALS FROM WATER DAMAGE AND KEEP POROUS AND ORGANIC MATERIALS FROM COMING INTO PROLONGED CONTACT WITH CONCRETE. B. PARTIALLY ENCLOSED CONSTRUCTION PHASE: AFTER INSTALLATION OF WEATHER BARRIERS BUT BEFORE FULL ENCLOSURE AND CONDITIONING OF BUILDING, WHEN INSTALLED MATERIALS ARE STILL SUBJECT TO INFILTRATION OF MOISTURE AND AMBIENT MOLD SPORES, PROTECT AS FOLLOWS: a. DO NOT LOAD OR INSTALL DRYWALL OR OTHER POROUS MATERIALS OR COMPONENTS, OR ITEMS WITH HIGH ORGANIC CONTENT, INTO PARTIALLY ENCLOSED BUILDING. b. KEEP INTERIOR SPACES REASONABLY CLEAN AND PROTECTED FROM WATER DAMAGE. c. DISCARD OR REPLACE WATER-DAMAGED AND WET MATERIAL. d. DISCARD, REPLACE, OR CLEAN STORED OR INSTALLED MATERIAL THAT BEGINS TO GROW MOLD. e. PERFORM WORK IN A SEQUENCE THAT ALLOWS ANY WET MATERIALS ADEQUATE TIME TO DRY BEFORE ENCLOSING THE MATERIAL IN DRYWALL OR OTHER INTERIOR FINISHES. C. CONTROLLED CONSTRUCTION PHASE: AFTER COMPLETING AND SEALING OF THE BUILDING ENCLOSURE BUT PRIOR TO THE FULL OPERATION OF PERMANENT HVAC SYSTEMS, MAINTAIN AS FOLLOWS: a. CONTROL MOISTURE AND HUMIDITY INSIDE BUILDING BY MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE DRY-IN CONDITIONS. D. REMOVE MATERIALS THAT CAN NOT BE COMPLETELY RESTORED TO THEIR MANUFACTURED MOISTURE LEVEL WITHIN 48 HOURS. SECTION 01600 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ARE UNDAMAGED AND, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ARE NEW AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. 2. PROVIDE PRODUCTS COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES, TRIM, FINISH, FASTENERS, AND OTHER ITEMS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND INDICATED USE AND EFFECT. 3. STANDARD PRODUCTS: IF AVAILABLE, AND UNLESS CUSTOM PRODUCTS OR NONSTANDARD OPTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, PROVIDE STANDARD PRODUCTS OF TYPES THAT HAVE BEEN PRODUCED AND USED SUCCESSFULLY IN SIMILAR SITUATIONS ON OTHER PROJECTS. 4. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT SELECTION TO PRODUCTS WITH WARRANTIES NOT IN CONFLICT WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 5. WHERE PRODUCTS ARE ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "AS SELECTED," ARCHITECT WILL MAKE SELECTION. 6. DESCRIPTIVE, PERFORMANCE, AND REFERENCE STANDARD REQUIREMENTS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ESTABLISH SALIENT CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCTS 7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: DELIVER, STORE, AND HANDLE PRODUCTS USING MEANS AND METHODS THAT WILL PREVENT DAMAGE, DETERIORATION, AND LOSS, INCLUDING THEFT AND VANDALISM. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 8. DELIVERY AND HANDLING: SCHEDULE DELIVERY TO MINIMIZE LONG-TERM STORAGE AT PROJECT SITE AND TO PREVENT OVERCROWDING OF CONSTRUCTION SPACES. COORDINATE DELIVERY WITH INSTALLATION TIME TO ENSURE MINIMUM HOLDING TIME FOR ITEMS THAT ARE FLAMMABLE, HAZARDOUS, EASILY DAMAGED, OR SENSITIVE TO DETERIORATION, THEFT, AND OTHER LOSSES. 9. DELIVER PRODUCTS TO PROJECT SITE IN AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL SEALED CONTAINER OR OTHER PACKAGING SYSTEM, COMPLETE WITH LABELS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING, STORING, UNPACKING, PROTECTING, AND INSTALLING. INSPECT PRODUCTS ON DELIVERY TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE THAT PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED AND PROPERLY PROTECTED. 10. STORAGE: STORE PRODUCTS TO ALLOW FOR INSPECTION AND MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITY OR COUNTING OF UNITS. STORE MATERIALS IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT ENDANGER PROJECT STRUCTURE. STORE PRODUCTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY THE ELEMENTS, UNDER COVER IN A WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURE ABOVE GROUND, WITH VENTILATION ADEQUATE TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. PROTECT STORED PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE AND LIQUIDS FROM FREEZING. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, VENTILATION, AND WEATHER-PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE. 11. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS NAME A PRODUCT, OR REFER TO A PRODUCT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND INCLUDE A LIST OF MANUFACTURERS, PROVIDE THE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED PRODUCT, OR SUBMIT FOR CONSIDERATION A PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE OTHER NAMED MANUFACTURERS. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE SIZES, PROFILES, DIMENSIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS THAT ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCT NAMED. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN "PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCTS" ARTICLE FOR CONSIDERATION OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE OTHER NAMED MANUFACTURERS 12. PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCTS: CONDITIONS FOR CONSIDERATION: ARCHITECT WILL CONSIDER CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. IF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE NOT SATISFIED, ARCHITECT MAY RETURN REQUESTS WITHOUT ACTION, EXCEPT TO RECORD NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS: A. SUFFICIENT INFORMATION TO ALLOW THE ARCHITECT TO DETERMINE THAT PRODUCTS PROPOSED ARE EQUIVALENT TO THOSE NAMED AS “BASIS-OF-DESIGN.” B. EVIDENCE THAT THE PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT DOES NOT REQUIRE REVISIONS TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THAT IT IS CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL PRODUCE THE INDICATED RESULTS, AND THAT IT IS COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. C. FOR EACH PROPOSED EQUAL, INCLUDE IN THE BID PRICE ALL COSTS TO INCORPORATE THE PROPOSED EQUAL INTO THE PROJECT AS A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. LATER REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL MONEY DUE TO THE USE OF AN EQUAL PRODUCT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. E. DETAILED COMPARISON OF SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES OF PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT WITH THOSE NAMED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES INCLUDE ATTRIBUTES SUCH AS PERFORMANCE, WEIGHT, SIZE, DURABILITY, VISUAL EFFECT, AND SPECIFIC FEATURES AND REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. F. EVIDENCE THAT PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT PROVIDES SPECIFIED WARRANTY. G. SAMPLES, IF REQUESTED. SECTION 01700 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. CUTTING AND PATCHING: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR AND LIMITATIONS ON CUTTING AND PATCHING OF CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS. B. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: WHEN CUTTING AND PATCHING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF LOCATIONS AND DETAILS OF CUTTING AND AWAIT DIRECTIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. SHORE, BRACE, AND SUPPORT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN A MANNER THAT COULD CHANGE THEIR LOAD-CARRYING CAPACITY OR INCREASE DEFLECTION. C. OPERATIONAL ELEMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OPERATING ELEMENTS AND RELATED COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT RESULTS IN REDUCING THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM AS INTENDED OR THAT RESULTS IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE OR SAFETY. D. OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS OR COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT COULD CHANGE THEIR LOAD-CARRYING CAPACITY, THAT RESULTS IN REDUCING THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, OR THAT RESULTS IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE OR SAFETY. E. VISUAL ELEMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT RESULTS IN VISUAL EVIDENCE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WOULD, IN ARCHITECT'S OPINION, REDUCE THE BUILDING'S AESTHETIC QUALITIES. F. REMOVE AND REPLACE CONSTRUCTION THAT HAS BEEN CUT AND PATCHED IN A VISUALLY UNSATISFACTORY MANNER. G. EXISTING WARRANTIES: REMOVE, REPLACE, PATCH, AND REPAIR MATERIALS AND SURFACES CUT OR DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION OR CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS, BY METHODS AND WITH MATERIALS SO AS NOT TO VOID EXISTING WARRANTIES. 2. IN-PLACE MATERIALS: USE MATERIALS FOR PATCHING IDENTICAL TO IN-PLACE MATERIALS. FOR EXPOSED SURFACES, USE MATERIALS THAT VISUALLY MATCH IN- PLACE ADJACENT SURFACES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE UNAVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED, USE MATERIALS THAT, WHEN INSTALLED, WILL PROVIDE A MATCH ACCEPTABLE TO THE ARCHITECT FOR THE VISUAL AND FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE OF IN-PLACE MATERIALS. 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS: THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND AND OTHER UTILITIES AND CONSTRUCTION INDICATED AS EXISTING ARE NOT GUARANTEED. BEFORE BEGINNING SITEWORK, INVESTIGATE AND VERIFY THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND DRAINAGE, UTILITIES, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION AFFECTING THE WORK. A. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY THE LOCATION AND INVERT ELEVATION AT POINTS OF CONNECTION OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM SEWER, AND WATER- SERVICE PIPING; UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICES, AND OTHER UTILITIES. B. FURNISH LOCATION DATA FOR WORK RELATED TO PROJECT THAT MUST BE PERFORMED BY PUBLIC UTILITIES SERVING PROJECT SITE. SECTION 01700 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS (CONTINUED) 4. EXAMINATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH EACH COMPONENT OF THE WORK, EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER OR APPLICATOR PRESENT WHERE INDICATED, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. RECORD OBSERVATIONS. A. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY WITH AND SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES, INCLUDING COMPATIBILITY WITH EXISTING FINISHES OR PRIMERS. B. EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CONNECTIONS BEFORE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE INSTALLATION. C. EXAMINE WALLS, FLOORS, AND ROOFS FOR SUITABLE CONDITIONS WHERE PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS ARE TO BE INSTALLED. D. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS. 5. PREPARATION: A. EXISTING UTILITY INFORMATION: FURNISH INFORMATION TO OWNER THAT IS NECESSARY TO ADJUST, MOVE, OR RELOCATE EXISTING UTILITY STRUCTURES, UTILITY POLES, LINES, SERVICES, OR OTHER UTILITY APPURTENANCES LOCATED IN OR AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE WORK PROPERLY. RECHECK MEASUREMENTS BEFORE INSTALLING EACH PRODUCT. WHERE PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION. COORDINATE FABRICATION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING THE WORK. C. SPACE REQUIREMENTS: VERIFY SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS OF ITEMS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. 6. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT: A. VERIFICATION: BEFORE PROCEEDING TO LAY OUT THE WORK, VERIFY LAYOUT INFORMATION SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, IN RELATION TO THE PROPERTY SURVEY AND EXISTING BENCHMARKS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE DISCOVERED, NOTIFY ARCHITECT PROMPTLY. B. GENERAL: LAY OUT THE WORK USING ACCEPTED SURVEYING PRACTICES. C. ESTABLISH BENCHMARKS AND CONTROL POINTS TO SET LINES AND LEVELS AT EACH STORY OF CONSTRUCTION AND ELSEWHERE AS NEEDED TO LOCATE EACH ELEMENT OF PROJECT. D. ESTABLISH DIMENSIONS WITHIN TOLERANCES INDICATED. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS TO OBTAIN REQUIRED DIMENSIONS. E. INFORM INSTALLERS OF LINES AND LEVELS TO WHICH THEY MUST COMPLY. F. CHECK THE LOCATION, LEVEL AND PLUMB, OF EVERY MAJOR ELEMENT AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT WHEN DEVIATIONS FROM REQUIRED LINES AND LEVELS EXCEED ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES. 7. SITE IMPROVEMENTS: LOCATE AND LAY OUT SITE IMPROVEMENTS, INCLUDING PAVEMENTS, GRADING, FILL AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT, UTILITY SLOPES, AND RIM AND INVERT ELEVATIONS. 8. BUILDING LINES AND LEVELS: LOCATE AND LAY OUT CONTROL LINES AND LEVELS FOR STRUCTURES, BUILDING FOUNDATIONS, COLUMN GRIDS, AND FLOOR LEVELS, INCLUDING THOSE REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK. TRANSFER SURVEY MARKINGS AND ELEVATIONS FOR USE WITH CONTROL LINES AND LEVELS. 9. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL: LOCATE THE WORK AND COMPONENTS OF THE WORK ACCURATELY, IN CORRECT ALIGNMENT AND ELEVATION, AS INDICATED. A. ATTACHMENT: PROVIDE BLOCKING AND ATTACHMENT PLATES AND ANCHORS AND FASTENERS OF ADEQUATE SIZE AND NUMBER TO SECURELY ANCHOR EACH COMPONENT IN PLACE, ACCURATELY LOCATED AND ALIGNED WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. WHERE SIZE AND TYPE OF ATTACHMENTS ARE NOT INDICATED, VERIFY SIZE AND TYPE REQUIRED FOR LOAD CONDITIONS. B. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: WHERE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT INDICATED, MOUNT COMPONENTS AT HEIGHTS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. C. ALLOW FOR BUILDING MOVEMENT, INCLUDING THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ANCHORAGES. FURNISH SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES, AND DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLING ANCHORAGES, INCLUDING SLEEVES, CONCRETE INSERTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND ITEMS WITH INTEGRAL ANCHORS, THAT ARE TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY. DELIVER SUCH ITEMS TOP. D. JOINTS: MAKE JOINTS OF UNIFORM WIDTH. WHERE JOINT LOCATIONS IN EXPOSED WORK ARE NOT INDICATED, ARRANGE JOINTS FOR THE BEST VISUAL EFFECT. FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS TOGETHER TO FORM HAIRLINE JOINTS. 10. CUTTING AND PATCHING, GENERAL: EMPLOY SKILLED WORKERS TO PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING. PROCEED WITH CUTTING AND PATCHING AT THE EARLIEST FEASIBLE TIME, AND COMPLETE WITHOUT DELAY. A. CUT IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION, AND SUBSEQUENTLY PATCH AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. B. CUTTING: CUT IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION BY SAWING, DRILLING, BREAKING, CHIPPING, GRINDING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, INCLUDING EXCAVATION, USING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE ELEMENTS RETAINED OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. IF POSSIBLE, REVIEW PROPOSED PROCEDURES WITH ORIGINAL INSTALLER; COMPLY WITH ORIGINAL INSTALLER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. C. IN GENERAL, USE HAND OR SMALL POWER TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING AND GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING. CUT HOLES AND SLOTS NEATLY TO MINIMUM SIZE REQ'D, AND WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE OF ADJ. SURFACES. 11. PATCHING: PATCH CONSTRUCTION BY FILLING, REPAIRING, REFINISHING, CLOSING UP, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE OF OTHER WORK. PATCH WITH DURABLE SEAMS THAT ARE AS INVISIBLE AS PRACTICABLE. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. A. INSPECTION: WHERE FEASIBLE, TEST AND INSPECT PATCHED AREAS AFTER COMPLETION TO DEMONSTRATE PHYSICAL INTEGRITY OF INSTALLATION. B. EXPOSED FINISHES: RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION INTO RETAINED ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WILL MINIMIZE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. C. FLOORS AND WALLS: WHERE WALLS OR PARTITIONS THAT ARE REMOVED EXTEND ONE FINISHED AREA INTO ANOTHER, PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES IN THE NEW SPACE. PROVIDE AN EVEN SURFACE OF UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR, TEXTURE, AND APPEARANCE. REMOVE IN-PLACE FLOOR AND WALL D. COVERINGS AND REPLACE WITH NEW MATERIALS, IF NECESSARY, TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE. E. CEILINGS: PATCH, REPAIR, OR RE-HANG IN-PLACE CEILINGS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE AN EVEN PLANE SURFACE OF UNIFORM APPEARANCE. F. EXTERIOR BUILDING ENCLOSURE: PATCH COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT RESTORES ENCLOSURE TO A WEATHERTIGHT CONDITION. 12. REMOVED AND SALVAGED ITEMS: CAREFULLY REMOVE ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED AND TRANSPORT ITEMS TO OWNER'S STORAGE AREA DESIGNATED BY OWNER. 13. PROTECT ITEMS FROM DAMAGE DURING TRANSPORT AND STORAGE. 14. REMOVED AND REINSTALLED ITEMS: A. CLEAN AND REPAIR ITEMS TO FUNCTIONAL CONDITION ADEQUATE FOR INTENDED REUSE. B. PACK OR CRATE ITEMS AFTER CLEANING AND REPAIRING. IDENTIFY CONTENTS OF CONTAINERS. C. PROTECT ITEMS FROM DAMAGE DURING TRANSPORT AND STORAGE. D. REINSTALL ITEMS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED. COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS, SUPPORTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS NECESSARY TO MAKE ITEM FUNCTIONAL FOR USE INDICATED. 15. EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN: PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. WHEN PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT, ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, PROTECTED STORAGE LOCATION DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND REINSTALLED IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS AFTER SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETE. SECTION 01770 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. PROVIDE FINAL CLEANING OF THE WORK INCLUDING ADJACENT PUBLIC CORRIDORS, AND OTHER CIRCULATION SPACES, ETC. 2. PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES: BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR DETERMINING DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING. LIST ITEMS BELOW THAT ARE INCOMPLETE WITH REQUEST. A. PREPARE A LIST OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED AND CORRECTED (PUNCH LIST), THE VALUE OF ITEMS ON THE LIST, AND REASONS WHY THE WORK IS NOTCOMPLETE. B. ADVISE OWNER OF PENDING INSURANCE CHANGEOVER REQUIREMENTS. C. SUBMIT SPECIFIC WARRANTIES, WORKMANSHIP BONDS, MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENTS, FINAL CERTIFICATIONS, AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS. D. OBTAIN AND SUBMIT RELEASES PERMITTING OWNER UNRESTRICTED USE OF THE WORK AND ACCESS TO SERVICES AND UTILITIES. INCLUDE OCCUPANCY PERMITS, OPERATING CERTIFICATES, AND SIMILAR RELEASES. E. PREPARE AND SUBMIT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, FINAL COMPLETION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION, DAMAGE OR SETTLEMENT SURVEYS, PROPERTY SURVEYS, AND SIMILAR FINAL RECORD INFORMATION. F. DELIVER TOOLS, SPARE PARTS, EXTRA MATERIALS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS TO LOCATION DESIGNATED BY OWNER. LABEL WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND MODEL NUMBER WHERE APPLICABLE. G. MAKE FINAL CHANGEOVER OF PERMANENT LOCKS AND DELIVER KEYS TO OWNER. ADVISE OWNER'S PERSONNEL OF CHANGEOVER IN SECURITY PROVISIONS. H. COMPLETE STARTUP TESTING OF SYSTEMS. I. SUBMIT TEST/ADJUST/BALANCE RECORDS: J. TERMINATE AND REMOVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES FROM PROJECT SITE, ALONG WITH MOCKUPS, CONSTRUCTION TOOLS, AND SIMILAR ELEMENTS. K. ADVISE OWNER OF CHANGEOVER IN HEAT AND OTHER UTILITIES. SUBMIT CHANGEOVER INFORMATION RELATED TO OWNER'S OCCUPANCY, USE, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE. L. COMPLETE FINAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING TOUCH-UP PAINTING. M. TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED EXPOSED FINISHES TO ELIMINATE VISUAL DEFECTS. 3. WRITTEN NOTICE: GIVE WRITTEN NOTICE WHEN WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND AGAIN AFTER COMPLETION OF PUNCH LIST ITEMS. 4. PUNCHLIST: CONTRACTOR TO CREATE PUNCHLIST AND ATTEND WALKTHROUGH WITH THE OWNER, AND ARCHITECT. CORRECT ALL ITEMS NOTED ON THE PUNCHLIST. FINAL PAYMENT WILL NOT BE RELEASED UNTIL ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS ARE COMPLETE OR CORRECTED TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION AND ALL CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS (AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT) ARE MADE TO THE OWNER / ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 5. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT AS-BUILT RECORD DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND ALL MAINTENANCE OR OPERATING MANUALS TO THE OWNER. 6. WARRANTY: THE CONTRACTOR WARRANTS TO THE OWNER THAT ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INCORPORATED IN THE WORK WILL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED AND THAT ALL WORK WILL BE OF GOOD QUALITY, FREE FROM FAULTS OR DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 7. TWO-YEAR WARRANTY: IF WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF FULL AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE OR SUCH LONGER PERIOD OF TIME AS MAY BE PRESCRIBED BY LAW OR BY THE TERMS OF ANY APPLICABLE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ANY OF THE WORK IS FOUND BY THE OWNER TO BE DEFECTIVE OR NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT THE DEFECTIVE OR NONCONFORMING WORK PROMPTLY AFTER RECEIPT OF NOTICE FROM THE OWNER TO DO SO. THE OWNER WILL GIVE SUCH NOTICE PROMPTLY AFTER DISCOVERY OF THE CONDITION. 8. IN ADDITION TO WARRANTING THEIR OWN WORK THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO WARRANTY THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND ALL SUPPLIER THAT THEY RETAIN TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ORIGINAL COPIES OF SPECIAL WARRANTIES REQUIRED OF SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS AND SHALL INCLUDE WARRANTIES WITH THE CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS PROVIDED TO THE OWNER. 9. MAINTENANCE STOCK: PROVIDE AN INVENTORY STOCK FOR OWNER'S FUTURE MAINTENANCE OF EACH OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS. EXTRA 10% AMOUNT OF STOCK REQUIRED FOR EACH ITEM, INCLUDING CARPET AND HARD SURFACE FLOORING. INDICATE WHAT PORTION OF THE CONTRACT AMOUNT ARISES FROM SUCH STOCK. A. CEILING TILE; CEILING GRID; FLOORING ITEMS; WALL BASE; EACH PAINT AND STAIN COLOR; CARPET; HARD SURFACE FLOORING.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 1 7 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A002 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 01781 -PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1. MAINTAIN ONE SET OF CLEAR AND ACCURATE MARKED-UP PAPER COPIES OF THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. PREPARATION: MARK RECORD PRINTS TO SHOW THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION WHERE INSTALLATION VARIES FROM THAT SHOWN ORIGINALLY. REQUIRE INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY WHO OBTAINED RECORD DATA, WHETHER INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY IS INSTALLER, SUBCONTRACTOR, OR SIMILAR ENTITY, TO PROVIDE INFORMATION FOR PREPARATION OF CORRESPONDING MARKED-UP RECORD PRINTS. 3. GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO INFORMATION ON CONCEALED ELEMENTS THAT WOULD BE DIFFICULT TO IDENTIFY OR MEASURE AND RECORD LATER. 4. RECORD DATA AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER OBTAINING IT. 5. RECORD AND CHECK THE MARKUP BEFORE ENCLOSING CONCEALED INSTALLATIONS. 6. MARK THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SHOP DRAWINGS COMPLETELY AND ACCURATELY. UTILIZE PERSONNEL PROFICIENT AT RECORDING GRAPHIC INFORMATION IN PRODUCTION OF MARKED-UP RECORD PRINTS. 7. MARK RECORD SETS WITH ERASABLE, RED-COLORED PENCIL. USE OTHER COLORS TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN CHANGES FOR DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF THE WORK AT SAME LOCATION. 8. NOTE CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE NUMBERS, ALTERNATE NUMBERS, CHANGE ORDER NUMBERS, AND SIMILAR IDENTIFICATION, WHERE APPLICABLE. 9. RECORDING: MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF EACH SUBMITTAL DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD FOR PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENT PURPOSES. POST CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS TO PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS AS THEY OCCUR; DO NOT WAIT UNTIL THE END OF PROJECT. 10. MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES: STORE RECORD DOCUMENTS A ND SAMPLES IN THE FIELD OFFICE APART FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT USE PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. 11. MAINTAIN RECORD DOCUMENTS IN GOOD ORDER AND IN A CLEAN, DRY, LEGIBLE CONDITION, PROTECTED FROM DETERIORATION AND LOSS. PROVIDE ACCESS TO PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS FOR ARCHITECT'S REFERENCE DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS. SECTION 02200 -DEMOLITION AND REPAIR 1. INCLUDE ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHOWN AND IMPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND IN SUCH FASHION THAT ADJOINING SURFACES WILL NOT BE DAMAGED. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACEMENT OF ALL ITEMS DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION. PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED WHICH CONTAIN SWITCHES, THERMOSTATS, AND ELECTRICAL DATA OR TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL HAVE CONDUIT REMOVED TO NEAREST JUNCTION POINT. COVER PLATES WILL BE ACCEPTABLE ONLY FOR TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS BELOW WINDOWS AT THE PERIMETER OF THE BUILDING, OR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. SALVAGE: ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED FOR POTENTIAL FUTURE USE INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. HVAC BOOTS. DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES. B. HVAC CONTROL DEVICES. C. LIGHT FIXTURES AND WIRING DEVICES. D. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE MODIFIED. E. DOORS, DOORFRAMES AND HARDWARE. F. CEILING TILES OR PANEL AND SUSPENSION MEMBERS. G. MILLWORK, APPLIANCES, AND MISC. EQUIPMENT. 3. ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVED IN A MANNER TO ENSURE MINIMUM DAMAGE, AND SHALL BE STORED IN A STAGING AREA DESIGNATED BY THE OWNER. ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER ITEMS NOT TO BE RETAINED FOR FUTURE USE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE 4. SURFACES WHICH REQUIRE REPAIR: REPAIRS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN A MANNER WHICH DOES NOT REDUCE THE VISUAL QUALITIES OF THE SURFACE OF SHOW SUBSTANTIAL EVIDENCE OF CUT AND PATCH WORK, AS JUDGED BY THE ARCHITECT. 5. DUST PROTECTION: ERECT TEMPORARY TIGHT-FITTING DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AT THE PERIMETER OF THE AREA OF WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE DEMOLITION. DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL COMPLETION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK. PARTITIONS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL COMPLETION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK. PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 2X4 FRAMING AT 24” O.C. WITH 4 MIL POLYETHYLENE SHEETING BOTH SIDES, OR APPROVED EQUAL. TEMPORARY DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS SHALL BE REMOVED AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION WORK. SECTION 03300 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. SUBMITTALS: A. PRODUCT DATA B. DESIGN MIXES C. STEEL REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS PREPARED ACCORDING TO ACI-315. D. WELDING CERTIFICATES E. MATERIAL TEST REPORTS 2. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO HAS COMPLETED CONCRETE WORK ON PROJECTS OF SIMILAR DESIGN AND SCOPE AS INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT, AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN MANUFACTURING READY-MIXED CONCRETE PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO THE NATIONAL READY MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION STANDARDS. C. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY, ACCEPTABLE TO AHJ, QUALIFIED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 1077 AND ASTM E329. PERSONNEL SHALL BE QUALIFIED AS ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN GRADE 1, ACCORDING TO ACI-CP-1 OR EQUIVALENT. D. OBTAIN EACH TYPE OR CLASS OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL OF THE SAME BRAND FROM THE SAME SOURCE, MANUFACTURER, OR MANUFACTURER'S PLANT. E. WELDING: QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.4. F. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS UNLESS MORE STRINGENT PROVISIONS ARE INDICATED: a. ACI-301 FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE b. ACI-117 FOR TOLERANCES FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS. 3. CONCRETE MATERIALS: A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150, TYPE I/II. B. NORMAL WEIGHT AGGREGATE: ASTM C33 UNIFORMLY GRADED, MODERATE WEATHERING REGION, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3M. C. WATER: POTABLE AND COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 94. 4. VAPOR BARRIER: ASTM E 1745, CLASS A & ASTM D903. A. PERMEANCE OR LESS THAN 0.01 PERMS PER ASTM F 1249 OR ASTM E 96. B. PRODUCTS: BARRIER-BAC VBC-350 COMPOSITE, BY INTEPLAST GROUP, AND FLORPRUFE 120 BY W.R. GRACE & CO. OR EQUAL. C. ACCESSORIES: a. SEAM TAPE LESS THAN 0.3 PERMS; b. VAPOR-PROOFING MASTIC LESS THAN 0.3 PERMS c. PIPE BOOTS CONSTRUCTED FROM VAPOR BARRIER MATERIAL, PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE AND/OR MASTIC PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. FINE GRADED GRANULAR MATERIAL: CLEAN MIXTURE OF CRUSHED STONE, CRUSHED GRAVEL, AND MANUFACTURED OR NATURAL SAND; ASTM D 448, SIZE 10, WITH 100 PERCENT PASSING A NO. 4 (4.75MM) SIEVE AND 10 TO 30 PERCENT PASSING A NO. 100 (0.15-MM) SIEVE; MEETING DELETERIOUS SUBSTANCE LIMITS OF ASTM C 33 FOR FINE AGGREGATES. a. INSTALL, MOISTEN AND COMPACT WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO ELEVATION TOLERANCES OF PLUS 0" OR MINUS 3/4". E. GRANULAR FILL: CLEAN MIXTURE OF CRUSHED STONE OR CRUSHED OR UNCRUSHED GRAVEL; ASTM D 448, SIZE 57, WITH 100% PASSING A 1-1/2" SIEVE AND 0 TO 5 PERCENT PASSING A NO. 8 SIEVE. a. INSTALL, MOISTEN AND COMPACT WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO ELEVATION TOLERANCES OF PLUS 0" OR MINUS 3/4". b. PLACE AND COMPACT A 1/2" THICK LAYER OF FINE-GRADED GRANULAR MATERIAL OVER GRANULAR FILL. F. INSTALLATION: INSTALL VAPOR BARRIER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. AND ASTM E 1643-98. a. UNROLL VAPOR BARRIER WITH THE LONGEST DIMENSION PARALLEL WITH THE DIRECTION OF THE CONCRETE POUR. b. LAP VAPOR BARRIER OVER FOOTINGS AND/OR SEAL TO FOUNDATION WALLS. c. OVERLAP JOINTS 6" AND SEAL WITH MANUFACTURER’S TAPE. d. SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS (INCLUDING PIPES) PER MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. e. DO NOT PENETRATE THE VAPOR BARRIER EXCEPT AT LOCATIONS OF REINFORCING STEEL AND PERMANENT UTILITIES. REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS BY CUTTING PATCHES OF VAPOR BARRIER, OVERLAPPING DAMAGED AREA 6" AND TAPING ALL FOUR SIDES WITH TAPE. 5. FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS: A. UNPIGMENTED MINERAL DRY-SHAKE FLOOR HARDENER: FACTORY-PACKAGED DRY COMBINATION OF PORTLAND CEMENT, GRADED QUARTZ AGGREGATE, AND PLASTICIZING ADMIXTURE. a. US SPEC DENSE TOP; US MIX PRODUCTS CO. (303) 722-8426 (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) B. PENETRATING LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT: CHEMICALLY REACTIVE, WATERBORNE SOLUTION OF INORGANIC SILICATE OR SILICONATE MATERIALS AND PROPRIETARY COMPONENTS; ODORLESS; COLORLESS; THAT PENETRATES, HARDENS, AND DENSIFIES CONCRETE SURFACES. C. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: a. UNPIGMENTED MINERAL DRY-SHAKE FLOOR HARDENER: 1. US SPEC DENSE TOP; US MIX PRODUCTS CO. (303) 722-8426 (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) b. PENETRATING LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENT: 1. US SPEC INDUSTRASEAL; US MIX PRODUCTS CO. (303) 722-8426 (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) c. CLEAR AND OPAQUE SEALER: IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 9 SECTION “PAINTING” AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 6. CURING MATERIALS: A. EVAPORATION RETARDER: WATERBORNE, MONOMOLECULAR FILM FORMING, MANUFACTURED FOR APPLICATION TO FRESH CONCRETE. B. ABSORPTIVE COVER: AASHTO M 182, CLASS 2, BURLAP CLOTH MADE FROM JUTE OR KENAF, WEIGHING APPROXIMATELY 9 OZ./SQ. YD. (305 G/SQ. M) DRY. C. MOISTURE-RETAINING COVER: ASTM C 171, POLYETHYLENE FILM OR WHITE BURLAP-POLYETHYLENE SHEET. D. WATER: POTABLE. E. CLEAR, WATERBORNE, MEMBRANE-FORMING CURING AND SEALING COMPOUND: ASTM C 1315, TYPE 1, CLASS A. a. CLEAR, WATERBORNE, MEMBRANE-FORMING CURING AND SEALING COMPOUND. b. PRODUCTS: US SPEC RADIANCE UV; US MIX PRODUCTS CO., (303) 722-8426 (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) 7. RELATED MATERIALS: A. JOINT-FILLER STRIPS: ASTM D 1751, ASPHALT-SATURATED CELLULOSIC FIBER. B. BONDING AGENT: ASTM C 1059, TYPE II, NON-REDISPERSIBLE, ACRYLIC EMULSION OR STYRENE BUTADIENE. C. EPOXY-BONDING ADHESIVE: ASTM C 881, TWO-COMPONENT EPOXY RESIN, CAPABLE OF HUMID CURING AND BONDING TO DAMP SURFACES, OF CLASS AND GRADE TO SUIT REQUIREMENTS, AND AS FOLLOWS: a. TYPE II, NON-LOAD BEARING, FOR BONDING FRESHLY MIXED CONCRETE TO HARDENED CONCRETE. b. TYPES I AND II, NON-LOAD BEARING, FOR BONDING HARDENED OR FRESHLY MIXED CONCRETE TO HARDENED CONCRETE. c. TYPES IV AND V, LOAD BEARING, FOR BONDING HARDENED OR FRESHLY MIXED CONCRETE TO HARDENED CONCRETE. D. REGLETS: FABRICATE REGLETS OF NOT LESS THAN 0.0217" THICK GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET. TEMPORARILY FILL OR COVER FACE OPENING OF REGLET TO PREVENT INTRUSION OF CONCRETE OR DEBRIS. E. DOVETAIL ANCHOR SLOTS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, NOT LESS THAN 0.0336" THICK, WITH BENT TAB ANCHORS. TEMPORARILY FILL OR COVER FACE OPENING OF SLOTS TO PREVENT INTRUSION OF CONCRETE OR DEBRIS. 8. CONCRETE MIXES: A. PREPARE DESIGN MIXES FOR EACH TYPE AND STRENGTH OF CONCRETE DETERMINED BY EITHER LABORATORY TRIAL MIX OR FIELD TEST DATA BASES, AS FOLLOWS: a. PROPORTION NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE ACCORDING TO ACI 211.1 & ACI 301. b. PROPORTION LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ACCORDING TO ACI 211.2 AND ACI 301. B. USE A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY FOR PREPARING ANDREPORTING PROPOSED MIX DESIGNS FOR THE LABORATORY TRIAL MIX BASIS. C. FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATION WALLS: PROPORTION NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE MIX AS FOLLOWS: a. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (28 DAYS): 4000 PSI . b. MAXIMUM SLUMP: 4". D. SLAB-ON-GRADE: PROPORTION NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE MIX AS FOLLOWS: a. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (28 DAYS): 4000 PSI. b. MIN. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS CONTENT: 540 LB/CU. YD. c. MAXIMUM SLUMP: 4". E. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS: FOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO DEICERS, LIMIT PERCENTAGE, BY WEIGHT, OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS OTHER THAN PORTLAND CEMENT ACCORDING TO ACI 301 REQUIREMENTS. 9. CONCRETE MIXING: A. READY-MIXED CONCRETE: MEASURE, BATCH, MIX, AND DELIVER CONCRETE ACCORDING TO ASTM C 94 AND ASTM C 1116, AND FURNISH BATCH TICKET INFORMATION. a. WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE IS BETWEEN 85 AND 90 DEG F (30 AND 32 DEG C), REDUCE MIXING AND DELIVERY TIME FROM 1-1/2 HOURS TO 75 MINUTES; WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 90 DEG F (32 DEG C), REDUCE MIXING AND DELIVERY TIME TO 60 MINUTES. 10. CONCRETE JOINTS: A. GENERAL: CONSTRUCT JOINTS TRUE TO LINE WITH FACES PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE PLANE OF CONCRETE. B. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: INSTALL SO STRENGTH AND APPEARANCE OF CONCRETE ARE NOT IMPAIRED, AT LOCATIONS INDICATED, AS APPROVED BY ARCH. a. PLACE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO MAIN REINFORCEMENT. CONTINUE REINFORCEMENT ACROSS CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DO NOT CONTINUE REINFORCEMENT THROUGH SIDES OF STRIP PLACEMENTS OF FLOORS AND SLABS. b. FORM FROM PREFORMED GALVANIZED STEEL, PLASTIC KEYWAY-SECTION FORMS, OR BULKHEAD FORMS WITH KEYS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. EMBED KEYS AT LEAST 1-1/2" INTO CONCRETE. c. LOCATE JOINTS FOR SLABS, BEAMS, JOISTS, AND GIRDERS IN THE MIDDLE THIRD OF SPANS. d. LOCATE HORIZONTAL JOINTS IN WALLS AND COLUMNS AT UNDERSIDE OF FLOORS, SLABS, BEAMS, AND GIRDERS AND AT THE TOP OF FOOTINGS OR FLOOR SLABS. e. SPACE VERTICAL JOINTS IN WALLS AS INDICATED. LOCATE JOINTS BESIDE PIERS INTEGRAL WITH WALLS, NEAR CORNERS, AND IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS WHERE POSSIBLE. f. USE EPOXY-BONDING ADHESIVE AT LOCATIONS WHERE FRESH CONCRETE IS PLACED AGAINST HARDENED OR PARTIALLY HARDENED CONC. SURFACES. C. CONTRACTION JOINTS IN SLABS-ON-GRADE: FORM WEAKENED-PLANE CONTRACTION JOINTS, SECTIONING CONCRETE INTO AREAS AS INDICATED. CONSTRUCT CONTRACTION JOINTS FOR A DEPTH EQUAL TO AT LEAST ONE- FOURTH OF CONCRETE THICKNESS, AS FOLLOWS: a. DIAMOND-RIMMED BLADES. CUT 1/8" WIDE JOINTS INTO CONCRETE WHEN CUTTING ACTION WILL NOT TEAR, ABRADE, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGE SURFACE AND BEFORE CONCRETE DEVELOPS RANDOM CONTRACTION CRACKS. D. ISOLATION JOINTS IN SLABS-ON-GRADE: AFTER REMOVING FORMWORK, INSTALL JOINT-FILLER STRIPS AT SLAB JUNCTIONS WITH VERTICAL SURFACES, SUCH AS COLUMN PEDESTALS, FOUNDATION WALLS, GRADE BEAMS, AND OTHER LOCATIONS, AS INDICATED. a. TERMINATE FULL-WIDTH JOINT-FILLER STRIPS NOT LESS THAN 1/2" OR MORE THAN 1" BELOW FINISHED CONCRETE SURFACE WHERE JOINT SEALANTS, SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS," ARE INDICATED. b. INSTALL JOINT-FILLER STRIPS IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICABLE. WHERE MORE THAN 1 LENGTH IS REQ'D, LACE OR CLIP SECTIONS TOGETHER. E. DOWEL JOINTS: INSTALL DOWEL SLEEVES AND DOWELS OR DOWEL BAR AND SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES AT JOINTS WHERE INDICATED. a. USE DOWEL SLEEVES OR LUBRICATE OR ASPHALT-COAT ONE-HALF OF DOWEL LENGTH TO PREVENT CONCRETE BONDING TO ONE SIDE OF JOINT. F. CONCRETE PLACEMENT a. BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE, VERIFY THAT INSTALLATION OF FORMWORK, REINFORCEMENT, AND EMBEDDED ITEMS IS COMPLETE AND THAT REQUIRED INSPECTIONS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED. b. DO NOT ADD WATER TO CONCRETE DURING DELIVERY, AT PROJECT SITE, OR DURING PLACEMENT, UNLESS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. c. BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE, WATER MAY BE ADDED AT PROJECT SITE, SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS OF ACI 301. d. DEPOSIT CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY OR IN LAYERS OF SUCH THICKNESS THAT NO NEW CONCRETE WILL BE PLACED ON CONCRETE THAT HAS HARDENED ENOUGH TO CAUSE SEAMS OR PLANES OF WEAKNESS. IF A SECTION CANNOT BE PLACED CONTINUOUSLY, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AS SPECIFIED. DEPOSIT CONCRETE TO AVOID SEGREGATION. e. DEPOSIT CONCRETE IN FORMS IN HORIZONTAL LAYERS NO DEEPER THAN 24" AND IN A MANNER TO AVOID INCLINED CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. PLACE EACH LAYER WHILE PRECEDING LAYER IS STILL PLASTIC, TO AVOID COLD JOINTS. DO NOT DROP CONCRETE FROM A HEIGHT > 60". 1. CONSOLIDATE PLACED CONCRETE WITH MECHANICAL VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. USE EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES FOR CONSOLIDATING CONCRETE RECOMMENDED BY ACI 309R. 2. DO NOT USE VIBRATORS TO TRANSPORT CONCRETE INSIDE FORMS. INSERT AND WITHDRAW VIBRATORS VERTICALLY AT UNIFORMLY SPACED LOCATIONS NO FARTHER THAN THE VISIBLE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE VIBRATOR. PLACE VIBRATORS TO RAPIDLY PENETRATE PLACED LAYER AND AT LEAST 6" INTO PRECEDING LAYER. DO NOT INSERT VIBRATORS INTO LOWER LAYERS OF CONCRETE THAT HAVE BEGUN TO LOSE PLASTICITY. AT EACH INSERTION, LIMIT DURATION OF VIBRATION TO TIME NECESSARY TO CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE AND COMPLETE EMBEDMENT OF REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS WITHOUT CAUSING MIX CONSTITUENTS TO SEGREGATE. f. DEPOSIT AND CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE FOR FLOORS AND SLABS IN A CONTINUOUS OPERATION, WITHIN LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, UNTIL PLACEMENT OF A PANEL OR SECTION IS COMPLETE. 1. CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE DURING PLACEMENT OPERATIONS SO CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY WORKED AROUND REINFORCEMENT AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS AND INTO CORNERS. 2. MAINTAIN REINFORCEMENT IN POSITION ON CHAIRS DURING PLACEMENT. 3. SCREED SLAB SURFACES WITH A STRAIGHTEDGE AND STRIKE OFF TO CORRECT ELEVATIONS. 4. SLOPE SURFACES UNIFORMLY TO DRAINS WHERE REQUIRED. 5. BEGIN INITIAL FLOATING USING BULL FLOATS OR DARBIES TO FORM A UNIFORM AND OPEN-TEXTURED SURFACE PLANE, FREE OF HUMPS OR HOLLOWS, BEFORE EXCESS MOISTURE OR BLEED WATER APPEARS ON THE SURFACE. DO NOT FURTHER DISTURB SLAB SURFACES BEFORE STARTING FINISHING OPERATIONS. g. COLD-WEATHER PLACEMENT: COMPLY WITH ACI 306.1 AND AS FOLLOWS. PROTECT CONCRETE WORK FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE OR REDUCED STRENGTH THAT COULD BE CAUSED BY FROST, FREEZING ACTIONS, OR LOW TEMPS. 1. WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE HAS FALLEN TO OR IS EXPECTED TO FALL BELOW 40 DEG F (4.4 DEG C), UNIFORMLY HEAT WATER AND AGGREGATES BEFORE MIXING TO OBTAIN A CONCRETE MIXTURE TEMPERATURE OF NOT LESS THAN 50 DEG F (10 DEG C) AND NOT MORE THAN 80 DEG F (27 DEG C) AT POINT OF PLACEMENT. 2. DO NOT USE FROZEN MATERIALS OR MATERIALS CONTAINING ICE OR SNOW. DO NOT PLACE CONCRETE ON FROZEN SUBGRADE OR ON SUBGRADE CONTAINING FROZEN MATERIALS. 3. DO NOT USE CALCIUM CHLORIDE, SALT, OR OTHER MATERIALS CONTAINING ANTIFREEZE AGENTS OR CHEMICAL ACCELERATORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED AND APPROVED IN MIX DESIGNS. h. HOT-WEATHER PLACEMENT: PLACE CONCRETE ACCORDING TO RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 305R AND AS FOLLOWS, WHEN HOT- WEATHER CONDITIONS EXIST: 1. COOL INGREDIENTS BEFORE MIXING TO MAINTAIN CONCRETE TEMPERATURE BELOW 90 DEG F (32 DEG C) AT TIME OF PLACEMENT. CHILLED MIXING WATER OR CHOPPED ICE MAY BE USED TO CONTROL TEMPERATURE, PROVIDED WATER EQUIVALENT OF ICE IS CALCULATED TO TOTAL AMOUNT OF MIXING WATER. USING LIQUID NITROGEN TO COOL CONCRETE IS CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 2. COVER STEEL REINFORCEMENT WITH WATER-SOAKED BURLAP SO STEEL TEMPERATURE WILL NOT EXCEED AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE IMMEDIATELY BEFORE EMBEDDING IN CONCRETE. 3. FOG-SPRAY FORMS, STEEL REINFORCEMENT, AND SUBGRADE JUST BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. KEEP SUBGRADE MOISTURE UNIFORM WITHOUT STANDING WATER, SOFT SPOTS, OR DRY AREAS. 11. EMBEDDED ITEMS: PLACE AND SECURE ANCHORAGE DEVICES AND OTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS REQUIRED FOR ADJOINING WORK THAT IS ATTACHED TO OR SUPPORTED BY CAST-IN- PLACE CONCRETE. USE SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES, DIAGRAMS, INSTRUCTIONS, AND DIRECTIONS FURNISHED WITH ITEMS TO BE EMBEDDED. 12. FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS: A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 302.1R FOR SCREEDING, RE- STRAIGHTENING, AND FINISHING OPERATIONS FOR CONCRETE SURFACES. DO NOT WET CONCRETE SURFACES. B. FLOAT FINISH: CONSOLIDATE SURFACE WITH POWER-DRIVEN FLOATS OR BY HAND FLOATING IF AREA IS SMALL OR INACCESSIBLE TO POWER DRIVEN FLOATS. RE-STRAIGHTEN, CUT DOWN HIGH SPOTS, AND FILL LOW SPOTS. REPEAT FLOAT PASSES AND RE-STRAIGHTENING UNTIL SURFACE IS LEFT WITH A UNIFORM, SMOOTH, GRANULAR TEXTURE. TYPICAL FOR ALL INTERIOR SLABS. a. APPLY FLOAT FINISH TO SURFACES INDICATED, TO SURFACES TO RECEIVE TROWEL FINISH, AND TO FLOOR AND SLAB SURFACES TO BE COVERED WITH FLUID-APPLIED OR SHEET WATERPROOFING, BUILT-UP OR MEMBRANE ROOFING, OR SAND-BED TERRAZZO. b. FINISH AND MEASURE SURFACE SO GAP AT ANY POINT BETWEEN CONCRETE SURFACE AND AN UNLEVELED FREESTANDING 10' LONG STRAIGHTEDGE, RESTING ON TWO HIGH SPOTS AND PLACED ANYWHERE ON THE SURFACE, DOES NOT EXCEED 3/16" TYPICAL INTERIOR FLOORS C. BROOM FINISH: APPLY A BROOM FINISH TO EXTERIOR CONCRETE PLATFORMS, STEPS, AND RAMPS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. a. IMMEDIATELY AFTER FLOAT FINISHING, SLIGHTLY ROUGHEN TRAFFICKED SURFACE BY BROOMING WITH FIBER-BRISTLE BROOM PERPENDICULAR TO MAIN TRAFFIC ROUTE. COORDINATE REQ'D FINISH WITH ARCH. BEFORE APPLICATION. D. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS a. FILLING IN: FILL IN HOLES AND OPENINGS LEFT IN CONCRETE STRUCTURES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AFTER WORK OF OTHER TRADES IS IN PLACE. MIX, PLACE, AND CURE CONCRETE, AS SPECIFIED, TO BLEND WITH IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE OTHER MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE FILLING INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK. b. CURBS: PROVIDE MONOLITHIC FINISH TO INTERIOR CURBS BY STRIPPING FORMS WHILE CONCRETE IS STILL GREEN AND BY STEEL-TROWELING SURFACES TO A HARD, DENSE FINISH WITH CORNERS, INTERSECTIONS, AND TERMINATIONS SLIGHTLY ROUNDED. c. EQUIPMENT BASES AND FOUNDATIONS: PROVIDE MACHINE AND EQUIPMENT BASES AND FOUNDATIONS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SET ANCHOR BOLTS FOR MACHINES AND EQUIPMENT AT CORRECT ELEVATIONS, COMPLYING WITH DIAGRAMS OR TEMPLATES OF MFR FURNISHING MACHINES AND EQUIPMENT. E. CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING a. GENERAL: PROTECT FRESHLY PLACED CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING AND EXCESSIVE COLD OR HOT TEMPERATURES. COMPLY WITH ACI 306.1 FOR COLD-WEATHER PROTECTION AND WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 305R FOR HOT-WEATHER PROTECTION DURING CURING. b. EVAPORATION RETARDER: APPLY EVAPORATION RETARDER TO UNFORMED CONCRETE SURFACES IF HOT, DRY, OR WINDY CONDITIONS CAUSE MOISTURE LOSS APROACHING 0.2 LB/SQ. FT. X H BEFORE AND DURING FINISHING OPERATIONS. APPLY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AFTER PLACING, SCREEDING, AND BULL FLOATING OR DARBYING CONCRETE, BUT BEFORE FLOAT FINISHING. c. FORMED SURFACES: CURE FORMED CONCRETE SURFACES, INCLUDING UNDERSIDE OF BEAMS, SUPPORTED SLABS, AND OTHER SIMILAR SURFACES. IF FORMS REMAIN DURING CURING PERIOD, MOIST CURE AFTER LOOSENING FORMS. IF REMOVING FORMS BEFORE END OF CURING PERIOD, CONTINUE CURING BY ONE OR A COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS: d. UNFORMED SURFACES: BEGIN CURING IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINISHING CONCRETE. CURE UNFORMED SURFACES, INCLUDING FLOORS AND SLABS, CONCRETE FLOOR TOPPINGS, AND OTHER SURFACES, BY ONE OR A COMBINATION OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS: 1. CURING COMPOUND: APPLY UNIFORMLY IN CONTINUOUS OPERATION BY POWER SPRAY OR ROLLER ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. RECOAT AREAS SUBJECTED TO HEAVY RAINFALL WITHIN THREE HOURS AFTER INITIAL APPLICATION. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF COATING AND REPAIR DAMAGE DURING CURING PERIOD. F. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE: FIELD QUALITY CONTROL a. TESTING AGENCY: OWNER WILL ENGAGE A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY TO SAMPLE MATERIALS, PERFORM TESTS, AND SUBMIT TEST REPORTS DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT. SAMPLING AND TESTING FOR QUALITY CONTROL MAY INCLUDE THOSE SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE. b. TESTING SERVICES: TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES OF FRESH CONCRETE OBTAINED ACCORDING TO ASTM C 172 SHALL BE PERFORMED ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. TESTING FREQUENCY: OBTAIN ONE COMPOSITE SAMPLE FOR EACH DAY'S POUR OF EACH CONCRETE MIX EXCEEDING 5 CU. YD. (4 CU. M), BUT LESS THAN 25 CU. YD. (19 CU. M), PLUS ONE SET FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 50 CU. YD. (38 CU. M) OR FRACTION THEREOF. G. WHEN FREQUENCY OF TESTING WILL PROVIDE FEWER THAN FIVE COMPRESSIVE- STRENGTH TESTS FOR EACH CONCRETE MIX, TESTING SHALL BE CONDUCTED FROM AT LEAST FIVE RANDOMLY SELECTED BATCHES OR FROM EACH BATCH IF FEWER THAN FIVE ARE USED. a. SLUMP: ASTM C 143; ONE TEST AT POINT OF PLACEMENT FOR EACH COMPOSITE SAMPLE, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE TEST FOR EACH DAY'S POUR OF EACH CONCRETE MIX. PERFORM ADDITIONAL TESTS WHEN CONCRETE CONSISTENCY APPEARS TO CHANGE. b. AIR CONTENT: ASTM C 231, PRESSURE METHOD, FOR NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE; ASTM C 173, VOLUMETRIC M c. CONCRETE TEMPERATURE: ASTM C 1064; ONE TEST HOURLY WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE IS 40 DEG F (4.4 DEG C) AND BELOW AND WHEN 80 DEG F (27 DEG C) AND ABOVE, AND ONE TEST FOR EACH COMPOSITE SAMPLE. d. COMPRESSION TEST SPECIMENS: ASTM C 31/C 31M; CAST AND LABORATORY CURE ONE SET OF FOUR STANDARD CYLINDER SPECIMENS FOR EACH COMPOSITE SAMPLE. e. COMPRESSIVE-STRENGTH TESTS: ASTM C 39; TEST TWO LABORATORY- CURED SPECIMENS AT 7 DAYS AND TWO AT 28 DAYS. H. TEST TWO FIELD-CURED SPECIMENS AT 7 DAYS AND TWO AT 28 DAYS. I. A COMPRESSIVE-STRENGTH TEST SHALL BE THE AVERAGE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH FROM TWO SPECIMENS OBTAINED FROM SAME COMPOSITE SAMPLE AND TESTED AT AGE INDICATED. a. WHEN STRENGTH OF FIELD-CURED CYLINDERS IS LESS THAN 85 PERCENT OF COMPANION LABORATORY-CURED CYLINDERS, CONTRACTOR SHALL EVALUATE OPERATIONS AND PROVIDE CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES FOR PROTECTING AND CURING IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 1. STRENGTH OF EACH CONCRETE MIX WILL BE SATISFACTORY IF EVERY AVERAGE OF ANY THREE CONSECUTIVE COMPRESSIVE-STRENGTH TESTS EQUALS OR EXCEEDS SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AND NO COMPRESSIVE- STRENGTH TEST VALUE FALLS BELOW SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BY MORE THAN 500 PSI (3.4 MPA). J. TEST RESULTS SHALL BE REPORTED IN WRITING TO ARCHITECT, CONCRETE MANUFACTURER, AND CONTRACTOR WITHIN 48 HOURS OF TESTING. REPORTS OF COMPRESSIVE-STRENGTH TESTS SHALL CONTAIN PROJECT IDENTIFICATION NAME AND NUMBER, DATE OF CONCRETE PLACEMENT, NAME OF CONCRETE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY, LOCATION OF CONCRETE BATCH IN WORK, DESIGN COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS, CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONS AND MATERIALS, COMPRESSIVE BREAKING STRENGTH, AND TYPE OF BREAK FOR BOTH 7-AND 28-DAY TESTS. K. NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING: IMPACT HAMMER, SONOSCOPE, OR OTHER NONDESTRUCTIVE DEVICE MAY BE PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT BUT WILL NOT BE USED AS SOLE BASIS FOR APPROVAL OR REJECTION OF CONCRETE. SECTION 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. FRAMING AND BLOCKING: PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING OF SIZE AND SHAPE REQUIRED TO SECURE OTHER WORK OR EQUIPMENT IN PLACE. ALL WOOD FRAMING AND BLOCKING MEMBERS SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE (FIRE- RETARDANT-TREATED) AS DEFINED BY THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION. 2. SHEATHING PRODUCTS: A. OSB PANELS: DOC PS2 B. GLASS-MAT GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING: ASTM C-1177, TYPE X 5/8" THICK. a. BASIS OF DESIGN: DENSGLAS GOLD BY G-P. 3. GYPSUM SHEETING INSTALLATION: A. FIT TIGHTLY AGAINST ABUTTING CONSTRUCTION. CUT PANELS AS NECESSARY FOR A TIGHT FIT AND COMPLETE COVERAGE. B. SECURELY ATTACH PANELS TO SUBSTRATE OR FRAMING BY FASTENING AS INDICATED, COMPLYING WITH THE FOLLOWING: a. NES NER-272 FOR POWER-DRIVEN FASTENERS. b. TABLE 2304.9.1 FASTENING SCHEDULE IN THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. C. COMPLY WITH GA-253 AND WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. D. FASTEN GYPSUM SHEATHING TO COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING WITH SCREWS. INSTALL BOARDS WITH 3/8" GAP WHERE NON-LOAD-BEARING CONSTRUCTION ABUTS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. INSTALL BOARDS WITH A 1/4" GAP WHERE THEY ABUT MASONRY OR SIMILAR MATERIALS THAT MIGHT RETAIN MOISTURE TO PREVENT WICKING. 4. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS: A. GENERAL: WHERE FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS IN AWPA C20 (LUMBER) AND AWPA C27 (PLYWOOD). IDENTIFY FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF UL, U.S. TESTING, TIMBER PRODUCTS INSPECTION, OR ANOTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. a. USE TREATMENT FOR WHICH CHEMICAL MANUFACTURER PUBLISHES PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF TREATED WOOD AFTER EXPOSURE TO ELEVATED TEMPERATURES, WHEN TESTED BY A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCORDING TO ASTM D 5664, FOR LUMBER AND ASTM D 5516, FOR PLYWOOD. b. USE TREATMENT THAT DOES NOT PROMOTE CORROSION OF METAL FASTENERS. c. USE EXTERIOR TYPE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED. 5. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER: A. GENERAL: PROVIDE LUMBER FOR SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: a. ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORT CURBS. b. BLOCKING. c. CANTS. d. NAILERS. e. FURRING. f. GROUNDS. 6. PANEL PRODUCTS: A. MISCELLANEOUS CONCEALED PLYWOOD: EXPOSURE 1 SHEATHING, SPAN RATING TO SUIT FRAMING IN EACH LOCATION, AND THICKNESS AS INDICATED BUT NOT LESS THAN 1/2". B. MISCELLANEOUS EXPOSED PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1, A-D INTERIOR, THICKNESS AS INDICATED BUT NOT LESS THAN 1/2". C. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BACKING PANELS: DOC PS 1, EXPOSURE 1, C- D PLUGGED, FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED, IN THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, NOT LESS THAN 1/2".PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 1 8 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A003 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 06400 -FINISH CARPENTRY 1. MANUFACTURERS: A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: B. WOOD SPECIES AND CUT FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: CHERRY TO MATCH EXISTING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. C. WOOD SPECIES FOR OPAQUE FINISH: ANY CLOSED-GRAIN HARDWOOD OR POPLAR, EASTERN WHITE PINE, SUGAR PINE, OR WESTERN WHITE PINE. D. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS FOR DOORS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE I, CLASS 1, QUALITY Q3, 6 MM THICK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. CLEAR TEMPERED FLOAT GLASS FOR SHELVES: ASTM C 1048, KIND FT, CONDITION A, TYPE I, CLASS 1, QUALITY Q3; WITH EXPOSED EDGES SEAMED BEFORE TEMPERING, 6 MM THICK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT DETAILED AND DIMENSIONED SHOP DRAWINGS WITH SECTION AND DETAILS DRAWN AT A SCALE OF NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2” = 1'-0”. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS FOR ALL CRITICAL DIMENSIONS. IDENTIFY MATERIALS, TYPES OF JOINERY AND METHODS OF JOINING, FASTENING, AND FINISHES. 14. FABRICATION OF PANELING: FABRICATE TO AWI PREMIUM STANDARDS. SHOP PREPARE AND IDENTIFY SHEETS FOR GRAIN MATCHING DURING SITE ERECTION. WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING AND SCRIBING. APPLY SECOND GRADE WOOD VENEER ON REVERSE SIDE OF VENEER FINISHES. SURFACES TO COMPLY WITH AWI STANDARDS. A. QUALITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH AWI SECTION 500 REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUSH WOOD PANELING. B. GRADE: PREMIUM (MONUMENTAL). C. WOOD SPECIES AND CUT: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. a. LUMBER TRIM AND EDGES: AT FABRICATOR'S OPTION, TRIM AND EDGES INDICATED AS SOLID WOOD (EXCEPT MOLDINGS) MAY BE EITHER LUMBER OR VENEERED CONSTRUCTION COMPATIBLE WITH GRAIN AND COLOR OF VENEERED PANELS. D. MATCHING OF ADJACENT VENEER LEAVES: BOOK MATCH. E. VERTICAL MATCHING OF ADJACENT VENEER LEAVES: END MATCH. F. VENEER MATCHING WITHIN PANEL FACE: BALANCE MATCH. G. PANEL-MATCHING METHOD: MATCH PANELS WITHIN EACH SEPARATE AREA BY THE FOLLOWING METHOD: a. BLUEPRINT-MATCHED PANELS AND COMPONENTS. H. VERTICAL PANEL-MATCHING METHOD: END MATCH. I. FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED PANELING: PROVIDE PANELS CONSISTING OF WOOD VENEER AND FIRE-RETARDANT PARTICLEBOARD OR FIRE-RETARDANT MEDIUM-DENSITY FIBERBOARD. PANELS SHALL HAVE FLAME-SPREAD RATING OF 75 OR LESS AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED RATING OF 450 OR LESS PER ASTM E 84. 15. INTERIOR ORNAMENTAL WORK FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. QUALITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH AWL SECTION 700. B. GRADE: PREMIUM. C. WOOD SPECIES AND CUT: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 16. INTERIOR FRAMES AND JAMBS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. QUALITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH AWI SECTION 900. B. GRADE: PREMIUM. C. FOR FRAMES OR JAMBS WIDER THAN AVAILABLE LUMBER, USE VENEERED CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT GLUE FOR WIDTH. D. WOOD SPECIES AND CUT: MATCH SPECIES (CHERRY) AND CUT INDICATED FOR OTHER TYPES OF TRANSPARENT-FINISHED ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK LOCATED IN SAME AREA OF BUILDING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. FIRE-RATED INTERIOR FRAMES AND JAMBS: PRODUCTS FABRICATED FROM FIRE-RETARDANT PARTICLEBOARD OR FIRE-RETARDANT MEDIUM-DENSITY FIBERBOARD WITH VENEERED, EXPOSED SURFACES AND LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR FIRE RATINGS INDICATED, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO NFPA 252. a. TEST PRESSURE: TEST AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE. b. FIRE RATING: 20 MINUTES. 18. SHOP FINISHING: A. TRANSPARENT FINISH: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED BELOW FOR GRADE, FINISH SYSTEM, STAINING, AND SHEEN, WITH SHEEN MEASURED ON 60-DEGREE GLOSS METER PER ASTM D 523: a. GRADE: PREMIUM. b. AWL FINISH SYSTEM TR-6: CATALYZED POLYURETHANE. c. STAINING: MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. d. WASH COAT FOR STAINED FINISH: APPLY A VINYL WASH COAT TO WOODWORK MADE FROM CLOSED-GRAIN WOOD BEFORE STAINING AND FINISHING. e. OPEN FINISH FOR OPEN-GRAIN WOODS: DO NOT APPLY FILLER TO OPEN-GRAIN WOODS. f. SHEEN: SATIN, 30-50 GLOSS UNITS. g. [OPTION] FOR TRANSPARENT FINISHES PROVIDE FINISH SYSTEM TR-4 CONVERSION VARNISH. B. OPAQUE FINISH: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED BELOW FOR GRADE, FINISH SYSTEM, COLOR, EFFECT, AND SHEEN, WITH SHEEN MEASURED ON 60-DEGREE GLOSS METER PER ASTM D 523. a. GRADE: PREMIUM. b. AWI FINISH SYSTEM OP-6: CATALYZED POLYURETHANE. c. COLOR: MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. d. SHEEN: SATIN, 30-50 GLOSS UNITS. e. [OPTION] FOR OPAQUE FINISHES PROVIDE FINISH SYSTEM FOR OP-4 CONVERSION VARNISH. C. FOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES PROVIDE FINISH SYSTEM TR-6 CATALYZED POLYURETHANE. D. IF STAIN IS APPLIED TO LIGHT WOOD SPECIES APPLY A WASH COAT AS PART OF FINISH SYSTEM PER AWI STANDARDS. 19. PREPARATION: CONDITION WOODWORK TO AVERAGE PREVAILING HUMIDITY CONDITIONS IN INSTALLATION AREAS BEFORE INSTALLATION. 12. FABRICATION OF INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM: FABRICATE TO AWI PREMIUM GRADE UNO TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE. PROVIDE MATERIAL WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING. A. FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: a. FOR TRIM ITEMS WIDER THAN AVAILABLE LUMBER, USE VENEERED CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT GLUE FOR WIDTH. b. FOR RAILS WIDER OR THICKER THAN AVAILABLE LUMBER, USE VENEERED CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT GLUE FOR WIDTH OR THICKNESS. c. BACKOUT OR GROOVE BACKS OF FLAT TRIM MEMBERS AND KERF BACKS OF OTHER WIDE, FLAT MEMBERS, EXCEPT FOR MEMBERS WITH ENDS EXPOSED IN FINISHED WORK. d. MONUMENTAL WORK; ASSEMBLE MOLDINGS IN PLANT TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. MITER CORNERS IN PLANT AND PREPARE FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY WITH BOLTED FITTINGS DESIGNED TO PULL CONNECTIONS TOGETHER. e. ASSEMBLE CASINGS IN PLANT EXCEPT WHERE LIMITATIONS OF ACCESS TO PLACE OF INSTALLATION REQUIRE FIELD ASSEMBLY. f. WOOD SPECIES AND CUT: CHERRY PLAIN SAWN OR OTHERWISE TO MATCH EXISTING. 1. PROVIDE SPLIT SPECIES ON TRIM THAT FACE AREAS WITH DIFFERENT WOOD SPECIES, MATCHING EACH FACE OF WOODWORK TO SPECIES AND CUT OF FINISH WOOD SURFACES IN AREAS FINISHED. B. FOR OPAQUE FINISH a. QUALITY STANDARD: COMPLY WITH AWI SECTION 300. b. BACKOUT OR GROOVE BACKS OF FLAT TRIM MEMBERS AND KERF BACKS OF OTHER WIDE, FLAT MEMBERS, EXCEPT FOR MEMBERS WITH ENDS EXPOSED IN FINISHED WORK. c. ASSEMBLE CASINGS IN PLANT EXCEPT WHERE LIMITATIONS OF ACCESS TO PLACE OF INSTALLATION REQUIRE FIELD ASSEMBLY. d. MONUMENTAL WORK: ASSEMBLE MOLDINGS IN PLANT TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE. MITER CORNERS IN PLANT AND PREPARE FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY WITH BOLTED FITTINGS DESIGNED TO PULL CONNECTIONS TOGETHER. 13. FABRICATION OF ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS AND SHELVING: FABRICATE TO AWI PREMIUM GRADE FOR WOOD COMPONENTS AND TO AWI CUSTOM GRADE FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE COMPONENTS. SHOP ASSEMBLE CASEWORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE IN UNITS EASILY HANDLED AND TO PERMIT CONSTRUCTION PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS. WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIAL WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING AND SCRIBING. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH TO FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES. APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET TO REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED SURFACES. LAMINATE IS REQUIRED ON UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER, AND AT ALL INTERIOR SURFACES AT ADA SINK BASE CABINETS. PROVIDE CUTOUTS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES, INSERTS, APPLIANCES, AND OUTLET BOXES. PROVIDE TRIM STRIPS AT BUILT-IN APPLIANCES AS REQ'D FOR BUILT IN APPEARANCE. A. AWI TYPE OF CABINET CONSTRUCTION: FLUSH OVERLAY. B. WOOD SPECIES AND CUT FOR EXPOSED SURFACES: AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. a. GRAIN MATCHING: AS INDICATED. b. MATCHING OF VENEER LEAVES: BOOK MATCH. c. VERTICAL MATCHING OF VENEER LEAVES: END MATCH. d. VENEER MATCHING WITHIN PANEL FACE: BALANCE AND CENTER MATCH. e. VENEER MATCHING WITHIN ROOM: PROVIDE CABINET VENEERS IN EACH ROOM OR OTHER SPACE FROM A SINGLE FLITCH WITH DOORS, DRAWER FRONTS, AND OTHER S URFACES MATCHED IN A SEQUENCED SET WITH CONTINUOUS MATCH WHERE VENEERS ARE INTERRUPTED PERPENDICULAR TO THE GRAIN. C. SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES: PROVIDE SURFACE MATERIALS INDICATED BELOW: a. SURFACES OTHER THAN DRAWER BODIES: THERMOSET DECORATIVE OVERLAY. b. DRAWER SIDES AND BACKS: THERMOSET DECORATIVE OVERLAY. c. DRAWER BOTTOMS: THERMOSET DECORATIVE OVERLAY. 3. REFERENCE STANDARDS: WORK SHALL CONFORM WITH REQ'MTS OF THE FOLLOWING: A. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI - CURRENT EDITION QUALITY STANDARDS); B. AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOC. (APA). AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI). 4. MATERIALS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS FOR THE LISTED APPLICATIONS. 5. PAINTED WOOD TRIM: BIRCH OR POPLAR, GRADE 1 AWU PREMIUM GRADE. 6. PARTICLE BOARD: BOHEMIA, BOISE CASCADE, GEORGIA PACIFIC, WEYERHAEUSER, OR WILLAMETTE INDUSTRIES. STOCK SHELVING UNITS TO INCLUDE MELAMINE FINISH AND VINYL EDGE, U.N.O. 7. PLYWOOD BACKING AND PANELS: APA A-B EXT WITH C SELECT PINE EDGE BANDS WHERE EDGES ARE EXPOSED. 8. VENEER AND FINISH SOLIDS: AWI PREMIUM GRADE, PROVIDE AND INSTALL PANEL CLIPS SPLINES FASTENERS, AND OTHER HARDWARE FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ALL VENEER COMPONENTS TO BE INSTALLED IN A CONCEALED FASTENING METHOD UNO. 9. PLASTIC LAMINATE: FORMICA; WILSONART; LAMINART; ARPA, OR NEVAMAR. PROVIDE 0.05” THICK ON EXPOSED HORIZONTAL SURFACES, 0.028” THICK ON EXPOSED VERTICAL SURFACES, 0.02" THICK CABINET LININGS AND CONCEALED BACK PANELS. 10. CASEWORK: CASEWORK SHALL CONSIST OF MDF WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE EDGE BANDING AND APPROPRIATE FACE AND BACKER PLASTIC LAMINATE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SHELF SUPPORT RE: MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES. LAMINATE COLORS SHALL BE APPLIED TO FACE AND BACK SURFACE OF CABINET DOORS, U.N.O. 11. FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. INTERIOR WOODWORK GRADE: PROVIDE PREMIUM GRADE INTERIOR WOODWORK COMPLYING WITH THE REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD. B. FABRICATE WOODWORK TO DIMENSIONS, PROFILES, AND DETAILS INDICATED. EASE EDGES TO RADIUS INDICATED FOR THE FOLLOWING: a. CORNERS OF CABINETS AND EDGES OF SOLID-WOOD (LUMBER) MEMBERS AND RAILS: 1/16". C. SHOP CUT OPENINGS, TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE, TO RECEIVE HARDWARE, APPLIANCES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, ELECTRICAL WORK, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. LOCATE OPENINGS ACCURATELY AND USE TEMPLATES OR ROUGHING-IN DIAGRAMS TO PRODUCE ACCURATELY SIZED AND SHAPED OPENINGS. SAND EDGES OF CUTOUTS TO REMOVE SPLINTERS AND BURRS. a. SEAL EDGES OF OPENINGS IN COUNTERTOPS WITH A COAT OF VARNISH. D. INSTALL GLASS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 8 SECTION "GLAZING" AND IN GANA'S "GLAZING MANUAL." FOR GLASS IN WOOD FRAMES, SECURE GLASS WITH REMOVABLE STOPS. 20. INSTALLATION: UPON DELIVERY INSPECT ALL MILLWORK AND CASEWORK FOR SCRATCHES MARKS OR OTHER DAMAGE, AND REJECT ITEM WHICH CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED. FINISHED WORK SHALL BE FLAT, PLUMB, AND TRUE. FASTENING SHALL BE CONCEALED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE, LOCATE IN INCONSPICUOUS PLACES. WHERE NAILING THROUGH FACE OF WOODWORK, COUNTERSINK AND CONCEAL NAIL HEADS. ALL MOLDED MEMBERS SHALL BE MITERED AND COPED AT CORNERS. A. QUALITY STANDARD: INSTALL WOODWORK TO COMPLY WITH AWI SECTION 1700 FOR THE SAME GRADE SPECIFIED IN PART 2 OF THIS SECTION FOR TYPE OF WOODWORK INVOLVED. B. INSTALL WOODWORK LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT. SHIM AS REQUIRED WITH CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB (INCLUDING TOPS) TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 96". C. SCRIBE AND CUT WOODWORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, AND REFINISH CUT SURFACES AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS. D. ANCHOR WOODWORK TO ANCHORS OR BLOCKING BUILT IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATES. SECURE WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. USE FINE FINISHING NAILS OR FINISHING SCREWS FOR EXPOSED FASTENING, COUNTERSUNK AND FILLED FLUSH WITH WOODWORK AND MATCHING FINAL FINISH IF TRANSPARENT FINISH IS INDICATED. E. STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM: INSTALL WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS POSSIBLE, USING FULL-LENGTH PIECES (FROM MAXIMUM LENGTH OF LUMBER AVAILABLE) TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. DO NOT USE PIECES LESS THAN 96" LONG, EXCEPT WHERE SHORTER SINGLE-LENGTH PIECES ARE NECESSARY. SCARF RUNNING JOINTS AND STAGGER IN ADJACENT AND RELATED MEMBERS. a. FILL GAPS, IF ANY, BETWEEN TOP OF BASE AND WALL WITH PLASTIC WOOD FILLER, SAND SMOOTH, AND FINISH SAME AS WOOD BASE, IF FINISHED. b. INSTALL WALL RAILINGS ON INDICATED METAL BRACKETS SECURELY FASTENED TO WALL FRAMING. c. INSTALL STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM WITH NO MORE VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT LINE THAN 1/8" IN 96". F. CABINETS: INSTALL WITHOUT DISTORTION SO DOORS AND DRAWERS FIT OPENINGS PROPERLY AND ARE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. ADJUST HARDWARE TO CENTER DOORS AND DRAWERS IN OPENINGS AND TO PROVIDE UNENCUMBERED OPERATION. COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS AS INDICATED. a. INSTALL CABINETS WITH NO MORE THAN 1/8" IN 96" SAG, BOW, OR OTHER VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT LINE. b. MAINTAIN VENEER SEQUENCE MATCHING OF CABINETS WITH TRANSPARENT FINISH. c. FASTEN WALL CABINETS THROUGH BACK, NEAR TOP AND BOTTOM, AT ENDS AND NOT MORE T THAN 16" O.C. WITH NO. 10 WAFER-HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS THROUGH METAL BACKING OR METAL FRAMING BEHIND WALL FINISH. G. COUNTERTOPS: ANCHOR SECURELY BY SCREWING THROUGH CORNER BLOCKS OF BASE CABINETS OR OTHER SUPPORTS INTO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP. a. ALIGN ADJACENT SOLID-SURFACING-MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS AND FORM SEAMS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS USING ADHESIVE IN COLOR TO MATCH COUNTERTOP. CAREFULLY DRESS JOINTS SMOOTH, REMOVE SURFACE SCRATCHES, AND CLEAN ENTIRE SURFACE. b. INSTALL COUNTERTOPS WITH NO MORE THAN 1/8" IN 96" SAG, BOW, OR OTHER VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT LINE. c. SECURE BACKSPLASHES TO TOPS WITH CONCEALED METAL BRACKETS AT 16" O.C. d. CAULK SPACE BETWEEN BACKSPLASH AND WALL WITH SEALANT SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." H. PANELING: ANCHOR PANELING TO SUPPORTING SUBSTRATE WITH CONCEALED PANEL- HANGER CLIPS OR SPLINED CONNECTION STRIPS. DO NOT USE FACE FASTENING, UNLESS COVERED BY TRIM OR OTHERWISE INDICATED. a. INSTALL FLUSH PANELING WITH NO MORE THAN 1/16" IN 96" VERTICAL CUP OR BOW AND 1/8" IN 96" HORIZONTAL VARIATION FROM A TRUE PLANE. I. COMPLETE THE FINISHING WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION TO EXTENT NOT COMPLETED AT SHOP OR BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WOODWORK. FILL NAIL HOLES WITH MATCHING FILLER WHERE EXPOSED. APPLY SPECIFIED FINISH COATS, INCLUDING STAINS AND PASTE FILLERS, IF ANY, TO EXPOSED SURFACES WHERE ONLY SEALER/PRIME COATS WERE APPLIED IN SHOP. 21. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING: REPAIR DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE WOODWORK, WHERE POSSIBLE, TO ELIMINATE FUNCTIONAL AND VISUAL DEFECTS; WHERE NOT POSSIBLE TO REPAIR, REPLACE WOODWORK. ADJUST JOINERY FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE. SECTION 07210 -RIGID INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION. 2. GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION. 3. SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION (FOR FILLING MISCELLANEOUS VOIDS). B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. SECTION 07 53 23 "ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING" FOR INSULATION ABOVE THE ROOF DECK. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS. B. RESEARCH/EVALUATION REPORTS. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MOCKUPS: BUILD MOCKUPS TO SET QUALITY STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND EXECUTION. 1. INCLUDE INSULATION IN INTEGRATED MOCKUP OF EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLY, INCORPORATING BACKUP WALL CONSTRUCTION, SHEATHING, AIR BARRIER, STOREFRONT, TIES AND OTHER PENETRATIONS, AND FLASHING TO DEMONSTRATE TERMINATIONS AND PENETRATIONS. A. IF ARCHITECT DETERMINES MOCKUPS DO NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS, RECONSTRUCT MOCKUPS UNTIL MOCKUPS ARE APPROVED. 2. APPROVAL OF MOCKUPS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTAINED IN MOCKUPS UNLESS ARCHITECT SPECIFICALLY APPROVES SUCH DEVIATIONS IN WRITING. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. EXTRUDED-POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C 578, WITH MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 25 AND 450, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E 84. 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A. PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS: 1) DIVERSIFOAM PRODUCTS. 2) DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY (THE). 3) OWENS CORNING. 4) PACTIV BUILDING PRODUCTS. 2. TYPE IV, 25 PSI. 3. FIRE PROPAGATION CHARACTERISTICS: PASSES NFPA 285 TESTING AS PART OF AN APPROVED ASSEMBLY. 4. LABELING: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION OF MARK INDICATING R-VALUE OF EACH PIECE OF INSULATION 12 INCHES AND WIDER IN WIDTH. 2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS: A. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION. B. GUARDIAN BUILDING PRODUCTS, INC. C. JOHNS MANVILLE. D. KNAUF INSULATION. E. OWENS CORNING. B. UNFACED, GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION: ASTM C 665, TYPE I; WITH MAXIMUM FLAME- SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 25 AND 50, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E 84; PASSING ASTM E 136 FOR COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS. 1. LABELING: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION OF MARK INDICATING R-VALUE OF EACH PIECE OF INSULATION 12 INCHES AND WIDER IN WIDTH. C. GLASS-FIBER BLANKET, KRAFT FACED: ASTM C 665, TYPE II (NONREFLECTIVE FACED), CLASS C (FACED SURFACE NOT RATED FOR FLAME PROPAGATION); CATEGORY 1 (MEMBRANE IS A VAPOR BARRIER). 1. LABELING: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION OF MARK INDICATING R-VALUE OF EACH PIECE OF INSULATION 12 INCHES AND WIDER IN WIDTH. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. INSULATION FOR MISCELLANEOUS VOIDS: 1. GLASS-FIBER INSULATION: ASTM C764, TYPE II, LOOSE FILL; WITH MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 5, PER ASTM E84. 2. SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION: ASTM C1029, TYPE II, CLOSED CELL, WITH MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES OF 75 AND 450, RESPECTIVELY, PER ASTM E84. B. ADHESIVE FOR BONDING INSULATION: PRODUCT COMPATIBLE WITH INSULATION AND AIR AND WATER BARRIER MATERIALS, AND WITH DEMONSTRATED CAPABILITY TO BOND INSULATION SECURELY TO SUBSTRATES WITHOUT DAMAGING INSULATION AND SUBSTRATES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. COMPLY WITH INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS INDICATED. B. INSTALL INSULATION THAT IS UNDAMAGED, DRY, AND UNSOILED AND THAT HAS NOT BEEN LEFT EXPOSED TO ICE, RAIN, OR SNOW AT ANY TIME. C. INSTALL INSULATION WITH MANUFACTURER'S R-VALUE LABEL EXPOSED AFTER INSULATION IS INSTALLED. D. EXTEND INSULATION TO ENVELOP ENTIRE AREA TO BE INSULATED. CUT AND FIT TIGHTLY AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS AND FILL VOIDS WITH INSULATION. REMOVE PROJECTIONS THAT INTERFERE WITH PLACEMENT. E. PROVIDE SIZES TO FIT APPLICATIONS INDICATED AND SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD THICKNESSES, WIDTHS, AND LENGTHS. APPLY SINGLE LAYER OF INSULATION UNITS TO PRODUCE THICKNESS INDICATED UNLESS MULTIPLE LAYERS ARE OTHERWISE SHOWN OR REQUIRED TO MAKE UP TOTAL THICKNESS. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF BELOW-GRADE INSULATION A. ON VERTICAL SURFACES, IF INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, SET INSULATION UNITS USING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, EXTEND INSULATION A MINIMUM OF 36 INCHES BELOW EXTERIOR GRADE LINE. B. ON HORIZONTAL SURFACES, LOOSELY LAY INSULATION UNITS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. STAGGER END JOINTS AND TIGHTLY ABUT INSULATION UNITS. 1. IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, EXTEND INSULATION A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES IN FROM EXTERIOR WALLS. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FOUNDATION WALL INSULATION A. BUTT PANELS TOGETHER FOR TIGHT FIT. B. ADHESIVE INSTALLATION: INSTALL WITH ADHESIVE OR PRESS INTO TACKY WATERPROOFING OR DAMPPROOFING ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF CAVITY-WALL INSULATION A. FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION: INSTALL PADS OF ADHESIVE SPACED APPROXIMATELY 24 INCHES O.C. BOTH WAYS ON INSIDE FACE AND AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 1. FIT COURSES OF INSULATION BETWEEN WALL TIES AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS, WITH EDGES BUTTED TIGHTLY IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, AND WITH FACES FLUSH. 2. PRESS UNITS FIRMLY AGAINST INSIDE SUBSTRATES. 3. SUPPLEMENT ADHESIVE ATTACHMENT OF INSULATION BY SECURING BOARDS WITH TWO- PIECE WALL TIES DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE AND SPECIFIED IN SECTION 04 26 13 "MASONRY VENEER." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION: INSTALL IN CAVITIES FORMED BY FRAMING MEMBERS ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. USE INSULATION WIDTHS AND LENGTHS THAT FILL THE CAVITIES FORMED BY FRAMING MEMBERS. IF MORE THAN ONE LENGTH IS REQUIRED TO FILL THE CAVITIES, PROVIDE LENGTHS THAT WILL PRODUCE A SNUG FIT BETWEEN ENDS. 2. PLACE INSULATION IN CAVITIES FORMED BY FRAMING MEMBERS TO PRODUCE A FRICTION FIT BETWEEN EDGES OF INSULATION AND ADJOINING FRAMING MEMBERS. 3. MAINTAIN 3-INCH CLEARANCE OF INSULATION AROUND RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES NOT RATED FOR OR PROTECTED FROM CONTACT WITH INSULATION. 4. FOR METAL-FRAMED WALL CAVITIES WHERE CAVITY HEIGHTS EXCEED 96 INCHES, SUPPORT UNFACED BLANKETS MECHANICALLY AND SUPPORT FACED BLANKETS BY TAPING FLANGES OF INSULATION TO FLANGES OF METAL STUDS. 5. VAPOR-RETARDER-FACED BLANKETS: TAPE JOINTS AND RUPTURES IN VAPOR-RETARDER FACINGS, AND SEAL EACH CONTINUOUS AREA OF INSULATION TO ENSURE AIRTIGHT INSTALLATION. A. EXTERIOR WALLS: SET UNITS WITH FACING PLACED TOWARD INTERIOR OF CONSTRUCTION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. MISCELLANEOUS VOIDS: INSTALL INSULATION IN MISCELLANEOUS VOIDS AND CAVITY SPACES WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT GAPS IN INSULATION USING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS: 1. GLASS-FIBER INSULATION: COMPACT TO APPROXIMATELY 40 PERCENT OF NORMAL MAXIMUM VOLUME EQUALING A DENSITY OF APPROXIMATELY 2.5 LB/CU. FT. 2. SPRAY POLYURETHANE INSULATION: APPLY ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONSPRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 1 8 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A004 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 07320 -ROOF SHINGLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. POLYMERIC SHAKE ROOF TILE SYSTEM AND ACCESSORIES. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY. B. SECTION 07 60 00 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. C. SECTION 07 70 00 - ROOF AND WALL SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM): 1. ASTM D 31 - METHODS OF TESTING WOVEN TEXTILES FABRICS. 2. ASTM D 412 - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR VULCANIZED RUBBER AND THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMERS - TENSION. 3. ASTM D 570 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR WATER ABSORPTION OF PLASTICS. 4. ASTM D 638 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR TENSILE PROPERTIES OF PLASTICS. 5. ASTM D 790 - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR FLEXURAL PROPERTIES OF UNREINFORCED AND REINFORCED PLASTICS AND ELECTRICAL INSULATING MATERIALS. 6. ASTM D 2626 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ASPHALT-SATURATED AND COATED ORGANIC FELT BASE SHEET USED IN ROOFING. 7. ASTM G 155 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR OPERATING XENON ARC LIGHT APPARATUS FOR EXPOSURE OF NON-METALLIC MATERIALS. B. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. (UL): 1. UL 790 - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR FIRE TESTS OF ROOF COVERINGS. 2. UL 580 - TESTS FOR UPLIFT RESISTANCE OF ROOF ASSEMBLIES. 3. UL 2218 - IMPACT RESISTANCE OF PREPARED ROOF COVERING MATERIALS. 4. UL ER 18920-01. C. DADE COUNTY BUILDING CODE: 1. PA100 - TEST PROCEDURE FOR WIND AND WIND DRIVEN RAIN RESISTANCE OF DISCONTINUOUS ROOFING SYSTEM. 2. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE FOR EMPIRE PRODUCT LINES. 3. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE FOR GLACIER GUARD 100. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S DATA SHEETS ON EACH PRODUCT TO BE USED, INCLUDING: 1. SHINGLES, UNDERLAYMENT, FLASHINGS, FASTENERS, AND ACCESSORIES INDICATING COMPOSITION, PROPERTIES, AND DIMENSIONS. PROVIDE DATA SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2. PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. C. WARRANTY: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PROJECT NUMBER INDICATING ECOSTAR GOLD STAR WARRANTY IS AVAILABLE FOR THIS PROJECT PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING INSTALLATION. D. SELECTION SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO SETS OF SAMPLES SHOWING FULL RANGE OF AVAILABLE COLORS, PATTERNS, TEXTURES, AND FINISHES. E. VERIFICATION SAMPLES: FOR EACH PRODUCT SPECIFIED; TWO SAMPLES, REPRESENTING COLORS, PATTERNS, TEXTURES, AND FINISHES TO BE INSTALLED. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AUTHORIZED ECOSTAR GOLD STAR APPLICATOR. B. INSPECTION: UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, AN INSPECTION SHALL BE CONDUCTED BY MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO ASCERTAIN THAT THE ROOFING SYSTEM HAS BEEN INSTALLED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS AT TIME OF BID. THIS IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A FINAL INSPECTION FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE OWNER, BUT FOR THE MANUFACTURER TO DETERMINE WHETHER A WARRANTY SHALL BE ISSUED. C. TESTING REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS. 1. IMPACT RESISTANCE: UL 2218 TEST STANDARD; CLASS 4. 2. WIND DRIVEN RAIN: PA100 TEST STANDARD. 3. WIND UPLIFT: UL 580 TEST STANDARD. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER, STORE AND HANDLE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS. STORE MATERIALS WITHIN ABSOLUTE LIMITS FOR TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE. 1. STORE TILE MATERIALS ABOVE 45 DEGREES F (7.2 DEGREES C). IF EXPOSED TO LOWER TEMPERATURES, RESTORE PRODUCT TEMPERATURE TO 45 DEGREES F (7.2 DEGREES C) MINIMUM BEFORE USING. 2. STORE MATERIALS IN A DRY PROTECTED AREA. DAMAGED MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE USED AS PART OF FINISHED INSTALLATION. 3. INSTALLED MATERIALS FOUND TO BE DAMAGED SHALL BE REPLACED AT GOLD STAR AUTHORIZED APPLICATOR'S EXPENSE. B. DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL UNOPENED PACKAGES. STORE PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURER'S LABELED PACKAGING UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. PACKAGES SHALL BE LABELED WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME, BRAND NAME AND IDENTIFICATION OF VARIOUS ITEMS. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MAINTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND VENTILATION) WITHIN LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR OPTIMUM RESULTS. DO NOT INSTALL PRODUCTS UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OUTSIDE MANUFACTURER'S ABSOLUTE LIMITS. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. CONFERENCE: CONVENE A PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE TO ESTABLISH PROCEDURES TO MAINTAIN OPTIMUM WORKING CONDITIONS AND TO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH RELATED AND ADJACENT WORK. 1.9 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S 50-YEAR ECOSTAR GOLD STAR WARRANTY. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIER: ECOSTAR LLC, WHICH IS LOCATED AT: 42 EDGEWOOD DR.; HOLLAND, NY 14080; TOLL FREE TEL: 800-211-7170; TEL: 716-537-3153; FAX: 888-780-9870; EMAIL: HYPERLINK "HTTPS://ADMIN.ARCAT.COM/USERS.PL?ACTION=USEREMAIL&COMPANY=ECOSTAR+LLC&COID= 41887&REP=&FAX=888-780-9870&MESSAGE=RE:%20SPEC%20QUESTION%20(07321ECO):%20%20 &MF="REQUEST INFO (INFO@ECOSTARLLC.COM); WEB: HTTP://ECOSTARLLC.COM 2.2 POLYMERIC SHAKE ROOF TILE SYSTEMS (EMPIRE SHAKE) A. ROOF TILES: EMPIRE TILES AS MANUFACTURED BY ECOSTAR LLC. 1. MATERIAL: THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN COMPOUND WITH COLORANTS AND UV STABILIZERS. 2. COMPLIANCE: A. FIRE RATING: UL 790, CLASS A FIRE RESISTANCE. B. IMPACT RESISTANCE: UL 2218, CLASS 4. C. MIAMI DADE LISTED. 3. WIDTHS: PACKAGED IN A BLEND OF 6 INCHES (154 MM), 9 INCHES (229 MM) AND 12 INCHES (305 MM) WIDTHS. 4. LENGTH: 20 INCHES (508 MM). 5. PRODUCT: EMPIRE SHAKE TILES. A. TAPERED THICKNESS: NOMINAL 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM). B. EXPOSURE: 7 INCHES (178 MM). 6. PRODUCT: EMPIRE SHAKE PLUS TILES. A. TAPERED THICKNESS: NOMINAL 3/4 INCH (19 MM). B. EXPOSURE: 7 INCHES (178 MM). 7. EMPIRE SHAKE HIP AND RIDGE: EMPIRE SHAKE HIP AND RIDGE TILES ARE INSTALLED AT A 6" EXPOSURE. A. DESCRIPTION: TILE-OVER RIDGE PROVIDES PROTECTION AGAINST RAIN, SNOW AND ICE. B. TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM D 412, 500 PSI. C. WATER ABSORPTION: ASTM D 570, 0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT. D. LENGTH: 19 INCHES (483 MM). E. WIDTH: 12 INCHES (305 MM). F. THICKNESS: NOMINAL 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM). 8. COLOR: A. COLOR: COOL SARATOGA SUNSET. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIER: ECOSTAR LLC, WHICH IS LOCATED AT: 42 EDGEWOOD DR.; HOLLAND, NY 14080; TOLL FREE TEL: 800-211-7170; TEL: 716-537-3153; FAX: 888-780-9870; EMAIL: HYPERLINK "HTTPS://ADMIN.ARCAT.COM/USERS.PL? ACTION=USEREMAIL&COMPANY=ECOSTAR+LLC&COID=41887&REP=&FAX= 888-780-9870&MESSAGE=RE:%20SPEC%20QUESTION%20(07321ECO):%20%20 &MF="REQUEST INFO (INFO@ECOSTARLLC.COM); WEB: HTTP://ECOSTARLLC.COM 2.2 POLYMERIC SHAKE ROOF TILE SYSTEMS (EMPIRE SHAKE) A. ROOF TILES: EMPIRE TILES AS MANUFACTURED BY ECOSTAR LLC. 1. MATERIAL: THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN COMPOUND WITH COLORANTS AND UV STABILIZERS. 2. COMPLIANCE: A. FIRE RATING: UL 790, CLASS A FIRE RESISTANCE. B. IMPACT RESISTANCE: UL 2218, CLASS 4. C. MIAMI DADE LISTED. 3. WIDTHS: PACKAGED IN A BLEND OF 6 INCHES (154 MM), 9 INCHES (229 MM) AND 12 INCHES (305 MM) WIDTHS 4. LENGTH: 20 INCHES (508 MM). 5. PRODUCT: EMPIRE SHAKE TILES. A. TAPERED THICKNESS: NOMINAL 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM). B. EXPOSURE: 7 INCHES (178 MM). 6. PRODUCT: EMPIRE SHAKE PLUS TILES. A. TAPERED THICKNESS: NOMINAL 3/4 INCH (19 MM). B. EXPOSURE: 7 INCHES (178 MM). 7. EMPIRE SHAKE HIP AND RIDGE: EMPIRE SHAKE HIP AND RIDGE TILES ARE INSTALLED AT A 6" EXPOSURE. A. DESCRIPTION: TILE-OVER RIDGE PROVIDES PROTECTION AGAINST RAIN, SNOW B. TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM D 412, 500 PSI. C. WATER ABSORPTION: ASTM D 570, 0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT. D. LENGTH: 19 INCHES (483 MM). E. WIDTH: 12 INCHES (305 MM). F. THICKNESS: NOMINAL 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM). 8. COLOR: A. COLOR: COOL SARATOGA SUNSET. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. UNDERLAYMENT: 1. PRODUCT: GLACIER GUARD - GRANULAR SURFACE 100 (55-MIL) AS SUPPLIED BY ECOSTAR LLC. A. DESCRIPTION: SPECIALTY UNDERLAYMENT; COMPOSITE MEMBRANE CONSISTING OF FIBERGLASS REINFORCED RUBBERIZED ASPHALT COATED WITH A GRANULAR SURFACE PROVIDING MAXIMUM SKID RESISTANCE. 2. PRODUCT: GLACIER GUARD - SMOOTH SURFACE HIGH TEMPERATURE 300 (40- MIL) AS SUPPLIED BY ECOSTAR LLC. A. DESCRIPTION: SPECIALTY UNDERLAYMENT; COMPOSITE MEMBRANE CONSISTING OF FIBERGLASS REINFORCED RUBBERIZED ASPHALT LAMINATED TO AN IMPERMEABLE POLYETHYLENE FILM LAYER. B. FASTENERS: 1. UNDERLAYMENT FASTENERS: PROVIDED BY INSTALLER. A. FASTENERS SHALL BE CORROSIVE-RESISTANT, PLASTIC-CAPPED SHALL BE 90 DEGREES TO THE ROOF DECK AND SHALL NOT BE UNDER OR OVER DRIVEN. 2. TILE FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL, ECOSTAR RING SHANK ROOFING NAIL AS SUPPLIED BY ECOSTAR LLC. A. HEAD: 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM) DIAMETER HEAD. B. NAILS: IN COILS, RING SHANK, FOR USE IN PNEUMATIC TOOLS - AVAILABLE IN 1-1/2 INCH (38 MM) AND 1-3/4 INCH (44 MM). C. NAILS: HAND-DRIVE RING SHANK STYLE - AVAILABLE IN 1-1/2 INCH (38 MM), 1-3/4 INCH (44 MM), 2 INCH (51 MM) AND 2-1/2 INCH (64 MM). C. RIDGE VENT: 1. ECOVENT AS SUPPLIED BY ECOSTAR. MANUFACTURED IN 20-FOOT (6096 MM) LONG BY 10.5 INCHES (267 MM) WIDE ROLLS. MANUFACTURED WITH A LOW- PROFILE DESIGN THAT ALLOWS IT TO SIT UNDER HIP AND RIDGE TILES. D. METALWORK AND FLASHING: 1. MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL. 2. MATERIAL: COPPER. 3. MATERIAL: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. E. WALKWAY PADS: 1. PRODUCT: NOVA WALKWAY PADS AS MANUFACTURED BY ECOSTAR LLC. 2. DESCRIPTION: INTERLOCKING PADS TO FORM A HIGH-PERFORMANCE ROOFING WALKWAY SYSTEM; NON-ABSORBENT, SKID-RESISTANT SURFACE. 3. MATERIAL: PROPRIETARY POLYMER COMPOSED OF 100 PERCENT RECYCLED, POST-INDUSTRIAL RUBBER AND PLASTIC. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 1. CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT FOR PROCEDURES WHEN INSTALLING TILE ROOF SYSTEM DURING TEMPERATURES LOWER THAN 45 DEGREES. 2. EXISTING ROOF MATERIAL MUST BE REMOVED AND A CLEAN SUBSTRATE, FREE OF FOREIGN MATERIAL, MUST BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE TILE ROOF SYSTEM. 3. ROOFING SURFACE MUST BE FREE OF ICE, WATER, OR SNOW, PRIOR TO AND DURING THE ROOFING PROJECT. THE BUILDING OWNER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT WET OR DAMAGED SUBSTRATE HAS BEEN REMOVED IN A RE-ROOFING APPLICATION. 4. DECKING MATERIALS MUST BE DIMENSIONALLY STABLE PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE TILES. IF THE MATERIALS ARE NOT DRY, MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS INSTALLING THE UNDERLAYMENT AND ALLOWING THE ROOF TO DRY OUT BEFORE INSTALLING TILES. B. IF PREPARATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANOTHER INSTALLER, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF DEVIATIONS FROM MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND CONDITIONS. C. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY PREPARED AND DEVIATIONS FROM MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED TOLERANCES ARE CORRECTED. COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLATION CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS. 1. AUTHORIZED ECOSTAR GOLD STAR APPLICATOR SHALL NOT PROCEED UNTIL DEFECTS ARE CORRECTED. D. ROOF SYSTEM PREPARATION: PROVIDE CLEARANCE ON UNDERSIDE OF DECKING OR SHEATHING TO ALLOW FOR SPECIFIED PENETRATION OF FASTENERS. MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS SYSTEM BE APPLIED ONLY OVER THE FOLLOWING: 1. SUBSTRATE: MINIMUM 15/32 INCH (12 MM) PLYWOOD OR 7/16 INCH (11 MM) OSB DECKING, PROPERLY GAPPED FOR EXPANSION. 2. SUBSTRATE: MINIMUM 3/4 INCH (19 MM) TONGUE AND GROOVE WOOD DECKING WITH END GAPS NOT EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH (6 MM), AND BOARD WIDTHS NOT EXCEEDING 6 INCHES (152 MM). 3. SUBSTRATE: MANUFACTURER APPROVED METAL DECK SYSTEMS. METAL DECK SYSTEMS REQUIRE INSTALLATION OF NAIL BASE INSULATION OF APPROPRIATE THICKNESS PRIOR TO ATTACHING THE ROOF TILES. E. SLOPE OF SUBSTRATE FOR INSTALLATION OF SLATE TILE ROOF SYSTEM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/12. CONTACT THE ECOSTAR TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT FOR PROPER TILE EXPOSURE OPTIONS DEPENDING ON PRODUCT LINE AND ROOF SLOPE. . F. SLOPE OF SUBSTRATE FOR INSTALLATION OF SHAKE TILE ROOF SYSTEM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/12. CONTACT ECOSTAR TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT FOR PROPER EXPOSURE OPTIONS DEPENDING ON PRODUCT LINE AND ROOF SLOPE. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL: INSTALL FLASHING METAL AND SHEET METAL IN VALLEYS AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION FOR A V-TYPE, W-TYPE, OR DOUBLE W-TYPE METAL VALLEY FLASHING AT VALLEYS. C. INSTALL METAL EDGING AT EAVES AND ROOF EDGES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. D. INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT: 1. GLACIER GUARD: A. LAP END JOINTS 6 INCHES (152 MM) AND SIDE JOINTS 3.5 INCHES (89 MM). B. APPLY CONTINUOUS 36 INCH (914 MM) WIDE SHEET IN VALLEY CENTERED OVER VALLEY. C. APPLY ROWS OF 36 (914 MM) WIDE SHEETS ALONG EAVES AND RAKES. LAP END JOINTS 6 INCHES (152 MM) AND SIDE JOINTS 3.5 INCHES (89 MM). D. APPLY ROWS OF 36 INCHES (914 MM) WIDE SHEETS ALONG AND AROUND DORMERS AND ROOF PROTRUSIONS. LAP END JOINTS 6 INCHES (152 MM) AND SIDE JOINTS 3.5 INCHES (89 MM). E. INSTALL UNDERLAYMENT UP HEAD WALLS OR VERTICAL WALLS; UNLESS INSTALLATION CONDITIONS DO NOT PERMIT, A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES (305 MM). F. DO NOT LEAVE GLACIER GUARD GRANULAR SURFACE (100) EXPOSED TO WEATHER MORE THAN 30 DAYS AFTER BEGINNING OF INSTALLATION. DO NOT LEAVE GLACIER GUARD SMOOTH SURFACE HIGH TEMP (300) (BLACK) EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER MORE THAN 60 DAYS AFTER THE BEGINNING OF INSTALLATION. (WHITE CAN BE LEFT EXPOSED UP TO 120 DAYS) INSTALLATION OF GLACIER GUARD AT TEMPERATURES BELOW 40 DEGREES F (4.5 DEGREES C) MAY REQUIRE NAILING TO HOLD MEMBRANE IN PLACE WHILE ADHESION DEVELOPS. 2. AQUA GUARD: A. APPLY 41.5 INCHES (1054 MM) WIDE SHEET OVER COMPLETE DECK, LAPPING THE AREA COVERED WITH GLACIER GUARD. LAP END JOINTS 6 INCHES (152 MM) AND SIDE JOINTS 4 INCHES (102 MM) AND DOUBLE THROUGH VALLEYS. B. DO NOT LEAVE EXPOSED TO WEATHER MORE THAN 180 DAYS AFTER BEGINNING OF INSTALLATION. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR 30 TO 180 DAY EXPOSURE. E. ROOF TILE INSTALLATION: 1. AFTER INSTALLING UNDERLAYMENT AND BEFORE INSTALLING THE ROOF TILES, CLEAN THE SURFACE OF DEBRIS AND DIRT. 2. PLACE TILES SO COLOR VARIATIONS ARE EVENLY DISTRIBUTED OVER ENTIRE ROOF AREA. SHADE VARIATION OCCURS DIFFERENTLY FROM PALLET TO PALLET AND WITHIN INDIVIDUAL PALLETS; BLEND TILES BETWEEN BUNDLES AND PALLETS TO SERVICE FOR AVAILABLE FACTORY BLENDING OPTIONS. A. BLENDING: COLOR "MAPPING" OR "BLOTCHING" IN APPEARANCE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. B. ECOSTAR AUTHORIZED GOLD STAR APPLICATOR SHALL CORRECT APPEARANCE IN THE EVENT OF COLOR "MAPPING" OR "BLOTCHING." 3. MINIMUM FASTENING: 2 RING SHANK FASTENERS PER TILE SHALL BE USED. FASTENERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE DESIGNATED "NAIL HERE" MARKS ON THE TILE. CONTACT ECOSTAR TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT FOR PROPER NAIL LENGTHS DEPENDING ON PRODUCT LINE USED. 4. IF USING A PNEUMATIC NAILER, DO NOT OVER DRIVE NAILS, CAUSING THE TILES TO CURL UPWARD. REMOVE OVERDRIVEN TILES AND RE-FASTEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. DO NOT INSTALL TILES WITH AN UPWARD CURVE. BEND EACH TILE IN A DOWNWARD ARC BEFORE NAILING. DO NOT HOLD TILES FROM BEHIND WHILE NAILING, AS THIS WILL CAUSE AN UPWARD CURL OF THE TILE. BENDING NOT REQUIRED FOR NIAGARA SLATE OR SHAKE PLUS TILES. 6. DO NOT INSTALL TILES BUTTED AGAINST EACH OTHER. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM GAP OF 3/8 INCHES (9.5 MM) BETWEEN INSTALLED TILES. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 3/8 INCHES (9.5 MM) GAP BETWEEN INSTALLED TILES AND SIDEWALLS OR ROOF PROTRUSION. 7. BEGINNING AT THE EAVE, INSTALL A STARTER ROW OF ROOF TILES GAPPED A MINIMUM OF 3/8 INCHES (9.5 MM) BETWEEN TILES AND PROTRUSION WHILE ACHIEVING A 3/4 INCHES (19 MM) OVERHANG WITH TWO ECOSTAR RING SHANK FASTENERS PER TILE (IN LOCATION SHOWN ON TILES). THIS LAYER OF TILES WILL BECOME THE STARTER ROW. THE FINAL TILE AT ROOF EDGES TO BE A MINIMUM OF 3 INCHES (76 MM) WIDE. THIS MAY INVOLVE CUTTING THE ROOF TILE TO FIT. A. TO CUT THE ROOF TILE: SCORE THE TILE WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE AND UTILITY KNIFE AND SNAP TILE AT THAT SCORE. EMPIRE SHAKE PLUS TILES ARE MORE EASILY CUT WITH A SAW. 8. INSTALL FIRST COURSE OF TILES IN THE SAME MANNER AS THE STARTER ROW WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE SECOND LAYER HAVING AN OFFSET TO THE STARTER ROW. THE FIRST COURSE OF TILES SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH THE STARTER ROW WITH NO EXPOSURE. 9. CONTINUE INSTALLING TILE COURSES UP THE ROOF SLOPE TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED EXPOSURE. PLACE CHALK LINES HORIZONTALLY UP THE ROOF SLOPE FOR EVERY TILE COURSE. A. DO NOT USE RED CHALK, AS THIS WILL PERMANENTLY STAIN THE ROOF TILES. 10. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GOLD STAR AUTHORIZED APPLICATOR TO ENSURE THAT EACH ROOF TILE HAS BEEN BENT TO PROVIDE A DOWNWARD CURVE PRIOR TO TILE FASTENING. BENDING NOT REQUIRED FOR NIAGARA OR SHAKE PLUS TILES. 11. VALLEY AREAS: A. FOR AN OPEN VALLEY DESIGN LEAVE A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES (51 MM) ON EACH SIDE OF THE CENTER OF THE VALLEY EXPOSED AND UNCOVERED BY THE ROOF TILES. A V-STYLE, W-STYLE, OR DOUBLE W-STYLE VALLEY METAL ARE ACCEPTABLE. B. FOR A CLOSED VALLEY DESIGN CUT THE TILES IN A STRAIGHT LINE TO FIT NO CLOSER THAN 3/8 INCH (9.5 MM) AGAINST TILE OF ADJOINING ROOF SLOPE. 12. IF ROOF TILES HAVE BEEN STORED IN TEMPERATURES BELOW 45 DEGREES F (7.2 DEGREES C), BRING TILES BACK TO MANUFACTURER'S MINIMUM MATERIAL INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE OF 45 DEGREES F (7.2 DEGREES C). 13. HIP AND RIDGE TILES: A. INSTALL HIP AND RIDGE TILES AT HIP LOCATIONS. PLACE A CHALK LINE UP THE HIP LINE. F. RIDGE VENT INSTALLATION: 1. INSTALL RIDGE VENT SYSTEM AS PER MANUFACTURER'S APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS AND THEN PLACE HIP AND RIDGE TILE OVER THE RIDGE VENT. 2. A MINIMUM 2-1/2 INCHES (63.5 MM) STAINLESS STEEL RING SHANK, HAND-DRIVEN FASTENER SHALL BE USED ON A VENTILATED HIP AND RIDGE TO FASTEN THE HIP AND RIDGE TILE TO DECK. 3. A MINIMUM 2 INCH (51 MM) STAINLESS STEEL, HAND-DRIVEN FASTENER SHALL BE USED ON AN UNVENTILATED HIP AND RIDGE TO FASTEN THE HIP AND RIDGE TILE TO THE DECK. 4. PLACE FASTENERS IN THE LOCATION MARKED ON THE TILE. INSTALL HIP AND RIDGE TILE AT THE PROPER EXPOSURE FOR THE PRODUCT LINE. G. PHASED ROOFING: THE WEATHERING PROCESS OF THE TILES BEGINS IMMEDIATELY UPON INSTALLATION AND EXPOSURE TO THE ELEMENTS. INSTALL AT A CONTINUOUS RATE TO COMPLETION. AVOID LENGTHY DELAYS WHICH MAY RESULT IN APPEARANCE DIFFERENCES. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. MINIMIZE FOOT TRAFFIC OVER COMPLETED AREAS OF THE ROOF. B. UPON COMPLETION OF THE ROOF SYSTEM INSTALLATION, INSPECT AND REMOVE DEBRIS FROM ROOF. CLEANING OF SOILED AREAS AND DEBRIS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICATOR. C. USE CLEANERS APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER TO WASH A ROOF ASSEMBLY. D. TOUCH-UP, REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. SECTION 07420 -SOFFIT PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES METAL SOFFIT PANELS. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION LAYOUTS OF METAL PANELS; DETAILS OF EDGE CONDITIONS, JOINTS, PANEL PROFILES, CORNERS, ANCHORAGES, ATTACHMENT SYSTEM, TRIM, FLASHINGS, CLOSURES, AND ACCESSORIES; AND SPECIAL DETAILS. C. SAMPLES: FOR EACH TYPE OF METAL PANEL INDICATED. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS. B. WARRANTIES: SAMPLES OF SPECIAL WARRANTIES. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA. 1.6 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY ON PANEL FINISHES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR FINISH OR REPLACE METAL PANELS THAT SHOW EVIDENCE OF DETERIORATION OF FACTORY-APPLIED FINISHES WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. FINISH WARRANTY PERIOD: 20 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE: PROVIDE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING THE EFFECTS OF THE FOLLOWING LOADS, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM E1592: 1. WIND LOADS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. OTHER DESIGN LOADS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. DEFLECTION LIMITS: FOR WIND LOADS, NO GREATER THAN 1/180 OF THE SPAN. B. AIR INFILTRATION: AIR LEAKAGE OF NOT MORE THAN 0.06 CFM/SQ. FT. WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E283 AT THE FOLLOWING TEST-PRESSURE DIFFERENCE: 1. TEST-PRESSURE DIFFERENCE: 1.57 LBF/SQ. FT. C. WATER PENETRATION UNDER STATIC PRESSURE: NO WATER PENETRATION WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E331 AT THE FOLLOWING TEST-PRESSURE DIFFERENCE: 1. TEST-PRESSURE DIFFERENCE: 2.86 LBF/SQ. FT. D. THERMAL MOVEMENTS: ALLOW FOR THERMAL MOVEMENTS FROM AMBIENT AND SURFACE TEMPERATURE CHANGES BY PREVENTING BUCKLING, OPENING OF JOINTS, OVERSTRESSING OF COMPONENTS, FAILURE OF JOINT SEALANTS, FAILURE OF CONNECTIONS, AND OTHER DETRIMENTAL EFFECTS. BASE CALCULATIONS ON SURFACE TEMPERATURES OF MATERIALS DUE TO BOTH SOLAR HEAT GAIN AND NIGHTTIME-SKY HEAT LOSS. 1. TEMPERATURE CHANGE (RANGE): 120 DEG F, AMBIENT; 180 DEG F, MATERIAL SURFACES. 2.2 METAL SOFFIT PANELS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE METAL SOFFIT PANELS DESIGNED TO BE INSTALLED BY LAPPING AND INTERCONNECTING SIDE EDGES OF ADJACENT PANELS AND MECHANICALLY ATTACHING THROUGH PANEL TO SUPPORTS USING CONCEALED FASTENERS IN SIDE LAPS. INCLUDE ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR WEATHERTIGHT INSTALLATION. B. METAL SOFFIT PANELS: MATCH EXISTING. EXISTING IS BELIEVED TO BE THE FOLLOWING. VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO ORDERING. 1. V-GROOVE-PROFILE METAL SOFFIT PANELS: SOLID PANELS FORMED WITH VERTICAL PANEL EDGES AND A FLAT PAN BETWEEN PANEL EDGES WITH INTERMEDIATE V-GROOVES, AND A V- GROOVE JOINT BETWEEN PANELS. A. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1) BERRIDGE MANUFACTURING COMPANY; VEE-PANEL. (VERIFY IN FIELD.) 2) A COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUEST FOR A PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURERS. COMPLY WITH THE COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUEST REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 01 SECTION “PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS.” A) ATAS INTERNATIONAL, INC. B) ENGLERT, INC. C) FABRAL. D) PAC-CLAD; PETERSEN ALUMINUM CORPORATION. B. METALLIC-COATED STEEL SHEET: ZINC-COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL SHEET COMPLYING WITH ASTM A653/A653M, G90 COATING DESIGNATION, OR ALUMINUM-ZINC ALLOY-COATED STEEL SHEET COMPLYING WITH ASTM A792/A792M, CLASS AZ50 COATING DESIGNATION; STRUCTURAL QUALITY. PREPAINTED BY THE COIL-COATING PROCESS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM A755/A755M. 1) NOMINAL THICKNESS: 0.028 INCH (24 GAGE). 2) EXTERIOR FINISH: TWO-COAT FLUOROPOLYMER. 3) COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL LINE OF COLORS TO MATCH EXISTING. C. PANEL COVERAGE: MATCH EXISTING. (VERIFY IN FIELD.) D. PANEL HEIGHT: MATCH EXISTING. (VERIFY IN FIELD.) 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. MISCELLANEOUS METAL SUBFRAMING AND FURRING: ASTM C645, COLD-FORMED, METALLIC- COATED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A653/A653M, G90 COATING DESIGNATION OR ASTM A792/A792M, CLASS AZ50 ALUMINUM-ZINC-ALLOY COATING DESIGNATION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT AND ALIGNMENT OF METAL PANEL SYSTEM. B. PANEL ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE, WEATHERTIGHT PANEL SYSTEM INCLUDING TRIM, CLIPS, FLASHINGS, SEALANTS, GASKETS, FILLERS, CLOSURE STRIPS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. MATCH MATERIAL AND FINISH OF METAL PANELS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. CLOSURE STRIPS: CLOSED-CELL, EXPANDED, CELLULAR, RUBBER OR CROSSLINKED, POLYOLEFIN-FOAM OR CLOSED-CELL LAMINATED POLYETHYLENE; MINIMUM 1-INCH-THICK, FLEXIBLE CLOSURE STRIPS; CUT OR PREMOLDED TO MATCH METAL PANEL PROFILE. PROVIDE CLOSURE STRIPS WHERE INDICATED OR NECESSARY TO ENSURE WEATHERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. C. FLASHING AND TRIM: PROVIDE FLASHING AND TRIM FORMED FROM SAME MATERIAL AS METAL PANELS AS REQUIRED TO SEAL AGAINST WEATHER AND TO PROVIDE FINISHED APPEARANCE. FINISH FLASHING AND TRIM WITH SAME FINISH SYSTEM AS ADJACENT METAL PANELS. D. PANEL FASTENERS: SELF-TAPPING SCREWS DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND DESIGN LOADS. PROVIDE EXPOSED FASTENERS WITH HEADS MATCHING COLOR OF METAL PANELS BY MEANS OF PLASTIC CAPS OR FACTORY-APPLIED COATING. PROVIDE EPDM OR PVC SEALING WASHERS FOR EXPOSED FASTENERS. E. PANEL SEALANTS: PROVIDE SEALANT TYPES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH PANEL MATERIALS, ARE NONSTAINING, AND DO NOT DAMAGE PANEL FINISH. 1. SEALANT TAPE: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE, 100 PERCENT SOLIDS, GRAY POLYISOBUTYLENE COMPOUND SEALANT TAPE WITH RELEASE-PAPER BACKING; 1/8 INCH THICK. 2. JOINT SEALANT: ASTM C920; AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY METAL PANEL MANUFACTURER. 3. BUTYL-RUBBER-BASED, SOLVENT-RELEASE SEALANT: ASTM C1311. 2.4 FABRICATION A. GENERAL: FABRICATE AND FINISH METAL PANELS AND ACCESSORIES AT THE FACTORY, BY MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PROCEDURES AND PROCESSES, AS NECESSARY TO FULFILL INDICATED PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS DEMONSTRATED BY LABORATORY TESTING. COMPLY WITH INDICATED PROFILES AND WITH DIMENSIONAL AND STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS. B. ON-SITE FABRICATION: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION, METAL PANELS MAY BE FABRICATED ON-SITE USING UL-CERTIFIED, PORTABLE ROLL-FORMING EQUIPMENT IF PANELS ARE OF SAME PROFILE AND WARRANTED BY MANUFACTURER TO BE EQUAL TO FACTORY-FORMED PANELS. FABRICATE ACCORDING TO EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND TO COMPLY WITH DETAILS SHOWN. C. PROVIDE PANEL PROFILE, INCLUDING MAJOR RIBS AND INTERMEDIATE STIFFENING RIBS, IF ANY, FOR FULL LENGTH OF PANEL. D. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM: FABRICATE FLASHING AND TRIM TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN SMACNA'S "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL" THAT APPLY TO DESIGN, DIMENSIONS, METAL, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS OF ITEM INDICATED 2.5 FINISHES A. PANELS AND ACCESSORIES: 1. TWO-COAT FLUOROPOLYMER: AAMA 621. FLUOROPOLYMER FINISH CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 70 PERCENT PVDF RESIN BY WEIGHT IN COLOR COAT. PREPARE, PRETREAT, AND APPLY COATING TO EXPOSED METAL SURFACES TO COMPLY WITH COATING AND RESIN MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. CONCEALED FINISH: WHITE OR LIGHT-COLORED ACRYLIC OR POLYESTER BACKER FINISH. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORTS: INSTALL SUBFRAMING, FURRING, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PANEL SUPPORT MEMBERS AND ANCHORAGES ACCORDING TO ASTM C754 AND METAL PANEL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. SOFFIT FRAMING: WIRE TIE OR CLIP FURRING CHANNELS TO SUPPORTS, AS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSEMBLIES INDICATED. 3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. METAL SOFFIT PANELS: FASTEN METAL PANELS TO SUPPORTS WITH FASTENERS AT EACH LAPPED JOINT AT LOCATION AND SPACING RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 1. APPLY PANELS AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS TRUE TO LINE FOR NEAT AND WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURE. 2. PROVIDE METAL-BACKED WASHERS UNDER HEADS OF EXPOSED FASTENERS BEARING ON WEATHER SIDE OF METAL PANELS. 3. LOCATE AND SPACE EXPOSED FASTENERS IN UNIFORM VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT. USE PROPER TOOLS TO OBTAIN CONTROLLED UNIFORM COMPRESSION FOR POSITIVE SEAL WITHOUT RUPTURE OF WASHER. 4. INSTALL SCREW FASTENERS WITH POWER TOOLS HAVING CONTROLLED TORQUE ADJUSTED TO COMPRESS WASHER TIGHTLY WITHOUT DAMAGE TO WASHER, SCREW THREADS, OR PANELS. INSTALL SCREWS IN PREDRILLED HOLES. B. ACCESSORY INSTALLATION: INSTALL ACCESSORIES WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE TO BUILDING AND WEATHERTIGHT MOUNTING, AND PROVIDE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FLASHINGS AND OTHER COMPONENTS. C. FLASHING AND TRIM: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, AND SMACNA'S "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL." PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS WHERE POSSIBLE, AND SET UNITS TRUE TO LINE AND LEVEL AS INDICATED. INSTALL WORK WITH LAPS, JOINTS, AND SEAMS THAT ARE PERMANENTLY WATERTIGHT. 3.3 CLEANING A. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND STRIPPABLE FILMS, IF ANY, AS METAL PANELS ARE INSTALLED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ON COMPLETION OF METAL PANEL INSTALLATION, CLEAN FINISHED SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY METAL PANEL MANUFACTURER. MAINTAIN IN A CLEAN CONDITION DURING CONSTRUCTIONPRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 1 9 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A005 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 07530 -EPDM ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. ADHERED ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-TERPOLYMER (EPDM) ROOFING SYSTEM. 2. SUBSTRATE BOARD. 3. VAPOR RETARDER. 4. ROOF INSULATION. 5. COVER BOARD. 6. WALKWAYS. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. PRELIMINARY CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE ROOF PLANS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. LAYOUT AND THICKNESS OF INSULATION. 2. BASE FLASHINGS AND MEMBRANE TERMINATIONS. 3. FLASHING DETAILS AT PENETRATIONS. 4. TAPERED INSULATION, THICKNESS, AND SLOPES. 5. INSULATION FASTENING PATTERNS FOR CORNER, PERIMETER, AND FIELD-OF-ROOF LOCATIONS. 6. TIE-IN WITH AIR BARRIER. C. SAMPLES: FOR THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS: 1. ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLASHINGS OF COLOR REQUIRED. 2. WALKWAY PADS OR ROLLS, OF COLOR REQUIRED. D. WIND UPLIFT RESISTANCE SUBMITTAL: FOR ROOFING SYSTEM, INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH WIND UPLIFT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES: 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT CERTIFICATE: SIGNED BY ROOF MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER, CERTIFYING THAT ROOFING SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN "PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS" ARTICLE. A. SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF COMPLYING WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. 2. SPECIAL WARRANTY CERTIFICATE: SIGNED BY ROOF MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER, CERTIFYING THAT ALL MATERIALS SUPPLIED UNDER THIS SECTION ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR SPECIAL WARRANTY. B. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS: FOR COMPONENTS OF ROOF MEMBRANE AND INSULATION, FOR TESTS PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. C. RESEARCH REPORTS. D. FIELD QUALITY-CONTROL REPORTS. E. SAMPLE WARRANTIES. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA. B. CERTIFIED STATEMENT FROM EXISTING ROOF MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER STATING THAT EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY HAS NOT BEEN AFFECTED BY WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: A QUALIFIED MANUFACTURER THAT IS UL LISTED FOR ROOFING SYSTEM IDENTICAL TO THAT USED FOR THIS PROJECT. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: A QUALIFIED FIRM THAT IS APPROVED, AUTHORIZED, OR LICENSED BY ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER TO INSTALL MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT AND THAT IS ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIAL WARRANTY. 1.7 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF ROOFING SYSTEM THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: 20 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. ACCELERATED WEATHERING: ROOF MEMBRANE SHALL WITHSTAND 2000 HOURS OF EXPOSURE WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM G152, ASTM G154, OR ASTM G155. B. IMPACT RESISTANCE: ROOF MEMBRANE SHALL RESIST IMPACT DAMAGE WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM D3746, ASTM D4272, OR THE RESISTANCE TO FOOT TRAFFIC TEST IN FM APPROVALS 4470. C. WIND UPLIFT RESISTANCE: DESIGN ROOFING SYSTEM TO RESIST THE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO FM APPROVALS 4474, UL 580, OR UL 1897. 2.2 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-TERPOLYMER (EPDM) ROOFING A. EPDM SHEET: ASTM D4637/D4637M, TYPE I, NONREINFORCED, EPDM SHEET. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING, NO SUBSTITUTIONS: A. CARLISLE SYNTEC INCORPORATED; SURE-SEAL EPDM. B. FIRESTONE BUILDING PRODUCTS; RUBBERGARD EPDM. C. JOHNS MANVILLE; A BERKSHIRE HATHAWAY COMPANY; JM EPDM NR. 2. THICKNESS: 60 MILS, NOMINAL. 3. EXPOSED FACE COLOR: BLACK. 2.3 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. GENERAL: AUXILIARY MATERIALS RECOMMENDED BY ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER FOR INTENDED USE AND COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER ROOFING COMPONENTS. 1. ADHESIVE AND SEALANTS: COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. SHEET FLASHING: 60-MIL-THICK EPDM, PARTIALLY CURED OR CURED, ACCORDING TO APPLICATION. C. PREFABRICATED PIPE FLASHINGS: AS RECOMMENDED BY ROOF MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER. D. BONDING ADHESIVE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. E. MEMBRANE ADHESIVE: ONE OF THE FOLLOWING, AS RECOMMENDED BY MEMBRANE MANUFACTURER: 1. WATER-BASED, FABRIC-BACKED MEMBRANE ADHESIVE: ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WATER-BASED, COLD-APPLIED ADHESIVE FORMULATED FOR COMPATIBILITY AND USE WITH FABRIC-BACKED MEMBRANE ROOFING. 2. LOW-RISE, URETHANE, FABRIC-BACKED MEMBRANE ADHESIVE: ROOF SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SPRAY-APPLIED, LOW-RISE, TWO-COMPONENT URETHANE ADHESIVE FORMULATED FOR COMPATIBILITY AND USE WITH FABRIC-BACKED MEMBRANE ROOFING. F. SEAMING MATERIAL: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, SYNTHETIC-RUBBER POLYMER PRIMER AND 6- INCH-WIDE MINIMUM, BUTYL SPLICE TAPE WITH RELEASE FILM. G. LAP SEALANT: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, SINGLE-COMPONENT SEALANT. H. WATER CUTOFF MASTIC: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BUTYL MASTIC SEALANT. I. METAL TERMINATION BARS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, PREDRILLED STAINLESS STEEL OR ALUMINUM BARS, APPROXIMATELY 1 BY 1/8 INCH THICK; WITH ANCHORS. J. FASTENERS: FACTORY-COATED STEEL FASTENERS AND METAL OR PLASTIC PLATES COMPLYING WITH CORROSION-RESISTANCE PROVISIONS IN FM APPROVALS 4470, DESIGNED FOR FASTENING COMPONENTS TO SUBSTRATE, AND ACCEPTABLE TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. K. MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE POURABLE SEALERS, PREFORMED CONE AND VENT SHEET FLASHINGS, MOLDED PIPE BOOT FLASHINGS, PREFORMED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNER SHEET FLASHINGS,REINFORCED EPDM SECUREMENT STRIPS, T-JOINT COVERS, IN-SEAM SEALANTS, TERMINATION REGLETS, COVER STRIPS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES 2.4 SUBSTRATE BOARDS A. SUBSTRATE BOARD: ASTM C1177/C1177M, GLASS-MAT, WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD OR ASTM C1278/C1278M, FIBER-REINFORCED GYPSUM BOARD. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: A. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION; GLASROC ROOF BOARD OR GLASROC SHEATHING. B. GEORGIA-PACIFIC GYPSUM LLC; DENS DECK. C. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY; DEXCELL FA GLASS MAT ROOF BOARD, DEXCELL GLASS MAT ROOF BOARD, OR GOLD BOND EXP EXTENDED EXPOSURE SHEATHING. D. USG CORPORATION; SECUROCK GLASS-FIBER ROOF BOARD OR SECUROCK GLASS-MAT ROOF BOARD. 2. THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH. 3. SURFACE FINISH: UNPRIMED. B. FASTENERS: FACTORY-COATED STEEL FASTENERS AND METAL OR PLASTIC PLATES COMPLYING WITH CORROSION-RESISTANCE PROVISIONS IN FM APPROVALS 4470, DESIGNED FOR FASTENING SUBSTRATE PANEL TO ROOF DECK. 2.5 VAPOR RETARDER A. POLYETHYLENE FILM: ASTM D4397, 6 MILS THICK, MINIMUM, WITH MAXIMUM PERMEANCE RATING OF 0.13 PERM. 1. TAPE: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE TAPE OF TYPE RECOMMENDED BY VAPOR RETARDER MANUFACTURER FOR SEALING JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS IN VAPOR RETARDER. 2.6 ROOF INSULATION A. POLYISOCYANURATE BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C1289, TYPE II, CLASS 1, GRADE 2, FELT OR GLASS- FIBER MAT FACER ON BOTH MAJOR SURFACES. 1. MANUFACTURERS: PROVIDE INSULATION BY MANUFACTURER OF EPDM MEMBRANE, OR BY MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED BY EPDM MANUFACTURER. 2. SIZE: 48 BY 48 INCHES. 3. THICKNESS: A. BASE LAYER: 1.5 INCHES. B. UPPER LAYER: 3.7 INCHES, OR AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE AN OVERALL INSULATION R- VALUE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. TAPERED INSULATION: PROVIDE FACTORY-TAPERED INSULATION BOARDS. 1. MATERIAL: MATCH ROOF INSULATION. 2. MINIMUM THICKNESS: 1/4 INCH. 3. SLOPE: A. ROOF FIELD: 1/4 INCH PER FOOT AND 1/2 INCH PER FOOT, WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. SADDLES AND CRICKETS: 1/2 INCH PER FOOT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS 2.7 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS: FACTORY-COATED STEEL FASTENERS AND METAL OR PLASTIC PLATES COMPLYING WITH CORROSION-RESISTANCE PROVISIONS IN FM APPROVALS 4470, DESIGNED FOR FASTENING ROOF INSULATION AND COVER BOARDS TO SUBSTRATE, AND ACCEPTABLE TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. B. INSULATION ADHESIVE: INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE FORMULATED TO ATTACH ROOF INSULATION TO SUBSTRATE OR TO ANOTHER INSULATION LAYER. USE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR SUBSTRATE AND CONDITIONS: 1. BEAD-APPLIED, LOW-RISE, ONE-COMPONENT OR MULTICOMPONENT URETHANE ADHESIVE. 2. FULL-SPREAD, SPRAY-APPLIED, LOW-RISE, TWO-COMPONENT URETHANE ADHESIVE. C. COVER BOARD: ASTM C1177/C1177M, GLASS-MAT, WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM SUBSTRATE, OR ASTM C1278/C1278M, FIBER-REINFORCED GYPSUM BOARD. 1. THICKNESS: 5/8 INCH. 2. SURFACE FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED. 2.8 WALKWAYS A. FLEXIBLE WALKWAYS: FACTORY-FORMED, NONPOROUS, HEAVY-DUTY, SLIP-RESISTING, SURFACE- TEXTURED WALKWAY PADS OR ROLLS, APPROXIMATELY 3/16 INCH THICK AND ACCEPTABLE TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 1. SIZE: APPROXIMATELY 30 BY 30 INCHES 2. COLOR: CONTRASTING WITH ROOF MEMBRANE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ROOFING, GENERAL A. INSTALL ROOFING SYSTEM ACCORDING TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR BUILDING CONDITIONS AND WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. COMPLETE TERMINATIONS AND BASE FLASHINGS AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY SEALS TO PREVENT WATER FROM ENTERING COMPLETED SECTIONS OF ROOFING SYSTEM AT END OF WORKDAY OR WHEN RAIN IS FORECAST. REMOVE AND DISCARD TEMPORARY SEALS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK ON ADJOINING ROOFING. C. INSTALL ROOF MEMBRANE AND AUXILIARY MATERIALS TO TIE IN TO EXISTING ROOFING TO MAINTAIN WEATHERTIGHTNESS OF TRANSITION. IF EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM HAS A WARRANTY, INSTALL MEMBRANE AND AUXILIARY MATERIALS SO AS TO NOT VOID WARRANTY FOR EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEM. D. COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND TRANSITION OF ROOF MEMBRANE WITH AIR BARRIER SPECIFIED UNDER SECTION 07 27 26 "FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS" TO MAINTAIN A CONTINUOUS AIR BARRIER 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SUBSTRATE BOARD A. INSTALL SUBSTRATE BOARD WITH LONG JOINTS IN CONTINUOUS STRAIGHT LINES, WITH END JOINTS STAGGERED NOT LESS THAN 24 INCHES IN ADJACENT ROWS. 1. AT STEEL ROOF DECKS, INSTALL SUBSTRATE BOARD AT RIGHT ANGLE TO FLUTES OF DECK. A. LOCATE END JOINTS OVER CRESTS OF STEEL ROOF DECK. 2. TIGHTLY BUTT SUBSTRATE BOARDS TOGETHER. 3. CUT SUBSTRATE BOARD TO FIT TIGHT AROUND PENETRATIONS AND PROJECTIONS, AND TO FIT TIGHT TO INTERSECTING SLOPING ROOF DECKS. 4. FASTEN SUBSTRATE BOARD TO TOP FLANGES OF STEEL DECK TO RESIST UPLIFT PRESSURE AT CORNERS, PERIMETER, AND FIELD OF ROOF ACCORDING TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. (FASTEN WITH FIRST LAYER OF INSULATION, ASI INDICATED BELOW.) 3.4 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDER A. POLYETHYLENE FILM: LOOSELY LAY POLYETHYLENE-FILM VAPOR RETARDER IN A SINGLE LAYER OVER AREA TO RECEIVE VAPOR RETARDER, SIDE AND END LAPPING EACH SHEET A MINIMUM OF 2 AND 6 INCHES, RESPECTIVELY. 1. EXTEND VERTICALLY UP PARAPET WALLS AND PROJECTIONS TO A MINIMUM HEIGHT EQUAL TO HEIGHT OF INSULATION AND COVER BOARD. 2. CONTINUOUSLY SEAL SIDE AND END LAPS WITH TAPE. B. COMPLETELY SEAL VAPOR RETARDER AT TERMINATIONS, OBSTRUCTIONS, AND PENETRATIONS TO PREVENT AIR MOVEMENT INTO ROOFING SYSTEM. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. COORDINATE INSTALLING ROOFING SYSTEM COMPONENTS SO INSULATION IS NOT EXPOSED TO PRECIPITATION OR LEFT EXPOSED AT END OF WORKDAY. B. COMPLY WITH ROOFING SYSTEM AND INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING ROOF INSULATION. C. INSTALLATION OVER METAL DECKING/SUBSTRATE BOARD/VAPOR RETARDER: 1. INSTALL BASE LAYER OF INSULATION WITH JOINTS STAGGERED NOT LESS THAN 24 INCHES IN ADJACENT ROWS. A. LOCATE END JOINTS OVER CRESTS OF DECKING. B. TRIM INSULATION NEATLY TO FIT AROUND PENETRATIONS AND PROJECTIONS, AND TO FIT TIGHT TO INTERSECTING SLOPING ROOF DECKS. C. MAKE JOINTS BETWEEN ADJACENT INSULATION BOARDS NOT MORE THAN 1/4 INCH IN WIDTH. D. AT INTERNAL ROOF DRAINS, SLOPE INSULATION TO CREATE A SQUARE DRAIN SUMP WITH EACH SIDE EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE DRAIN BOWL PLUS 24 INCHES. 1) TRIM INSULATION SO THAT WATER FLOW IS UNRESTRICTED. E. FILL GAPS EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH WITH INSULATION. F. CUT AND FIT INSULATION WITHIN 1/4 INCH OF NAILERS, PROJECTIONS, AND PENETRATIONS 3.6 INSTALLATION OF COVER BOARDS A. INSTALL COVER BOARDS OVER INSULATION WITH LONG JOINTS IN CONTINUOUS STRAIGHT LINES WITH END JOINTS STAGGERED BETWEEN ROWS. OFFSET JOINTS OF INSULATION BELOW A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES IN EACH DIRECTION. 1. TRIM COVER BOARD NEATLY TO FIT AROUND PENETRATIONS AND PROJECTIONS, AND TO FIT TIGHT TO INTERSECTING SLOPING ROOF DECKS. 2. AT INTERNAL ROOF DRAINS, CONFORM TO SLOPE OF DRAIN SUMP. A. TRIM COVER BOARD SO THAT WATER FLOW IS UNRESTRICTED. 3. CUT AND FIT COVER BOARD TIGHT TO NAILERS, PROJECTIONS, AND PENETRATIONS. 4. ADHERE COVER BOARD TO SUBSTRATE USING ADHESIVE ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, USING PRODUCT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER, AS FOLLOWS: A. BEAD-APPLIED INSULATION ADHESIVE: SET COVER BOARD IN RIBBONS OF BEAD-APPLIED INSULATION ADHESIVE, FIRMLY PRESSING AND MAINTAINING INSULATION IN PLACE. B. FULL-SPREAD INSULATION ADHESIVE: SET COVER BOARD IN A UNIFORM COVERAGE OF FULL-SPREAD INSULATION ADHESIVE, FIRMLY PRESSING AND MAINTAINING INSULATION IN PLACE. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED ROOFING A. ADHERE ROOF MEMBRANE OVER AREA TO RECEIVE ROOFING ACCORDING TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. UNROLL MEMBRANE ROOF MEMBRANE AND ALLOW TO RELAX BEFORE INSTALLING. C. START INSTALLATION OF ROOFING IN PRESENCE OF ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PERSONNEL AND OWNER'S TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY. D. ACCURATELY ALIGN ROOF MEMBRANE, AND MAINTAIN UNIFORM SIDE AND END LAPS OF MINIMUM DIMENSIONS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. STAGGER END LAPS. E. BONDING ADHESIVE: APPLY TO SUBSTRATE AND UNDERSIDE OF ROOF MEMBRANE AT RATE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER, AND ALLOW TO PARTIALLY DRY BEFORE INSTALLING ROOF MEMBRANE. DO NOT APPLY TO SPLICE AREA OF ROOF MEMBRANE. F. IN ADDITION TO ADHERING, MECHANICALLY FASTEN ROOF MEMBRANE SECURELY AT TERMINATIONS, PENETRATIONS, AND PERIMETERS. G. APPLY ROOF MEMBRANE WITH SIDE LAPS SHINGLED WITH SLOPE OF ROOF DECK WHERE POSSIBLE. H. TAPE SEAM INSTALLATION: CLEAN AND PRIME BOTH FACES OF SPLICE AREAS, APPLY SPLICE TAPE. 1. FIRMLY ROLL SIDE AND END LAPS OF OVERLAPPING ROOF MEMBRANE TO ENSURE A WATERTIGHT SEAM INSTALLATION. 2. APPLY LAP SEALANT AND SEAL EXPOSED EDGES OF ROOFING TERMINATIONS. I. SPREAD SEALANT OR MASTIC BED OVER DECK-DRAIN FLANGE AT ROOF DRAINS, AND SECURELY SEAL ROOF MEMBRANE IN PLACE WITH CLAMPING RING. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF BASE FLASHING A. INSTALL SHEET FLASHINGS AND PREFORMED FLASHING ACCESSORIES, AND ADHERE TO SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. APPLY BONDING ADHESIVE TO SUBSTRATE AND UNDERSIDE OF SHEET FLASHING AT REQUIRED RATE, AND ALLOW TO PARTIALLY DRY. DO NOT APPLY TO SEAM AREA OF FLASHING. C. FLASH PENETRATIONS AND FIELD-FORMED INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS WITH CURED OR UNCURED SHEET FLASHING. D. CLEAN SPLICE AREAS, APPLY SPLICING CEMENT, AND FIRMLY ROLL SIDE AND END LAPS OF OVERLAPPING SHEETS TO ENSURE A WATERTIGHT SEAM INSTALLATION. APPLY LAP SEALANT AND SEAL EXPOSED EDGES OF SHEET FLASHING TERMINATIONS. E. TERMINATE AND SEAL TOP OF SHEET FLASHINGS AND MECHANICALLY ANCHOR TO SUBSTRATE THROUGH TERMINATION BARS. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF WALKWAYS A. FLEXIBLE WALKWAYS: INSTALL WALKWAY PRODUCTS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. INSTALL FLEXIBLE WALKWAYS AT THE LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. PROVIDE 6-INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN ADJOINING PADS. 3. ADHERE WALKWAY PRODUCTS TO SUBSTRATE WITH COMPATIBLE ADHESIVE ACCORDING TO ROOFING SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. PROTECT ROOFING SYSTEM FROM DAMAGE AND WEAR DURING REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. WHEN REMAINING CONSTRUCTION DOES NOT AFFECT OR ENDANGER ROOFING SYSTEM, INSPECT ROOFING SYSTEM FOR DETERIORATION AND DAMAGE, DESCRIBING ITS NATURE AND EXTENT IN A WRITTEN REPORT, WITH COPIES TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER. B. CORRECT DEFICIENCIES IN OR REMOVE ROOFING SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS, REPAIR SUBSTRATES, AND REPAIR OR REINSTALL ROOFING SYSTEM TO A CONDITION FREE OF DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND ACCORDING TO WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. C. CLEAN OVERSPRAY AND SPILLAGE FROM ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION USING CLEANING AGENTS AND PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF AFFECTED CONSTRUCTION SECTION 07595 -ROOF MODIFICATIONS 1. THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES MATERIALS, LABOR, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES NECESSARY TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING ROOF SURFACES DURING AND AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF NEW ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT, ROOF CURBS, PIPE SUPPORTS, PIPING PENETRATIONS, AND OTHER WORK INCLUDED IN THESE DOCUMENTS. 2. DESCRIPTION: THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS NECESSARY TO RETURN THE ROOF TO A WATERTIGHT CONDITION AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND ACCESSORIES SHOWN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE ROOF PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING ROOFING IN WIND UPLIFT CAPACITY AND FIRE-RATING. 3. MATERIALS: ALL NEW PRODUCTS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING PRODUCTS ALREADY IN PLACE. NEW INSTALLATION OR INSTALLATION PATCHES SHALL MATCH THE THICKNESS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, NEW ROOFING MEMBRANE AND AGGREGATE MATERIALS SHALL MATCH THE COLOR AND STYLE OF THE EXISTING MEMBRANE. 4. INSTALLATION: STRICTLY FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL FLASHING IN THE LOCATIONS AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS BEST PRACTICE DICTATES. WHEN METAL FLASHING IS USED, KEEP DISSIMILAR METALS SEPARATED TO AVOID CORROSION. LAP AND LOCK SEAMS: SOLDER SEAM JOINTS WHERE NECESSARY TO GUARANTEE WATERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. COVER ALL EDGES OF METAL LAPS WITH ADHESIVE. USE NON-CORROSIVE FASTENING. FOR ROOF FLASHING, INTEGRATE AND EMBED EDGE FLASHING WITHIN ROOFING MEMBRANE. CAULK ALL REGLETS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL FLASHING, CEMENT, AND CAULKING FOR ALL ROOF ACCESSORIES. INSTALL METAL COUNTER FLASHING OVER BASE FLASHING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING OR INSTRUCTED BY THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER. INSTALL ALL CURBS A MINIMUM OF 8" ABOVE THE SURFACE OF THE ROOF. AT PENETRATIONS AND ROOF CURBS, BASE FLASHING SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH TAPERED EDGE STRIPS OR CANT STRIPS. DISTANCE BETWEEN NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS OR VERTICAL SURFACES SHALL BE MIN. 12". PROVIDE ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH MANUFACTURED ROOF JACKETS SIZED TO PRECISELY FIT THE PIPE. SECTION 07620 -SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. GENERAL: INSTALL SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM TO WITHSTAND WIND LOADS, STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT, THERMALLY INDUCED MOVEMENT, AND EXPOSURE TO WEATHER WITHOUT FAILING, RATTLING, LEAKING, AND FASTENER DISENGAGEMENT. B. WIND ZONE 2: FOR VELOCITY PRESSURES OF 31 TO 45 LBF./SQ. FT.: 90 LBF./SQ. FT. PERIMETER UPLIFT FORCE, 120 LBF./SQ. FT. CORNER UPLIFT FORCE, AND 45 LBF./SQ. FT. OUTWARD FORCE. C. WATER INFILTRATION: PROVIDE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM THAT DO NOT ALLOW WATER I INFILTRATION TO BUILDING INTERIOR. 2. SUBMITTALS: A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, AND FINISHES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW LAYOUTS OF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM, INCLUDING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. DISTINGUISH BETWEEN SHOP- AND FIELD-ASSEMBLED WORK. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: a. IDENTIFY MATERIAL, THICKNESS, WEIGHT, AND FINISH FOR EACH ITEM AND LOCATION IN PROJECT. b. DETAILS FOR FORMING SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM, INCLUDING PROFILES, SHAPES, SEAMS, AND DIMENSIONS. c. DETAILS FOR FASTENING, JOINING, SUPPORTING, AND ANCHORING SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM, INCLUDING FASTENERS, CLIPS, CLEATS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO ADJOINING WORK. d. DETAILS OF EXPANSION-JOINT COVERS, INCLUDING SHOWING DIRECTION OF EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. C. SAMPLES: FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH FINISH SPECIFIED. D. MAINTENANCE DATA. E. WARRANTY: SAMPLE OF SPECIAL WARRANTY. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM STANDARD: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL" UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. B. MOCKUPS: BUILD MOCKUPS TO VERIFY SELECTIONS MADE UNDER SAMPLE SUBMITTALS AND TO DEMONSTRATE AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND SET QUALITY STANDARDS FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. a. BUILD MOCKUP OF TYPICAL ROOF EAVE, INCLUDING GUTTER, FASCIA, FASCIA TRIM, APRON FLASHING AND SHINGLES, APPROXIMATELY 6' LONG, INCLUDING SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION CLEATS, SEAMS, ATTACHMENTS, UNDERLAYMENT, AND ACCESSORIES. C. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 1 SECTION "PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION." C. MEET WITH OWNER, ARCHITECT, OWNER'S INSURER IF APPLICABLE, INSTALLER, AND INSTALLERS WHOSE WORK INTERFACES WITH OR AFFECTS SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM INCLUDING INSTALLERS OF ROOFING MATERIALS, ROOF ACCESSORIES, UNIT SKYLIGHTS, AND ROOF- MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. D. REVIEW METHODS & PROCEDURES RELATED TO SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM. E. EXAMINE SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING FLATNESS AND ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. F. DOCUMENT PROCEEDINGS, INCLUDING CORRECTIVE MEASURES AND ACTIONS REQUIRED, AND FURNISH COPY OF RECORD TO EACH PARTICIPANT. 4. WARRANTY: A. SPECIAL WARRANTY ON FINISHES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR FINISH OR REPLACE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM THAT SHOWS EVIDENCE OF DETERIORATION OF FACTORY-APPLIED FINISHES WITHIN 20 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 5. SHEET METALS: A. GENERAL: PROTECT MECHANICAL AND OTHER FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY APPLYING A STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE FILM BEFORE SHIPPING. B. METALLIC-COATED STEEL SHEET: RESTRICTED FLATNESS STEEL SHEET, METALLIC COATED BY THE HOT-DIP PROCESS AND PREPAINTED BY THE COIL-COATING PROCESS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. ZINC-COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 COATING DESIGNATION; STRUCTURAL QUALITY. b. EXPOSED COIL-COATED FINISH: TWO-COAT FLUOROPOLYMER: AAMA 621. FLUOROPOLYMER FINISH CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 70 PERCENT PVDF RESIN BY WEIGHT IN COLOR COAT. C. COLORS: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. DIFFERENT COLORS REQUIRED FOR DIFFERENT APPLICATIONS. 6. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: UNLOAD, STORE, AND INSTALL SHEET METAL FLASHING MATERIALS AND FABRICATIONS IN A MANNER TO PREVENT BENDING, WARPING, TWISTING, AND S URFACE DAMAGE. a. ALUMINUM SEAMS: FORM SEAMS AND SEAL WITH ELASTOMERIC SEALANT UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR INTENDED USE. RIVET JOINTS WHERE NECESSARY FOR STRENGTH. b. NON-ALUMINUM SEAMS: FABRICATE NONMOVING SEAMS IN ACCESSORIES WITH FLAT-LOCK SEAMS. TIN EDGES TO BE SEAMED; FORM SEAMS, AND SOLDER. 11. LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS: A. BASE FLASHING: FABRICATE FROM THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS: a. GALVANIZED STEEL: 0.028" THICK. B. COUNTERFLASHING AND FLASHING RECEIVERS: FABRICATE FROM THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS: a. GALVANIZED STEEL: 0.022" THICK. C. ROOF-PENETRATION FLASHING: FABRICATE FROM THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS: a. GALVANIZED STEEL: 0.028" THICK. D. COPINGS: FABRICATE IN MINIMUM 96" LONG, BUT NOT EXCEEDING 10' LONG, SECTIONS. FABRICATE JOINT PLATES OF SAME THICKNESS AS COPINGS. FURNISH WITH CONTINUOUS CLEATS TO SUPPORT EDGE OF EXTERNAL LEG AND DRILL ELONGATED HOLES FOR FASTENERS ON INTERIOR LEG. MITER CORNERS, SEAL, AND SOLDER OR WELD WATERTIGHT. a. JOINT STYLE: BUTT, WITH 12" WIDE CONCEALED BACKUP PLATE. b. FABRICATE COPINGS FROM THE FOLLOWING MATERIAL: 1. GALVANIZED STEEL: 0.028" THICK. 12. FINISHES: A. PROTECT MECHANICAL AND PAINTED FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY APPLYING A STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING BEFORE SHIPPING. B. APPEARANCE OF FINISHED WORK: VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE OF ABUTTING OR ADJACENT PIECES ARE ACCEPTABLE IF THEY ARE WITHIN ONE-HALF OFTHE RANGE OF APPROVED SAMPLES. NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN THE SAME PIECE ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE OF OTHER COMPONENTS ARE ACCEPTABLE IF THEY ARE WITHIN THE RANGE OF APPROVED SAMPLES AND ARE ASSEMBLED OR INSTALLED TO MINIMIZE CONTRAST. 13. UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION: SELF-ADHERING SHEET UNDERLAYMENT: INSTALL SELF-ADHERING SHEET UNDERLAYMENT, WRINKLE FREE. COMPLY WITH TEMPERATURE RESTRICTIONS OF UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION; USE PRIMER RATHER THAN NAILS FOR INSTALLING UNDERLAYMENT AT LOW TEMPERATURES. APPLY IN SHINGLE FASHION TO SHED WATER, WITH END LAPS OF NOT LESS THAN 6" STAGGERED 24" BETWEEN COURSES. OVERLAP SIDE EDGES NOT LESS THAN 3-1/2". ROLL LAPS WITH ROLLER. COVER UNDERLAYMENT WITHIN 14 DAYS. 14. EXAMINATION: A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK. a. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE IS SOUND, DRY, SMOOTH, CLEAN, SLOPED FOR DRAINAGE, AND SECURELY ANCHORED. b. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 15. INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. GENERAL: ANCHOR SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM AND OTHER COMPONENTS OF THE WORK SECURELY IN PLACE, WITH PROVISIONS FOR THERMAL AND STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT SO THAT COMPLETED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM SHALL NOT RATTLE, LEAK, OR LOOSEN, AND SHALL REMAIN WATERTIGHT. USE FASTENERS, SOLDER, WELDING RODS, PROTECTIVE COATINGS, SEPARATORS, SEALANTS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM SYSTEM. a. INSTALL SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM TRUE TO LINE AND LEVELS INDICATED. PROVIDE UNIFORM, NEAT SEAMS WITH MINIMUM EXPOSURE OF SOLDER, WELDS, AND SEALANT. b. INSTALL SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM TO FIT SUBSTRATES AND TO RESULT IN WATERTIGHT PERFORMANCE. VERIFY SHAPES AND DIMENSIONS OF SURFACES TO BE COVERED BEFORE FABRICATING SHEET METAL. c. SPACE CLEATS NOT MORE THAN 12" APART. ANCHOR EACH CLEAT WITH TWO FASTENERS. BEND TABS OVER FASTENERS. d. INSTALL EXPOSED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM WITHOUT EXCESSIVE OIL CANNING, BUCKLING, AND TOOL MARKS. e. INSTALL SEALANT TAPE WHERE INDICATED. f. TORCH CUTTING OF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM IS NOT PERMITTED. B. METAL PROTECTION: WHERE DISSIMILAR METALS WILL CONTACT EACH OTHER OR CORROSIVE SUBSTRATES, PROTECT AGAINST GALVANIC ACTION BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH BITUMINOUS COATING OR BY OTHER PERMANENT SEPARATION AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA. a. UNDERLAYMENT: WHERE INSTALLING METAL FLASHING DIRECTLY ON WOOD OR CEMENTITIOUS SUBSTRATES, INSTALL A COURSE OF POLYETHYLENE SHEET. C. EXPANSION PROVISIONS: PROVIDE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION OF EXPOSED FLASHING AND TRIM. SPACE MOVEMENT JOINTS AT A MAXIMUM OF 10' W/ NO JOINTS ALLOWED W/IN 24" OF CORNER OR INTERSECTION. WHERE LAPPED EXPANSION PROVISIONS CANNOT BE USED OR WOULD NOT BE SUFFICIENTLY WATERTIGHT, FORM EXPANSION JOINTS OF INTERMESHING HOOKED FLANGES, NOT LESS THAN 1" DEEP, FILLED W/ SEALANT CONCEALED W/IN JOINTS. D. FASTENER SIZES: USE FASTENERS OF SIZES THAT WILL PENETRATE WOOD SHEATHING NOT LESS THAN 1-1/4" FOR NAILS AND NOT LESS THAN 3/4" FOR WOOD SCREWS AND METAL DECKING NOT LESS THAN RECOMMENDED BY FASTENER MFR TO ACHIEVE MAXIMUM PULL-OUT RESISTANCE. E.SEAL JOINTS WITH ELASTOMERIC SEALANT AS REQUIRED FOR WATERTIGHT CONSTRUCTION. a. WHERE SEALANT-FILLED JOINTS ARE USED, EMBED HOOKED FLANGES OF JOINT MEMBERS NOT LESS THAN 1" INTO SEALANT. FORM JOINTS TO COMPLETELY CONCEAL SEALANT. WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AT TIME OF INSTALLATION IS MODERATE, BETWEEN 40 AND 70 DEG F, SET JOINT MEMBERS FOR 50 PERCENT MOVEMENT EITHER WAY. ADJUST SETTING PROPORTIONATELY FOR INSTALLATION AT HIGHER AMBIENT TEMPERATURES. DO NOT INSTALL SEALANT-TYPE JOINTS AT TEMPERATURES BELOW 40 DEG. F. b. PREPARE JOINTS AND APPLY SEALANTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." F. SOLDERED JOINTS: CLEAN SURFACES TO BE SOLDERED, REMOVING OILS AND FOREIGN MATTER. PRE-TIN EDGES OF SHEETS TO BE SOLDERED TO A WIDTH OF 1-1/2", EXCEPT REDUCE PRE-TINNING WHERE PRETINNED SURFACE WOULD SHOW IN COMPLETED WORK. a. DO NOT SOLDER METALLIC-COATED STEEL SHEET. b. DO NOT USE TORCHES FOR SOLDERING. HEAT SURFACES TO RECEIVE SOLDER AND FLOW SOLDER INTO JOINT. FILL JOINT COMPLETELY. COMPLETELY REMOVE FLUX AND SPATTER FROM EXPOSED SURFACES. c. WHERE SURFACES TO BE SOLDERED ARE LEAD COATED, DO NOT TIN EDGES, BUT WIRE BRUSH LEAD COATING BEFORE SOLDERING. d. COPPER SOLDERING: TIN UNCOATED COPPER SURFACES AT EDGES OF SHEETS USING SOLDER RECOMMENDED FOR COPPER WORK. G. RIVETS: RIVET JOINTS IN UNCOATED ALUMINUM WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE NECESSARY FOR STRENGTH. 16. MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION: A. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FLASHING: COORD. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FLASHING W/ INSTALLATION OF ROOFING AND EQUIPMENT. WELD OR SEAL FLASHING W/ ELASTOMERIC SEALANT TO EQUIPMENT SUPPORT MEMBER. 17. CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. CLEAN AND NEUTRALIZE FLUX MAT'LS. CLEAN OFF EXCESS SOLDER AND SEALANTS. B. REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AND STRIPPABLE FILMS AS SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ARE INSTALLED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C. REPLACE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM THAT HAVE BEEN DAMAGED OR THAT HAVE DETERIORATED BEYOND SUCCESSFUL REPAIR BY FINISH TOUCH-UP OR SIMILAR MINOR REPAIR PROCEDURES. 7. COORDINATION: COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM WITH INTERFACING AND ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE A LEAK- PROOF, SECURE, AND NON-CORROSIVE INSTALLATION. 8. UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. SELF-ADHERING, HIGH-TEMPERATURE SHEET: MINIMUM 30 TO 40 MILS THICK, CONSISTING OF SLIP-RESISTING POLYETHYLENE-FILM TOP SURFACE LAMINATED TO LAYER OF BUTYL OR SBS- MODIFIED ASPHALT ADHESIVE, WITH RELEASE-PAPER BACKING; COLD APPLIED. PROVIDE PRIMER WHEN RECOMMENDED BY UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER. a. THERMAL STABILITY: ASTM D 1970; STABLE AFTER TESTING AT 240 DEG F. b. LOW-TEMP. FLEXIBILITY: ASTM D 1970; PASSES AFTER TESTING AT -20° F. B. SLIP SHEET: BUILDING PAPER, 3-LB/100 SQ. FT. MINIMUM, ROSIN SIZED. 9. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MATERIALS AND TYPES OF FASTENERS, SOLDER, WELDING RODS, PROTECTIVE COATINGS, SEPARATORS, SEALANTS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM INSTALLATION AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF PRIMARY SHEET METAL OR MANUFACTURED ITEM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. FASTENERS: WOOD SCREWS, ANNULAR THREADED NAILS, SELF-TAPPING SCREWS, SELF-LOCKING RIVETS AND BOLTS, AND OTHER SUITABLE FASTENERS DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND DESIGN LOADS AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF PRIMARY SHEET METAL OR MANUFACTURED ITEM. a. GENERAL: BLIND FASTENERS OR SELF-DRILLING SCREWS, GASKETED, WITH HEX-WASHER HEAD. b. EXPOSED FASTENERS: HEADS MATCHING COLOR OF SHEET METAL USING PLASTIC CAPS OR FACTORY-APPLIED COATING. c. BLIND FASTENERS: HIGH-STRENGTH ALUMINUM OR STAINLESS-STEEL RIVETS SUITABLE FOR METAL BEING FASTENED. d. SPIKES AND FERRULES: SAME MATERIAL AS GUTTER; WITH SPIKE WITH FERRULE MATCHING INTERNAL GUTTER WIDTH. e. FASTENERS FOR ZINC-COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL SHEET: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED STEEL ACCORDING TO ASTM A 153/A 153M OR ASTM F 2329 OR SERIES 300 STAINLESS STEEL. C. SOLDER: FOR ZINC-COATED (GALVANIZED) STEEL: ASTM B 32, GRADE SN50, 50 PERCENT TIN AND 50 PERCENT LEAD OR GRADE SN60, 60 PERCENT TIN AND 40 PERCENT LEAD. D. SEALANT TAPE: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE, 100 PERCENT SOLIDS, GRAY POLYISOBUTYLENE COMPOUND SEALANT TAPE WITH RELEASE-PAPER BACKING. PROVIDE PERMANENTLY ELASTIC, NON-SAG, NONTOXIC, NON-STAINING TAPE 1/2" WIDE AND 1/8" THICK. E. ELASTOMERIC SEALANT: ASTM C 920, ELASTOMERIC POLYMER SEALANT; LOW MODULUS; OF TYPE, GRADE, CLASS, AND USE CLASSIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO SEAL JOINTS IN SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM AND REMAIN WATERTIGHT. F. BUTYL SEALANT: ASTM C 1311, SINGLE-COMPONENT, SOLVENT-RELEASE BUTYL RUBBER SEALANT; POLYISOBUTYLENE PLASTICIZED; HEAVY BODIED FOR HOOKED-TYPE EXPANSION JOINTS WITH LIMITED MOVEMENT. G. BITUMINOUS COATING: COLD-APPLIED ASPHALT EMULSION COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 1187. 10. FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. GENERAL: CUSTOM FABRICATE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM TO COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN SMACNA'S "ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL" THAT APPLY TO DESIGN, DIMENSIONS, GEOMETRY, METAL THICKNESS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS OF ITEM INDICATED. FABRICATE ITEMS AT THE SHOP TO GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. a. OBTAIN FIELD MEASUREMENTS FOR ACCURATE FIT BEFORE SHOP FABRICATION. b. FABRICATE SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM IN THICKNESS OR WEIGHT NEEDED TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, BUT NOT LESS THAN THAT SPECIFIED FOR EACH APPLICATION AND METAL. c. FORM SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM WITHOUT EXCESSIVE OIL CANNING, BUCKLING, AND TOOL MARKS AND TRUE TO LINE AND LEVELS INDICATED, WITH EXPOSED EDGES FOLDED BACK TO FORM HEMS. d. CONCEAL FASTENERS AND EXPANSION PROVISIONS WHERE POSSIBLE. EXPOSED FASTENERS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON FACES EXPOSED TO VIEW. B. SEALED JOINTS: FORM NON-EXPANSION BUT MOVABLE JOINTS IN METAL TO ACCOMMODATE ELASTOMERIC SEALANT. C. EXPANSION PROVISIONS: WHERE LAPPED EXPANSION PROVISIONS CANNOT BE USED, FORM EXPANSION JOINTS OF INTERMESHING HOOKED FLANGES, NOT LESS THAN 1" DEEP, FILLED WITH BUTYL SEALANT CONCEALED WITHIN JOINTS. D. FABRICATE CLEATS AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES FROM SAME MATERIAL AS ACCESSORY BEING ANCHORED OR FROM COMPATIBLE, NON-CORROSIVE METAL. E. SEAMS WITH FLAT-LOCK SEAMS: TIN EDGES, FORM SEAMS, AND SOLDER. F. SEAMS: FABRICATE NONMOVING SEAMS WITH FLAT-LOCK SEAMS.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 0 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A006 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 07920 -JOINT SEALANTS 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENT: USE SEALANTS WHICH ARE KNOWN BY MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA TO BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH INSTALLATION CONDITIONS AND ADJACENT MATERIALS. 2. MATERIALS: A. SILICONE: ASTM-C-920 TYPE 5 GRADE NS CLASS 12-1/2, USE (O). USE MILDEW RESISTANT RUBBER SEALANT FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS SUBJECT TO ATTACK BY MILDEW INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SINK RIMS, SHOWERS, AND PL. FIXTURES. B. ACRYLIC LATEX: ASTM-C-834. COLOR TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCT LINE TO OCCUR AT SMALL VOIDS BETWEEN INTERIOR PARTITIONS AND ADJACENT CASEWORK, SHELVING, DOOR FRAMES, BUILT-IN ITEMS, SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ITEMS. JOINTS BETWEEN PARTITIONS AND FLOORS/CEILINGS WHEN REQUIRED FOR PRESSURE CONTROL. C. BACKER ROD: CLOSED CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM OR AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MFR OF SEALANT WITH DIAMETER 25% TO 33% GREATER THAN JOINT WIDTH. D. COLORS OF EXPOSED JOINT SEALANTS: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. E. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR EXPOSED AND CONCEALED JOINTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD NON-SAG, PAINTABLE, NON-STAINING LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834 AND THE FOLLOWING: a. PRODUCT EFFECTIVELY REDUCES AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION THROUGH PERIMETER JOINTS AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AS DEMONSTRATED BY TESTING REPRESENTATIVE ASSEMBLIES ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90. b. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: • PECORA CORPORATION; AC-20 FTR ACOUSTICAL AND INSULATION SEALANT. • UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.; SHEETROCK ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. F. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR CONCEALED JOINTS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, NONDRYING, NON-HARDENING, NON-SKINNING, NON-STAINING, GUNNABLE, SYNTHETIC- RUBBER SEALANT RECOMMENDED FOR SEALING INTERIOR CONCEALED JOINTS TO REDUCE AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION. a. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: • PECORA CORPORATION; BA-98. • TREMCO; TREMCO ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. G. JOINT-SEALANT BACKING: a. GENERAL: PROVIDE SEALANT BACKINGS OF MATERIAL AND TYPE THAT ARE NON- STAINING; ARE COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT SUBSTRATES, SEALANTS, PRIMERS, AND OTHER JOINT FILLERS; AND ARE APPROVED FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER BASED ON FIELD EXPERIENCE AND LABORATORY TESTING. b. CYLINDRICAL SEALANT BACKINGS: ASTM C 1330, TYPE C (CLOSED-CELL MATERIAL WITH A SURFACE SKIN), 0 (OPEN-CELL MATERIAL), B (BICELLULAR MATERIAL WITH A SURFACE SKIN), OR ANY OF THE PRECEDING TYPES, AS APPROVED IN WRITING BY JOINT-SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR JOINT APPLICATION INDICATED, AND OF SIZE AND DENSITY TO CONTROL SEALANT DEPTH AND OTHERWISE CONTRIBUTE TO PRODUCING OPTIMUM SEALANT PERFORMANCE. c. BOND-BREAKER TAPE: POLYETHYLENE TAPE OR OTHER PLASTIC TAPE RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER FOR PREVENTING SEALANT FROM ADHERING TO RIGID, INFLEXIBLE JOINT-FILLER MATERIALS OR JOINT SURFACES AT BACK OF JOINT WHERE SUCH ADHESION WOULD RESULT IN SEALANT FAILURE. PROVIDE SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE WHERE APPLICABLE. 3. PREPARATION: PREPARE SURFACES AND INSTALL SEALANT ACCORDING TO THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. A. SURFACE CLEANING OF JOINTS: CLEAN OUT JOINTS IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLING JOINT SEALANTS TOREQUIRED TO PRODUCE CROSS-SECTIONAL SHAPES AND DEPTHS OF INSTALLED SEALANTS RELATIVE TO JOINT COMPLY WITH JOINT-SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: a. REMOVE ALL FOREIGN MATERIAL FROM JOINT SUBSTRATES THAT COULD INTERFERE WITH ADHESION OF JOINT SEALANT, INCLUDING DUST, PAINTS (EXCEPT FOR PERMANENT, PROTECTIVE COATINGS TESTED AND APPROVED FOR SEALANT ADHESION AND COMPATIBILITY BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER), OLD JOINT SEALANTS, OIL, GREASE, WATERPROOFING, WATER REPELLENTS, WATER, SURFACE DIRT, AND FROST. b. CLEAN POROUS JOINT SUBSTRATE SURFACES BY BRUSHING, GRINDING, BLAST CLEANING, MECHANICAL ABRADING, OR A COMBINATION OF THESE METHODS TO PRODUCE A CLEAN, SOUND SUBSTRATE CAPABLE OF DEVELOPING OPTIMUM BOND WITH JOINT SEALANTS. REMOVE LOOSE PARTICLES REMAINING AFTER CLEANING OPERATIONS ABOVE BY VACUUMING OR BLOWING OUT JOINTS WITH OIL- FREE COMPRESSED AIR. c. POROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: • CONCRETE. • MASONRY. • UNGLAZED SURFACES OF CERAMIC TILE. d. REMOVE LAITANCE AND FORM-RELEASE AGENTS FROM CONCRETE. e. CLEAN NONPOROUS SURFACES WITH CHEMICAL CLEANERS OR OTHER MEANS THAT DO NOT STAIN, HARM SUBSTRATES, OR LEAVE RESIDUES CAPABLE OF INTERFERING WITH ADHESION OF JOINT SEALANTS. NONPOROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: • METAL. • GLASS. • PORCELAIN ENAMEL. • GLAZED SURFACES OF CERAMIC TILE. 4. INSTALLATION: SEALANT IS REQUIRED BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: METAL TO CONCRETE, OR WOOD TO CONCRETE OR METAL, OR WOOD TO MASONRY, AND MASONRY TO METAL. THIS SHALL INCLUDE PERIMETER JOINTS AROUND ALL SIDES OF DOORFRAME AND SIDELITE FRAME AND ALL PENETRATIONS IN SOUND ATTENUATION PARTITIONS. A. SEALANT INSTALLATION STANDARD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ASTM C 1193 FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, APPLICATIONS, AND CONDITIONS INDICATED. B. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT APPLICATION STANDARD: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN ASTM C 919 FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS IN ACOUSTICAL APPLICATIONS AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, APPLICATIONS, AND CONDITIONS INDICATED. 5. CLEANING: A. CLEAN OFF EXCESS SEALANT OR SEALANT SMEARS ADJACENT TO JOINTS AS THE WORK PROGRESSES BY METHODS AND WITH CLEANING MATERIALS APPROVED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT SEALANTS AND OF PRODUCTS IN WHICH JOINTS OCCUR. 6. JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE: A. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL NON-TRAFFIC CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. a. JOINT SEALANT: MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG, NEUTRAL-CURING SILICONE SEALANT, SINGLE-COMPONENT NEUTRAL- AND BASIC - CURING SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE-COMPONENT NON- SAG URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. B. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR HORIZONTAL NON-TRAFFIC AND TRAFFIC ISOLATION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS IN CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SLABS. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, POURABLE, NEUTRAL-CURING, SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG, URETHANE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE-COMPONENT, POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. C. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR VERTICAL CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS IN UNIT MASONRY. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, NEUTRAL- AND BASIC-CURING SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE- COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. D. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR VERTICAL JOINTS BETWEEN DIFFERENT MATERIALS LISTED ABOVE. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, NEUTRAL- AND BASIC-CURING SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE- COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. E. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: EXTERIOR PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN WALLS AND FRAMES OF DOORS, WINDOWS, AND LOUVERS. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, NEUTRAL- AND BASIC-CURING SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE- COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. F. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: VERTICAL CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS ON EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES OF EXTERIOR WALLS. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, NEUTRAL- AND BASIC-CURING SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE- COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. G. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR PERIMETER JOINTS OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, NEUTRAL- AND BASIC-CURING SILICONE SEALANT; MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE- COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. H. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE EXPANSION, CONTROL, CONTRACTION, AND ISOLATION JOINTS IN HORIZONTAL TRAFFIC SURFACES. a. JOINT SEALANT: MULTI-COMPONENT, NON-SAG URETHANE SEALANT; MULTI- COMPONENT, POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT; OR SINGLE-COMPONENT, POURABLE URETHANE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. I. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: INTERIOR JOINTS BETWEEN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ADJOINING WALLS, FLOORS, AND COUNTERS. a. JOINT SEALANT: SINGLE-COMPONENT, MILDEW-RESISTANT, ACID-CURING SILICONE SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: WHITE. J. JOINT-SEALANT APPLICATION: PERIMETER JOINTS BETWEEN INTERIOR WALL SURFACES AND FRAMES OF INTERIOR DOORS, WINDOWS, AND ELEVATOR ENTRANCES. a. JOINT SEALANT: LATEX SEALANT. b. JOINT-SEALANT COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. DIVISION 08000 -DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110 -STEEL DOOR FRAMES 1. MFR: ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE AMWELD, CECO, CURRIERS COMPANY, NORTH AMERICAN DOOR COMPANY, REPUBLIC BUILDERS STEELCRAFT OR APPV'D EQUAL. 2. MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: FRAMES SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM PRESSED BEST GRADE COMMERCIAL COLD ROLLED STEEL. SHORT BLASTED ANNEALED OR SINK-COATED AND BONDERIZED. MINIMUM 16 GA. WITH 3/8” STOP, FULL 45 DEG. MITERED, WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH. KD TYPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD FRAMES. VERIFY CLEARANCES BETWEEN CEILING GRID AND FINISHED DOOR OPENINGS. ADJUST FRAME HEIGHTS FOR UNIFORM FRAME HEAD TO CEILING DIMENSION. 3. FRAME PREP: FRAMES SHALL BE PREPARED TO RECEIVE HARDWARE CONFORMING TO THE TEMPLATES AND INFORMATION PROVIDED UNDER SECTION 08710. FRAMES SHALL BE REINFORCED, DRILLED, AND TAPPED TO RECEIVE MORTISE HINGES, LOCKS LATCHES AND FLUSH BOLTS AS REQUIRED. FRAMES SHALL BE REINFORCED FOR SURFACE APPLIED HARDWARE WHERE REQUIRED. 4. PRODUCTS: FRAMES SHALL BE WELDED OF 16 GA STEEL. DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE JAMB ANCHORS AND ONE FLOOR ANCHOR PER JAMB. FOR WALL CONDITIONS THAT DO NOT ALLOW THE USE OF A FLOOR ANCHOR AN ADDITIONAL JAMB ANCHOR SHALL BE PROVIDED. FURNISH RUBBER SILENCES FOR INSTALLATION INTO FACTORY PREDRILLED HOLES IN DOOR FRAMES. PROVIDE REINFORCING OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES FOR CLOSERS AND OTHER REQUIRED HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI- A-250.8 AND THE CONDITIONS OF THE FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY LISTING WHERE APPLICABLE. 5. RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES: SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CURRENT NFPA STANDARDS AND SHALL BEAR THE LISTING IDENTIFICATION OF A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY APPROVED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE AUTHORITY. IN ADDITION FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE STANDARD POSITIVE PRESSURE FIRE TESTING. 6. PRIMER: DOOR FRAMES SHALL HAVE A FACTORY APPLIED COAT OF PRIMER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI-A-250.8. 7. INSTALLATION: ERECT FRAMES PLUMB AND TRUE. FRAME CORNERS SHALL BE FULLY WELDED AND GROUND SMOOTH WITH NO PLASTIC FILLERS. PROVIDE FIRE RATED FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 08200 -WOOD DOORS 1. MANUFACTURER: ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS SHALL INCLUDE: ALGOMA; EGGERS; VT INDUSTRIES; GRAHAM; AND MARSHFIELD. 2. REFERENCE STANDARD: FLUSH DOORS SHALL BE AWI CUSTOM GRADE WITH SOLID WOOD OR MINERAL CORE AND PRE-FINISHED HARDWOOD FACE AND EDGE VENEERS. NEW DOORS SHALL HAVE STAINED OAK VENEER FINISH, TO MATCH EXISTING IN THE SUITE AREAS OR THE ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE PER THE DOOR NOTES ON DRAWINGS. 3. DOOR HEIGHTS: CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CEILING HEIGHTS AND ADJUST DOOR AND FRAME HEIGHTS TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM DIMENSION FROM DOOR HEADS TO CEILING LINE. 4. EDGE BEVELS: BEVEL STRIKE EDGE OF SINGLE ACTING DOORS 1/8” IN 2”. RADIUS STRIKE EDGE OF PAIRED DOORS TO 2-1/2” RADIUS. 5. INSTALLATION: INSTALL DOORS PLUMB WITH MAXIMUM DISTORTION OF 1/8” WITH THE FOLLOWING CLEARANCES: A. JAMBS AND HEADS: 1/8” B. MEETING EDGES AT PAIRED DOORS: 1/8” BOTTOMS; 3/8” OVER CARPET OR HARD SURFACES. 6. LABELED DOORS: IF SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODE LABELED DOORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AS TESTED AND APPROVED BY UNDERWRITERS LABS, INC. 7. GLASS: PROVIDE GLASS IN DOORS AS SHOWN OR AS SPECIFIED HEREIN: A. CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS: ASTM-C-1048, KIND F7, GLASS 1, CONDITION A. QUALITY Q3. TEMPERED GLASS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS FOR 16 CFR 1201 FOR GLAZING IN DOORS. B. FIRE RATED GLASS: ALL GLAZED PANELS ON THE DRAWINGS AS FIRE-RATED SHALL HAVE A FIRE RATING TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED RATING OF THE OPENING - REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE - WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-E-163. GLAZED PANELS SHALL ALSO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI-Z-97.1 AND 16-CFR-1202 CATEGORY II. THICKNESSES SHALL BE PER THE DRAWINGS. DOOR FRAME, HINGE, AND LATCH AS TESTED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY OR WARNOCK HERESY. PROVIDE KEY OPERATED CYLINDER LOCK AND FACTORY-APPLIED PRIMER. SECTION 08305 -ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 1. MANUFACTURERS: APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ARE ACUDOR PRODUCTS, ELMOOR / STONEMAN, KARP, LARSEN'S MFG CO., MILCOR, NYSTROM BUILDING PRODUCTS, AND WILLIAMS BROTHERS CORPORATION. 2. PRODUCTS: FURNISH PREFABRICATED ACCESS DOORS SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR EACH TYPE OF WALL AND CEILING FINISH AND CONSTRUCTION WITH WHICH USED, WITH FACTORY-APPLIED PRIMER FINISH. EXCEPT FOR KEY-OPERATED ACCESS PANELS, PROVIDE THE SAME TYPE OF LATCHING DEVICE FOR ALL ACCESS PANELS. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND MATERIALS WITH WHICH USED. 3. FOR USE IN ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS, RECESSED ACCESS PANEL, 16 GAUGE STEEL FRAME. 18 GAUGE STEEL DOOR PIANO HINGES, AND SCREWDRIVER OPERATED LATCH. 4. FOR USE IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD CEILINGS. STANDARD FLUSH WITH DRYWALL BEAD ON OUTER FRAME, PRIME PAINTED, 16 GAUGE STEEL FRAME. 18 GAUGE STEEL DOOR, PIANO HINGES AND SCREWDRIVER OPERATED TYPE LATCH. 5. FOR USE IN GYPSUM WALLBOARD PARTITIONS. RECESSED PANEL WITH DRYWALL BEAD ON OUTER FRAME, PRIME PAINTED, 16 GAUGE STEEL FRAME, 14 GAUGE STEEL DOOR, CONCEALED PIANO HINGE, AND SCREWDRIVER OPERATED TYPE LATCH. SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 6. WHEREVER A FIRE-RATED ACCESS DOOR IS INDICATED OR REQUIRED IN A FIRE- RATED ASSEMBLY, PROVIDE COMPLETE SELF-CLOSING ACCESS DOOR ASSEMBLY WITH DOOR FRAME, HINGE, AND LATCH AS TESTED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY OR WARNOCK HERESY. PROVIDE KEY OPERATED CYLINDER LOCK AND FACTORY-APPLIED PRIMER. SECTION 08330 - COILING COUNTER DOORS SECTION 08 33 13 - COILING COUNTER DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. COUNTER DOOR ASSEMBLIES. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. SECTION 05 50 00 "METAL FABRICATIONS" FOR DOOR-OPENING FRAMING AND CORNER GUARDS. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF COILING COUNTER DOOR AND ACCESSORY. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR EACH INSTALLATION AND FOR SPECIAL COMPONENTS NOT DIMENSIONED OR DETAILED IN MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA. 1. INCLUDE POINTS OF ATTACHMENT AND THEIR CORRESPONDING STATIC AND DYNAMIC LOADS IMPOSED ON STRUCTURE. C. SAMPLES: FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE SPECIFIED. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN ENTITY THAT EMPLOYS INSTALLERS AND SUPERVISORS WHO ARE TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER FOR BOTH INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF UNITS REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COUNTER DOOR ASSEMBLY A. COUNTER DOOR: COILING COUNTER DOOR FORMED WITH CURTAIN OF INTERLOCKING METAL SLATS. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: A. OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORATION; MODEL 651. B. OPERATION CYCLES: DOOR COMPONENTS AND OPERATORS CAPABLE OF OPERATING FOR NOT LESS THAN 10,000. C. DOOR CURTAIN MATERIAL: STAINLESS STEEL. D. DOOR CURTAIN SLATS: FLAT PROFILE SLATS OF 1-1/4-INCH TO 1-1/2-INCH CENTER-TO- CENTER HEIGHT. E. BOTTOM BAR: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CONTINUOUS CHANNEL OR TUBULAR SHAPE, FABRICATED STAINLESSSTEEL AND FINISHED TO MATCH DOOR. F. CURTAIN JAMB GUIDES: GALVANIZED STEEL, STAINLESS STEEL, OR ALUMINUM, WITH EXPOSED FINISH SIMILAR TO CURTAIN SLATS. G. HOOD: MATCH CURTAIN MATERIAL AND FINISH. 1. MOUNTING: BETWEEN JAMBS. H. SILL CONFIGURATION: NO SILL. I. LOCKING DEVICES: EQUIP DOOR WITH SLIDE BOLT FOR PADLOCK. J. MANUAL DOOR OPERATOR: PUSH-UP OPERATION. K. CURTAIN ACCESSORIES: EQUIP DOOR WITH PUSH/PULL HANDLES. L. DOOR FINISH: 1. STAINLESS STEEL FINISH: ASTM A480/A480M NO. 4 (POLISHED DIRECTIONAL SATIN). 2.2 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. DOOR CURTAINS: FABRICATE COILING COUNTER DOOR CURTAIN OF INTERLOCKING METAL SLATS IN A CONTINUOUS LENGTH FOR WIDTH OF DOOR WITHOUT SPLICES. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE SLATS OF THICKNESS AND MECHANICAL PROPERTIES RECOMMENDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER FOR PERFORMANCE, SIZE, AND TYPE OF DOOR INDICATED, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. METAL INTERIOR CURTAIN-SLAT FACING: MATCH METAL OF EXTERIOR CURTAIN- SLAT FACE. B. CURTAIN JAMB GUIDES: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ANGLES OR CHANNELS AND ANGLES OF SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS CURTAIN SLATS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, WITH SUFFICIENT DEPTH AND STRENGTH TO RETAIN CURTAIN, TO ALLOW CURTAIN TO OPERATE SMOOTHLY, AND TO WITHSTAND LOADING. SLOT BOLT HOLES FOR GUIDE ADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE REMOVABLE STOPS ON GUIDES TO PREVENT OVERTRAVEL OF CURTAIN. 2.3 HOODS A. GENERAL: FORM SHEET METAL HOOD TO ENTIRELY ENCLOSE COILED CURTAIN AND OPERATING MECHANISM AT OPENING HEAD. CONTOUR TO FIT END BRACKETS TO WHICH HOOD IS ATTACHED. ROLL AND REINFORCE TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES FOR STIFFNESS. FORM CLOSED ENDS FOR SURFACE-MOUNTED HOODS AND FASCIA FOR ANY PORTION OF BETWEEN-JAMB MOUNTING THAT PROJECTS BEYOND WALL FACE. EQUIP HOOD WITH INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT BRACKETS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT SAGGING. 2.4 LOCKING DEVICES A. SLIDE BOLT: FABRICATE WITH SIDE-LOCKING BOLTS TO ENGAGE THROUGH SLOTS IN TRACKS FOR LOCKING BY PADLOCK, LOCATED ON BOTH LEFT AND RIGHT JAMB SIDES, OPERABLE FROM COIL SIDE 2.5 CURTAIN ACCESSORIES A. ASTRAGAL: EQUIP EACH DOOR BOTTOM BAR WITH A REPLACEABLE, ADJUSTABLE, CONTINUOUS, COMPRESSIBLE GASKET OF FLEXIBLE VINYL, RUBBER, OR NEOPRENE AS A CUSHION BUMPER. B. PUSH/PULL HANDLES: EQUIP EACH PUSH-UP-OPERATED OR EMERGENCY-OPERATED DOOR WITH LIFTING HANDLES ON EACH SIDE OF DOOR, FINISHED TO MATCH DOOR. 2.6 COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM A. GENERAL: COUNTERBALANCE DOORS BY MEANS OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MECHANISM WITH AN ADJUSTABLE-TENSION, STEEL HELICAL TORSION SPRING MOUNTED AROUND A STEEL SHAFT AND CONTAINED IN A SPRING BARREL CONNECTED TO TOP OF CURTAIN WITH BARREL RINGS. USE GREASE-SEALED BEARINGS OR SELF-LUBRICATING GRAPHITE BEARINGS FOR ROTATING MEMBERS. B. BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MOUNTING BRACKETS OF EITHER CAST IRON OR COLD- ROLLED STEEL PLATE. 2.7 MANUAL DOOR OPERATORS A. GENERAL: EQUIP DOOR WITH MANUAL DOOR OPERATOR BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. B. PUSH-UP DOOR OPERATION: DESIGN COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM SO THAT REQUIRED LIFT OR PULL FOR DOOR OPERATION DOES NOT EXCEED 25 LBF. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. INSTALL COILING COUNTER DOORS AND OPERATING EQUIPMENT COMPLETE WITH NECESSARY HARDWARE, ANCHORS, INSERTS, HANGERS, AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS; ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND AS SPECIFIED. 3.2 DEMONSTRATION A. ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN COILING COUNTER DOORS. SECTION 08710 -DOOR HARDWARE 1. GENERAL: THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS DESCRIBE QUALITY CHARACTER AND FUNCTION THAT IS REQUIRED OF THE HARDWARE ITEMS. THE INTENT OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS THAT THE GC WILL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HARDWARE FOR DESIGNATED DOORS, WHETHER HARDWARE ITEMS ARE SPECIFICALLY LISTED OR NOT. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO THOROUGHLY DETAIL AND ASSURE ITEMS SPECIFIED WILL PROPERLY FUNCTION IN THE INDICATED LOCATION. 2. HARDWARE SCHEDULES: SUBMIT A COMPLETE HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL. REFER QUESTIONS AND/OR PURCHASE ORDERS TO THE ARCHITECT. ALL CYLINDERS WILL BE KEYED TO BUILDING MASTER SYSTEM BY OWNERS LOCKSMITH AT CONTRACTOR EXPENSE. 3. TYPE AND FINISH: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, HARDWARE SHALL MATCH THE MANUFACTURER MODEL, NUMBER, SERIES, AND FINISH OF THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE OR TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING. HARDWARE TO BE ADA COMPLIANT LEVER STYLE. SECTION 08800 -GLAZING 1. REFERENCE STANDARDS: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS FORM A PART OF THIS SECTION TO THE EXTENT REFERENCED. THEY ARE REFERRED TO IN THE TEXT BY BASIC DESIGNATION ONLY. THE MOST CURRENT EDITION OF EACH STANDARD AT THE TIME OF EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT SHALL GOVERN. A. ANSI Z9T 1-1975 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS B. ASTM E2170 FOR INSULATED GLAZING UNITS. C. IFS DD G 4510 25 APR T1 FOR GLAZING AND MIRRORS. D. IFS DD G 140BBCU 24 OCT T3 FOR FULLY TEMPERED GLASS E. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) a. ASTM C 920 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS b. ASTM C 1036 SPECIFICATION FOR FLAT GLASS c. ASTM C 1048 SPECIFICATION FOR HEAT-TREATED FLAT GLASS d. ASTM E 163 METHOD OF TESTS OF WINDOW ASSEMBLIES F. CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR) 16 CFR 1201 a. SAFETY STANDARD FOR ARCHITECTURAL GLAZING MATERIAL G. GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA (GANA) GLAZING MANUAL 2. SUBMITTALS: A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ALL GLASS TYPES AND PATTERNS, CHANNELS OR FRAMES AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. B. PRODUCT DATA. WITHIN 21 CALENDAR DAYS AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT SUBMIT LIST OF ALL ITEMS PROPOSED TO BE FURNISHED INCLUDING MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DATA REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. 3. MATERIALS: A. GLASS SHALL BE OF THE TYPES, SIZES, AND THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS. ASTM C 1036 TYPE 1, CLASS 1, QUALITY 03. C. CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS, ASTM 1048. KIND FT, CLASS 1, CONDITION A, QUALITY 03. TEMPERED GLASS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 16 CPR 1201, CATEGORY 11. D. FIRE-RATED GLASS. ALL GLAZED PANELS AND WINDOWS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS FIRE-RATED SHALL HAVE A FIRE RATING OF 45 MINUTES WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM 163. GLAZED PANELS SHALL ALSO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 16 CPR 1201, CAT. 11. THICKNESS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. ACCESSORIES: A. PROVIDE SETTING BLOCKS. PREFORMED TAPE AND GLAZING GASKETS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE FRAME AND GLASS MANUFACTURER OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE SPECIFIC INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. B. SEALANT. ASTM C 920, TYPE S, GRADE N3, CLASS 25, SILICONE COLOR CLEAR. 5. PREPARATION: REMOVE DETRIMENTAL MATERIALS FROM GLAZING RABBET AND GLASS SURFACES AND WIPE DRY WITH SOLVENT. GLAZING SURFACES SHALL BE DRY AND FREE OF CONTAMINANTS. 6. INSTALLATION: A. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRECT SIZES, AND ANY SIZES MARKED ON DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE. GRIND VERTICAL EDGES SMOOTH AND EASE SHARP CORNERS SLIGHTLY. SET ALL GLASS WITH WAVES PARALLEL TO SILL OR FLOOR. GLAZING COMPOUND BACK AND FACE BEDS SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND SMOOTH WITHOUT FINGER MARKS. CLEAN AND POLISH GLASS AND RESTORE ADJACENT AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. B. INSTALL GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS, THE GANA, GLAZING MANUAL, GLASS MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, AND WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL GLASS WITH FACTORY LABELS INTACT, REMOVED ONLY WHEN INSTRUCTED. EDGES AND CORNERS SHALL NOT BE GROUND, NIPPED, OR CUT AFTER LEAVING THE FACTORY. C. WIRED GLASS AND FIRE-RATED GLASS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80 AND MFRS' INSTRUCTIONS TO MAINTAIN LISTED FIRE RATING. 7. PROTECTION: A. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION GLAZED OPENINGS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH SUITABLE WARNINGS TAPES, CLOTH OR PAPER FLAGS, ATTACHED WITH NON-STAINING ADHESIVES. GLASS UNITS THAT ARE BROKEN, CHIPPED, CRACKED, ABRADED, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW UNITS. PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, REMOVE ALL TAPE AND ALL OTHER WARNING DEVICES AND CLEAN GLASS. 14. SEALANTS: COMPLETELY SEAL PERIMETERS OF SOUND-RATED PARTITIONS INCLUDING ELECTRICAL SWITCHES AND OUTLETS OR OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLBOARD. USE CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF GYP BD ALONG ENTIRE PARTITION. 15. FIREPROOFING: WHERE PARTITIONS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, FILL GAPS IN FLOOR S YSTEMS AT NON-RATED PARTITIONS. FILL WITH WITH FIRESAFING INSULATION AT FIRE- RATED PARTITIONS. ENSURE ADEQUATE CLEAR RETURN-AIR PATH ABOVE CEILING PER HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN. 16. ALIGNMENT: FINISHED WALLS SHALL BE RIGID AND PLUMB WITHIN 1/8” OF A COMMON REFERENCE PLANE THROUGHOUT THEIR LENGTH AND HEIGHT. 17. PROVIDE ¼:” X 1-1/4” NEOPRENE TAPE BETWEEN TOP TRACK OF FRAMING AND THE CEILING SURFACE AT PARTITIONS ABUTTING CEILINGS. 18. PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD, MASONRY, OR EXISTING FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PERIMETER DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THE FACE OF THE WALL BELOW THE SILL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 19. NOTES INDICATING ALIGNMENT ON CONSTRUCTION PLANS MEAN TO ALIGN THE FINISHED FACE OF THE EXISTING SURFACE WITH THE FINISHED FACE ON THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. NOTES TO ALIGN TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DIMENSIONS. 20. PARTITIONS WHICH ARE SHOWN TO MEET PERIMETER WINDOW WALLS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE CENTERLINE OF THE ADJACENT MULLION. APPLY GASKETING AND SEALANT AT MULLION - PARTITION INTERSECTION FOR ACOUSTICALLY SEALED CONDITION. 21. CONTROL JOINTS: LOCATE CONTROL JOINTS EVERY 30'-0” (LINEAL FEET) OF NINTERRUPTED WALL OR CEILING SURFACES. REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND CEILING PLANS FOR KEY LOCATIONS. CONTACT ARCHITECT TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS WHERE CONTROL JOINTS ARE REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION BUT NOT INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 22. FINISH LEVEL: REFER TO FINISH LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS BELOW. A. PROVIDE LEVEL 4 FINISH ON ALL WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. PROVIDE LEVEL 5 FINISH ON WALLS TO RECEIVE WALLCOVERING OR GLOSS PAINT. C. PROVIDE LEVEL 2 FINISH BEHIND STONE OR CERAMIC TILE. D. PROVIDE LEVEL 1 IN ALL AREAS NOT VISIBLE WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE, E. PROVIDE LEVEL 5 FINISH ON ALL CEILING AND SOFFIT ELEMENTS. DIVISION 09000 -FINISHES ------------------ SECTION 09250 -GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS 1. REFERENCE STANDARDS: CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: A. UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY, INC. BUILDING AND MATERIALS DIRECTORY. B. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AM MATERIALS. C. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL. 2. FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES: WHERE WORK IS INDICATED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATING, PROVIDE ASSEMBLIES TESTED BY ASTM OR GAFRDM. 3. PRODUCTS: GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE OF THE FOLLOWING TYPES: A. FIRE RATED WALLBOARD: 5/8" TYPE-X; TYPICAL AT ALL LOCATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. SOUND-ABSORPTIVE WALLBOARD: 5/8" TYPE-X C. MOISTURE RESISTANT WALLBOARD: 5/8" ASTM C630 TYPE IV, GRADE W, (OR GRADE X AT FIRE-RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION.) 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR REQUIRED BY SPECIFIC APPLICATION, GYPSUM BOARD SHALL BE PLAIN FACED WITH TAPERED EDGES FOR EXPOSED SURFACES. THICKNESS SHALL BE 5/8” UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR FIRE OR SOUND RATINGS. FURNISH SHEETS 4'-0” WIDE BY LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTH. 5. FRAMING: STUDS AND TRACKS SHALL BE 2X LT. GA. STEEL MEMBERS; SUBJECT TO HEIGHT LIMITATIONS GOVERNED BY HEIGHT AND DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS. 6. FURRING: MEMBERS SHALL BE SHALL BE LT. GA. CHANNELS OR STUDS. SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS GOVERNED BY HEIGHT AND DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS. ALSO, PROVIDE TYPE RC1 RESILIENT CHANNELS AND CLIPS OR Z-FURRING CHANNELS AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY SPECIFIC P ARTITION OR FLOOR ASSEMBLY. 7. ACCESSORIES: SHALL BE ELECTRO-GALVANIZED STEEL. PROVIDE USG OR EQUAL TYPE 103 STEEL CORNER BEAD, TYPE 200-B EDGE TRIM, AND TYPE 093 CONTROL JT. 8. INSTALLATION: INSTALL TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES CONTINUOUS. ATTACH TO SUBSTRATE AT 24” O.C. MAXIMUM. SPACE STUDS AT 24” O.C. MAX. U.N.O. 9. INSULATION: INSTALL THERMAL OR SOUND CONTROL INSULATION WHERE INDICATED BY FRICTION FITTING BETWEEN STUDS, FILLING ENTIRE CAVITY AND COMPLETELY SURROUNDING ELECTRICAL OUTLET, DATA, AND SWITCH BOXES, CONDUIT, ETC. 10. VAPOR BARRIER: INSTALL 4 MIL POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. TAPE AND SEAL ALL JOINTS. 11. FASTENING: APPLY GYPSUM WALLBOARD ON WOOD STUDS USING MINIMUM 1” DRYWALL SCREWS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. USE MINIMUM 1-5/8" DRYWALL SCREWS AT DOUBLE LAYER DRYWALL PARTITIONS, SPACE SCREWS 12” O.C. AT FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SPACE SCREWS 12” O.C. IN FIELD OF PANEL AND 8” O.C. ON ALL PANEL EDGES. 12. CORNER BEAD: APPLY STEEL CORNER BEADS AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS AND STEEL EDGE TRIM CONT. ALONG ALL EDGES WHERE GYP BD ABUTS OTHER MATERIALS. 13. TAPING: TAPE AND FLOAT ALL JOINTS USING REINFORCING TAPE AND PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND AS RECOMMENDED BY WALLBOARD MANUFACTURER.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 0 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A007 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 DIVISION 09270 -LEVELS OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH LEVEL 1: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE SET IN JOINT COMPOUND. SURFACE SHALL BE FREE OF EXCESS JOINT COMPOUND. MARKS AND RIDGES ARE ACCEPTABLE. WHERE A FIRE RESISTANCE RATING IS REQUIRED FOR THE GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLY, DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REPORTS OF FIRE TESTS OF ASSEMBLIES THAT HAVE MET THE FIRE RATING REQUIREMENT. TAPE AND FASTENER HEADS NEED NOT BE COVERED WITH JOINT COMPOUND. LEVEL 2: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND WIPED WITH A JOINT KNIFE LEAVING A THIN COATING OF JOINT COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES. FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES MUST BE COVERED IN A LAYER OF JOINT COMPOUND. TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES ARE ACCEPTABLE. JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED OVER THE BODY OF THE TAPE AND THE TIME OF EMBEDDING SHALL BE CONSIDERED A SEPARATE COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND AND SHALL SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS LEVEL. THIS SHALL BE THE SPEC. WHERE WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD IS USED AS BACKING FOR TILE. LEVEL 3: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR WALL ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND ONE ADDITIONAL COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES. FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE COVERED WITH TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND. ALL JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. NOTE: IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE PREPARED SURFACE BE COATED WITH A DRYWALL PRIMER PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF ANY FINAL FINISHES. REFER TO PAINTING AND WALLCOVERING SPECIFICATIONS IN THIS REGARD. LEVEL 4: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR WALL ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND OVER ALL FLAT JOINTS AND ONE SEPARATE COAT APPLIED OVER INTERIOR ANGLES. FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE COVERED WITH THREE SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND. ALL JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. NOTE: IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE PREPARED SURFACE BE COATED WITH A DRYWALL PRIMER PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF ANY FINAL FINISHES. REFER TO PAINTING AND WALLCOVERING SPECIFICATIONS IN THIS REGARD. LEVEL 5: ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR WALL ANGLES SHALL HAVE TAPE EMBEDDED IN JOINT COMPOUND AND ONE ADDITIONAL COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND OVER ALL JOINTS AND INTERIOR ANGLES. FASTENER HEADS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE COVERED WITH TWO SEPARATE COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND. ALL JOINT COMPOUND SHALL BE FREE OF TOOL MARKS AND RIDGES. A THIN SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND, OR A MATERIAL MANUFACTURED SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PURPOSE, SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE. THE SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF TOOL MARKS OR RIDGES. NOTE: IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE PREPARED SURFACE BE COATED WITH A DRYWALL PRIMER PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF ANY FINAL FINISHES. REFER TO PAINTING AND WALLCOVERING SPECIFICATIONS IN THIS REGARD. SECTION 09310 -CERAMIC TILE 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: FOR TILE INSTALLED ON WALKWAY SURFACES, PROVIDE PRODUCTS WITH THE FOLLOWING VALUES AS DETERMINED BY TESTING IDENTICAL PRODUCTS PER ASTM C 1028: a. LEVEL SURFACES: MINIMUM 0.6. B. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: a. FULL-SIZE UNITS OF EACH TYPE AND COMPOSITION OF TILE AND FOR EACH COLOR AND FINISH REQUIRED. b. ASSEMBLED SAMPLES WITH GROUTED JOINTS FOR EACH TYPE AND COMPOSITION OF TILE AND FOR EACH COLOR AND FINISH REQUIRED, AT LEAST 12" SQUARE AND MOUNTED ON RIGID PANEL. USE GROUT OF TYPE AND IN COLOR OR COLORS APPROVED FOR COMPLETED WORK. B. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: a. FULL-SIZE UNITS OF EACH TYPE AND COMPOSITION OF TILE AND FOR EACH COLOR AND FINISH REQUIRED. b. ASSEMBLED SAMPLES WITH GROUTED JOINTS FOR EACH TYPE AND COMPOSITION OF TILE AND FOR EACH COLOR AND FINISH REQUIRED, AT LEAST 12" SQUARE AND MOUNTED ON RIGID PANEL. USE GROUT OF TYPE AND IN COLOR OR COLORS APPROVED FOR COMPLETED WORK. c. FULL-SIZE UNITS OF EACH TYPE OF TRIM AND ACCESSORY FOR EACH COLOR AND FINISH REQUIRED. d. STONE THRESHOLDS IN 6" LENGTHS. e. METAL EDGE STRIPS IN 6" LENGTHS. C. FLOOR TILE: FLOOR TILE SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI-A-137.1 STANDARD GRADE. MANUFACTURERS, COLORS, STYLE, AND SIZES, SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. WALL TILE: WALL TILE SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI-A-137.1 STANDARD GRADE. MANUFACTURERS, COLORS, STYLES, AND SIZES, SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS: A. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): ANSI A 118.4, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING: a. PREPACKAGED DRY-MORTAR MIX CONTAINING DRY, RE-DISPERSIBLE, ETHYLENE VINYL ACETATE ADDITIVE TO WHICH ONLY WATER MUST BE ADDED AT PROJECT SITE. b. PREPACKAGED DRY-MORTAR MIX COMBINED WITH ACRYLIC RESIN OR STYRENE- BUTADIENE-RUBBER LIQUID-LATEX ADDITIVE. 1. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE NON-SAGGING MORTAR THAT COMPLIES WITH PARAGRAPH F-4.6.1 IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS IN ANSI A118.4. B. GROUT: GROUT AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE OR STONE MANUFACTURER. COLORS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. 8. WATERPROOFING AND CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION: A. INSTALL WATERPROOFING TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.13 AND WATERPROOFING MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PRODUCE WATERPROOF MEMBRANE OF UNIFORM THICKNESS BONDED SECURELY TO SUBSTRATE. B. INSTALL CRACK-SUPPRESSION MEMBRANE TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO PRODUCE MEMBRANE OF UNIFORM THICKNESS BONDED SECURELY TO SUBSTRATE. C. DO NOT INSTALL TILE OVER WATERPROOFING UNTIL WATERPROOFING HAS CURED AND BEEN TESTED TO DETERMINE THAT IT IS WATERTIGHT. 9. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: INSTALL TILE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE, INCLUDING THOSE REFERENCING TCA INSTALLATION METHODS AND ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS. a. FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED BELOW, FOLLOW PROCEDURES IN ANSI A108 SERIES TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR PROVIDING 95 PERCENT MORTAR COVERAGE. 1. TILE FLOORS COMPOSED OF TILES 8" BY 8" OR LARGER. B. JOINT WIDTHS: INSTALL TILE ON FLOORS WITH THE FOLLOWING JOINT WIDTHS: a. CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE: 1/16". b. PAVER TILE: 1/8", MAXIMUM. C. GROUT SEALER: APPLY GROUT SEALER TO CEMENTITIOUS GROUT JOINTS ACCORDING TO GROUT SEALERMANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. AS SOON AS GROUT SEALER HAS PENETRATED GROUT JOINTS, REMOVE EXCESS SEALER AND SEALER THAT HAS GOTTEN ON TILE FACES BY WIPING WITH SOFT CLOTH. D. FLOOR TO BE LEVEL TO A TOLERANCE OF 1” IN 10'-0”. E. ALL TRANSITIONS TO CARPET INCLUDE SHULER RENO-TK TRANSITION TO CAPTURE CARPET EDGE. 10. WALL TILE INSTALLATION: A. INSTALL TYPES OF TILE DESIGNATED FOR WALL INSTALLATIONS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE, INCLUDING THOSE REFERENCING TCA INSTALLATION METHODS AND ANSI SETTING-BED STANDARDS. a. CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE: 1/16". b. GLAZED WALL TILE: 1/16". SECTION 09310 -CERAMIC TILE (CONTINUED) 3. ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CHEMICALLY CURING, ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS OF BASE POLYMER AND CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." B. COLORS: PROVIDE COLORS OF EXPOSED SEALANTS TO MATCH COLORS OF GROUT IN TILE ADJOINING SEALED JOINTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. ONE-PART, MILDEW-RESISTANT SILICONE SEALANT: ASTM C 920; TYPE S; GRADE NS; CLASS 25; USES NT, G, A, AND, AS APPLICABLE TO NONPOROUS JOINT SUBSTRATES INDICATED, 0; FORMULATED WITH FUNGICIDE, INTENDED FOR SEALING INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE JOINTS AND OTHER NONPOROUS SUBSTRATES THAT ARE SUBJECT TO IN-SERVICE EXPOSURES OF HIGH HUMIDITY AND EXTREME TEMPERATURES. a. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: 1. DOW COMING CORPORATION; DOW CORNING 786. 2. GE SILICONES; SANITARY 1700. 3. PECORA CORPORATION; PECORA 898 SANITARY SILICONE SEALANT. 4. TREMCO, INC.; TREMSIL 600 WHITE. 4. CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS: A. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS COMPLYING WITH ANSI A118.9 IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AVAILABLE TO MINIMIZE END-TO-END BUTT JOINTS. a. THICKNESS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD THICKNESS, BUT NOT LESS THAN 1/4". b. WIDTH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WIDTH, BUT NOT LESS THAN 32". B. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: a. C-CURE; C-CURE BOARD 990. b. CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS; WONDERBOARD. c. FINPAN, INC.; UTIL-A-CRETE CONCRETE BACKER BOARD. d. USG CORPORATION; DUROCK CEMENT BOARD. 5. EXAMINATION: A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS WHERE TILE WILL BE INSTALLED, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF INSTALLED TILE. a. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES FOR SETTING TILE ARE FIRM; DRY; CLEAN; FREE OF OIL, WAXY FILMS, AND CURING COMPOUNDS; AND WITHIN FLATNESS TOLERANCES REQUIRED BY REFERENCED ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED. b. VERIFY THAT INSTALLATION OF GROUNDS, ANCHORS, RECESSED FRAMES, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL UNITS OF WORK, AND SIMILAR ITEMS LOCATED IN OR BEHIND TILE HAS BEEN COMPLETED BEFORE INSTALLING TILE. c. VERIFY THAT JOINTS AND CRACKS IN TILE SUBSTRATES ARE COORDINATED WITH TILE JOINT LOCATIONS; IF NOT COORDINATED, ADJUST JOINT LOCATIONS IN CONSULTATION WITH ARCHITECT. 6. PREPARATION: A. PROVIDE CONCRETE SUBSTRATES FOR TILE FLOORS INSTALLED WITH THIN-SET MORTAR THAT COMPLY WITH FLATNESS TOLERANCES SPECIFIED IN REFERENCED ANSI A108 SERIES OF TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS. a. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND ACCORDING TO TILE-SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. USE PRODUCT SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY TILE-SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER b. REMOVE PROTRUSIONS, BUMPS, AND RIDGES BY SANDING OR GRINDING. 7. INSTALLATION, GENERAL: LAYOUT JOINTS AND COLOR PATTERNS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. IF NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT FIELD TILES ARE FULL SIZE, EDGE TILES ARE HALF SIZE OR LARGER, AND JOINTS ARE SYMMETRICAL IN THE TILE SURFACES, PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, AND PARALLEL TO THE ROOM AXIS. A. ANSI TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH PARTS OF ANSI A108 SERIES "SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS AND TO METHODS INDICATED IN CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. B. TCA INSTALLATION GUIDELINES: TCA'S "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION." COMPLY WITH TCA INSTALLATION METHODS INDICATED IN CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. C. EXTEND TILE WORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO FORM COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES, AND CORNERS WITHOUT DISRUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. D. ACCURATELY FORM INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. PERFORM CUTTING AND DRILLING OF TILE WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. CAREFULLY GRIND CUT EDGES OF TILE ABUTTING TRIM, FINISH, OR BUILT-IN ITEMS FOR STRAIGHT ALIGNED JOINTS. FIT TILE CLOSELY TO ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, PIPING, FIXTURES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SO PLATES, COLLARS, OR COVERS OVERLAP TILE. E. JOINTING PATTERN: LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALIGN JOINTS WHEN ADJOINING TILES ON FLOOR, BASE, WALLS, AND TRIM ARE SAME SIZE. LAY OUT TILE WORK AND CENTER TILE FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS IN EACH SPACE OR ON EACH WALL AREA. ADJUST TO MINIMIZE TILE CUTTING. PROVIDE UNIFORM JOINT WIDTHS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. a. FOR TILE MOUNTED IN SHEETS, MAKE JOINTS BETWEEN TILE SHEETS SAME WIDTH AS JOINTS WITHIN TILE SHEETS SO JOINTS BETWEEN SHEETS ARE NOT APPARENT IN FINISHED WORK. F. EXPANSION JOINTS: LOCATE EXPANSION JOINTS AND OTHER SEALANT- FILLED JOINTS, INCLUDING CONTROL, CONTRACTION, AND ISOLATION JOINTS, WHERE INDICATED DURING INSTALLATION OF SETTING MATERIALS, MORTAR BEDS, AND TILE. DO NOT SAW-CUT JOINTS AFTER INSTALLING TILES. a. LOCATE JOINTS IN TILE SURFACES DIRECTLY ABOVE JOINTS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES. b. PROVIDE WHERE REQUIRED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. HORIZONTAL JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A SILICONE SEALANT CONFORMING TO ASTM- C-920, TYPE S, GRADE P, CLASS 25. USE 1, WITH A MINIMUM SHORE A HARDNESS OF 35. VERTICAL JOINTS TO BE SEALED WITH A SINGLE COMPONENT SILICONE SEALANT CONFORMING TO ASTM-C-920, TYPE S, GRADE NS, CLASS 12-1/2, USE NT. SEALANT SHALL BE MILDEW RESISTANT. G. AT SHOWERS, TUBS, AND WHERE INDICATED, INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS AND TREAT JOINTS TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.11 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TYPE OF APPLICATION INDICATED. SECTION 09510 -ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS AND SUSPENDED GRID 1. GENERAL: ACOUSTIC CEILING PANEL MANUFACTURER, TYPE, AND STYLE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. IF EXISTING, REMOVE PANELS FROM THE SUSPENSION SYSTEM AS NECESSARY AND STORE SO NO DAMAGE SHALL OCCUR. DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED UNITS. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO COMPLETION REPLACE ALL DAMAGED OR DISCOLORED TILES. 2. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA ON ALL ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED. TWO 4”X4” SAMPLES OF EACH TILE PRODUCT AND ONE SAMPLE OF EACH TYPE OF SUSPENSION GRID. 3. MATERIALS: MATCH EXISTING NEWER TILE IN THE BUILDING. IF NO MATCH IS AVAILABLE, PROVIDE: ARMSTRONG / FINE FISSURED HIGH NRC / TEGULLAR, SECOND LOOK / 24x24x5/8. COLOR: WHITE. GRID: 15/16" EXPOSED TEE. 4. INSTALLATION: INSTALL PER ASTM-C-636.PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY GRID, TILE, FASTENERS, CLIPS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. INSTALL SYSTEM TO A LEVEL TOLERANCE OF 1/8” IN 10'-0” WITH A MAXIMUM TOTAL VARIATION OF ¼” IN A SINGLE ROOM OR SPACE. SECTION 09638 -STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 1. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. STONE ABRASION RESISTANCE: MINIMUM VALUE OF 10 FOR FLOORS AND 12 FOR STAIRS, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO ASTM C 241 OR ASTM C 1353, UNLESS A HIGHER VALUE IS REQUIRED BY THE REFERENCED BUILDING STONE STANDARD. 2 SUBMITTALS: A. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: a. FOR EACH STONE TYPE INDICATED, IN SETS OF SAMPLES NOT LESS THAN 12" SQUARE. INCLUDE TWO OR MORE SAMPLES IN EACH SET AND SHOW THE FULL RANGE OF VARIATIONS IN APPEARANCE CHARACTERISTICS EXPECTED IN COMPLETED WORK. b. FOR EACH COLOR OF GROUT REQUIRED. 2. MANUFACTURERS: A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. PAVER PEDESTALS: 1. BISON SCREWJACK COMPANY. 2. ENVIROSPEC, INC./PAVE-EL. 3. HANOVER ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS, INC. 4. SUNNY BROOK PRESSED CONCRETE CO. 5. TREMCO, INC. 6. WAUSAU TILE, INC.; TERRA-PAVING DIV. 4. INSTALLATION OF STONE PAVING ON PEDESTALS OVER WATERPROOFING: A. LOOSELY LAY STONE PAVING UNITS ON PEDESTALS, MAINTAINING A UNIFORM, OPEN JOINT WIDTH. TIGHTLY SEAT STONE UNITS AGAINST SPACERS TO ELIMINATE LATERAL MOVEMENT OR DRIFT OF PAVING ASSEMBLY. ALIGN JOINT PATTERNS PARALLEL IN EACH DIRECTION. a. LAY OUT STONE UNITS TO AVOID LESS THAN HALF-WIDTH UNITS AT PERIMETER OR OTHER TERMINATIONS. B. INSTALL STONE PAVING UNITS TO NOT VARY MORE THAN 1/16" IN ELEVATION BETWEEN ADJACENT UNITS. 5. GROUTING OF STONE PAVING AND FLOORING A. GROUT STONE JOINTS TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.10 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. a. DO NOT USE SANDED GROUT FOR POLISHED STONE. B. GROUT JOINTS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER INITIAL SET OF SETTING BED. FORCE GROUT INTO JOINTS, TAKING CARE NOT TO SMEAR GROUT ON ADJOINING STONE AND OTHER SURFACES. AFTER INITIAL SET OF GROUT, FINISH JOINTS BY TOOLING TO PRODUCE A SLIGHTLY CONCAVE POLISHED JOINT, FREE OF DRYING CRACKS. C. CURE GROUT BY MAINTAINING IN A DAMP CONDITION FOR SEVEN DAYS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY LATEX-ADDITIVE MANUFACTURER. 6. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. APPLY SEALER TO CLEANED STONE FLOORING ACCORDING TO SEALER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. SECTION 09650 -RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 1. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE (VCT): 12 X 12 X 1/8” STD GRADE 'THROUGH CHIP' TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY AZROCK, ARMSTRONG, OR KENTILE. INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED I NSTRUCTIONS. LAY TILES SYMMETRICALLY ABOUT CENTERLINES OF ROOMS. GRAIN OF TILE SHALL RUN ALL IN THE LONG DIRECTION OF THE ROOM. NO CHECKER BOARDING ALLOWED. 2. BASE: RUBBER BASE BY ROPPE OR EQUAL. 4" COVED BASE AT CARPET AREAS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 4” COVED RUBBER BASE AT MILLWORK, AND AT ALL HARD FLOORS. INSTALL BASE IN LONGEST LENGTH POSSIBLE. 4' SECTIONS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. FIELD MITER ALL CORNERS. DO NOT USE PRE- MANUFACTURERED INSIDE OR OUTSIDE CORNERS. 3. SHEET FLOORING: INSTALL ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. FLOORING SHALL BE FITTED TO THE ROOM BY HAND CUTTING, STRAIGHT SCRIBING, OR PATTERN SCRIBING, AS NECESSARY TO SUIT JOB CONDITIONS. FLOORING SHALL BE CUT TO AND FITTED AROUND ALL PERMANENT FIXTURES, BUILT-IN FURNITURE, AND CABINETS AND THEIR OBSTRUCTIONS. SEAMS SHALL BE CUT BY OVERLAPPING AND UNDER-SCRIBING AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. SEAMS OR EDGES SHALL BE BONDED OR WELDED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. WELDING ROD COLORS TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM STANDARD COLORS. AT END OF PROJECT PROVIDE AND APPLY RECOMMENDED SEALER OR WAX TO EACH SURFACE. SECTION 09680 -CARPET 1. CARPET SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA-101, CLASS B, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM-E-84 CLASS B, AND REQUIRING FLAME SPREAD OF 75 OR LESS. PROVIDE CARPET WHICH PASSES FLAMMABILITY TEST OF DOC FF I-70 PILL TEST. 2. PROVIDE EXTRUDED OR RUBBER CARPET EDGE GUARD AT EDGES WHERE CARPET MEETS HARD SURFACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNDER THE SECTION BELOW. 3. INSTALL CARPET PRIOR TO INSTALLING BASE. 4. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ROLL CARPET IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRI-104 AND TIGHT TO ALL HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL SURFACES. SEAMS SHALL BE INVISIBLE AND PERMANENTLY BONDED. CORNERS AND EDGES SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND TRUE. CARPET SHALL BE FLUSH WITH TOP SURFACE OF ADJACENT MATERIALS, SHALL BE IN FULL CONTACT WITH ITS SUBSTRATE SURFACE, AND SHALL BE SMOOTH AND FREE OF BULGES, WRINKLES, OR CREASES. 5. FLOOR TO BE LEVEL IN 1/4” IN 10'-0”. 6. INSTALLATION OF CARPET OVER NEW CONCRETE SHALL NOT COMMENCE UNTIL CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY CURED AND HAS BEEN TESTED FOR MOISTURE CONTENT AND EXCESSIVE ALKALINITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRI-104. 7. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, INSTALL CARPET WITH DIRECT GLUE APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CARPET MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CRI-104. SECTION 09751 -INTERIOR STONE FACING 1. STONE COUNTERTOPS: A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN NBGQA'S "SPECIFICATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE." B. NOMINAL THICKNESS: PROVIDE THICKNESS INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 3/4". GAGE BACKS TO PROVIDE UNITS OF IDENTICAL THICKNESS. C. EDGE DETAIL AS INDICATED. D. SEAMS: FABRICATE COUNTERTOPS WITHOUT SEAMS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. E. SEAMS: FABRICATE LONG COUNTERTOPS IN SECTIONS INDICATED FOR JOINING IN FIELD, WITH SEAMS AS FOLLOWS: a. BONDED SEAMS: 1/32" OR LESS IN WIDTH. F. CUTOUTS AND HOLES FOR LAVATORIES, SINKS, AND FITTINGS: a. UNDER-COUNTER LAVATORIES: MAKE CUTOUTS FOR UNDER-COUNTER LAVATORIES IN SHOP USING TEMPLATE OR PATTERN FURNISHED BY LAVATORY MANUFACTURER. FORM CUTOUTS TO SMOOTH, EVEN CURVES WITH EDGES AT RIGHT ANGLES TO TOP. EASE JUNCTURE OF CUTOUT EDGES WITH TOPS, AND FINISH EDGES TO MATCH TOPS. b. COUNTER-MOUNTED SINKS: PREPARE COUNTERTOPS IN SHOP FOR FIELD CUTTING OPENINGS FOR COUNTER-MOUNTED SINKS. MARK TOPS FOR CUTOUTS AND DRILL HOLES AT CORNERS OF CUTOUT LOCATIONS. MAKE CORNER HOLES OF LARGEST RADIUS PRACTICAL. c. FITTINGS: DRILL COUNTERTOPS IN SHOP FOR PLUMBING FITTINGS, UNDERCOUNTER SOAP DISPENSERS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. 2. INSTALLATION OF COUNTERTOPS: A. GENERAL: INSTALL COUNTERTOPS OVER PLYWOOD SUBTOPS WITH FULL SPREAD OF WATER- CLEANABLE EPOXY ADHESIVE. B. GENERAL: INSTALL COUNTERTOPS BY ADHERING TO SUPPORTS WITH WATER-CLEANABLE EPOXY ADHESIVE. C. BOND SEAMS WITH STONE SEAM ADHESIVE AND DRAW TIGHT AS COUNTERTOPS ARE SET. MASK AREAS OF COUNTERTOPS ADJACENT TO SEAMS TO PREVENT ADHESIVE SMEARS. CLAMP UNITS TO TEMPORARY RACING TO ENSURE THAT COUNTERTOPS ARE PROPERLY ALIGNED AND SEAMS ARE MINIMUM WIDTH. D. SPACE SEAMS WITH 1/16" GAP FOR FILLING WITH SEALANT. USE TEMPORARY SHIMS TO ENSURE UNIFORM SPACING AND CLAMP UNITS TO TEMPORARY BRACING TO ELIMINATE LIPPING. E. COMPLETE CUTOUTS NOT FINISHED IN SHOP. MASK AREAS OF COUNTERTOPS ADJACENT TO CUTOUTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE WHILE CUTTING. F. INSTALL BACKSPLASH AND END SPLASH BY ADHERING TO WALL WITH WATER-CLEANABLE EPOXY ADHESIVE AND TO COUNTERTOPS WITH STONE SEAM ADHESIVE. MASK AREAS OF COUNTERTOPS AND SPLASHES ADJACENT TO JOINTS TO PREVENT ADHESIVE SMEARS. G. INSTALL BACKSPLASH AND END SPLASH BY ADHERING TO WALL WITH WATER-CLEANABLE EPOXY ADHESIVE. LEAVE 1/16" GAP BETWEEN COUNTERTOP AND SPLASH FOR FILLING WITH SEALANT. USE TEMPORARY SHIMS TO ENSURE UNIFORM SPACING. H. APPLY SEALANT TO SEAMS AND TO GAP BETWEEN COUNTERTOPS AND ADJACENT MATERIALS; COMPLY WITH DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." SECTION 09260 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1. DEFINITIONS: A. GYPSUM BOARD TERMINOLOGY: REFER TO ASTM C 11 FOR DEFINITIONS OF TERMS FOR GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES NOT DEFINED IN THIS SECTION OR IN OTHER REFERENCED STANDARDS. 2. STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING: A. COMPONENTS, GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. B. TIE WIRE: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.0625" DIAMETER WIRE, OR DOUBLE STRAND OF 0.0475" DIAMETER WIRE. C. HANGERS: AS FOLLOWS: a. WIRE HANGERS: ASTM A 641/A 641M, CLASS 1 ZINC COATING, SOFT TEMPER, 0.162" DIAMETER. b. ROD HANGERS: ASTM A 510, MILD CARBON STEEL. 1. MINIMUM DIAMETER: 1/4". 2. PROTECTIVE COATING: ASTM A 153/A 153M, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED OR CORROSION-RESISTANT PAINT. c. FLAT HANGERS: COMMERCIAL-STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED OR ASTM A 366/A 366M, WITH CORROSION- RESISTANT PAINT FINISH. 1. MINIMUM SIZE: 1 X 3/16" BY LENGTH INDICATED. D. CARRYING CHANNELS: COLD-ROLLED, COMMERCIAL-STEEL SHEET WITH A BASE METAL THICKNESS OF 0.0538", A MINIMUM 1/2" WIDE FLANGE, WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CORROSION-RESISTANT ZINC COATING. a. DEPTH: 2". E. FURRING CHANNELS (FURRING MEMBERS): COMMERCIAL-STEEL SHEET WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, HOT-DIP GALVANIZED OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CORROSION-RESISTANT ZINC COATING. a. COLD ROLLED CHANNELS: 0.0538" BARE STEEL THICKNESS, WITH MINIMUM 1/2" WIDE FLANGE, 3/4" DEEP. b. STEEL STUDS: ASTM C 645. 1. MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS: 0.0179". 2. DEPTH: AS INDICATED 1-5/8". c. HAT-SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: ASTM C 645, 7/8" DEEP. 1. MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS: 0.0179". F. GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR INTERIOR CEILINGS (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION): ASTM C 645, DIRECT-HUNG SYSTEM COMPOSED OF MAIN BEAMS AND CROSS- FURRING MEMBERS THAT INTERLOCK. a. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.; FURRING SYSTEMS/DRYWALL. 2. CHICAGO METALLIC CORPORATION; FIRE FRONT 630 DRYWALL FURRING 640, FIRE FRONT 650, DRYWALL FURRING 660 OR FIRE FRONT 670 SYSTEM. 3. USG INTERIORS, INC.; DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 3. INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD: A. GYPSUM BOARD: ASTM C 36. a. TYPE X: 1. THICKNESS: 5/8". 2. LONG EDGES: TAPERED AND FEATURED (ROUNDED OR BEVELED) FOR PRE-FILLING. 3. LOCATION: AS INDICATED. B. FLEXIBLE GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 36, MANUFACTURED TO BEND TO FIT TIGHT RADII AND TO BE MORE FLEXIBLE THAN STANDARD REGULAR-TYPE PANELS OF THE SAME THICKNESS. a. THICKNESS: 1/4". b. LONG EDGES: TAPERED. c. LOCATION: APPLY IN DOUBLE LAYER AT CURVED ASSEMBLIES. C. PROPRIETARY, SPECIAL FIRE-RESISTIVE TYPE: ASTM C 36, HAVING IMPROVED FIRE RESISTANCE OVER STANDARD TYPE X. a. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO.; FIREBLOC TYPE C. 2. G-P GYPSUM CORP.; FIRESTOP TYPE C. 3. NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY; GOLD BOND FIRE-SHIELD G. 4. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO.; SHEETROCK BRAND GYPSUM PANELS, FIRECODE C CORE OR ULTRACODE CORE. b. THICKNESS: AS INDICATED. c. LONG EDGES: TAPERED AND FEATURED (ROUNDED OR BEVELED) FOR PRE-FILLING. d. LOCATION: WHERE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY INDICATED. 4. EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: A. PANEL SIZE: PROVIDE IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AND WIDTHS AVAILABLE THAT WILL MINIMIZE JOINTS IN EACH AREA AND CORRESPOND WITH SUPPORT SYSTEM INDICATED. B. GLASS-MAT GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. a. AVAILABLE PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, A PRODUCT THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, "DENS-GLASS GOLD" BY G-P GYPSUM CORP. b. CORE: 5/8", TYPE X. 5. TILE BACKING PANELS: A. PANEL SIZE: PROVIDE IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AND WIDTHS AVAILABLE THAT WILL MINIMIZE JOINTS IN EACH AREA AND CORRESPOND WITH SUPPORT SYSTEM INDICATED. B. WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 630/C 630M. a. CORE: 5/8", TYPE X. b. GLASS-MAT, WATER-RESISTANT BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M. 1. AVAILABLE PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, "DENS-SHIELD TILE BACKER" MANUFACTURED BY G-P GYPSUM CORP. 2. CORE: 5/8". TYPE X. 6. TRIM ACCESSORIES: A. INTERIOR TRIM: ASTM C 1047. a. MATERIAL: GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM-COATED STEEL SHEET, ROLLED ZINC, PLASTIC, OR PAPER-FACED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET. b. SHAPES: 1. CORNERBEAD: USE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. BULLNOSE BEAD: USE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS WHERE INDICATED. 3. LC-BEAD: J-SHAPED; EXPOSED LONG FLANGE RECEIVES JOINT COMPOUND; USE AT EXPOSED PANEL EDGES. 4. L-BEAD: L-SHAPED; EXPOSED LONG LEG RECEIVES JOINT COMPOUND; USE WHERE INDICATED. 5. U-BEAD: J-SHAPED; EXPOSED SHORT FLANGE DOES NOT RECEIVE JOINT COMPOUND; USE AT EXPOSED PANEL EDGES WHERE INDICATED. 6. EXPANSION (CONTROL) JOINT: USE WHERE INDICATED. 7. CURVED-EDGE CORNERBEAD: WITH NOTCHED OR FLEXIBLE FLANGES; USE AT CURVED OPENINGS. B. EXTERIOR TRIM: ASTM C 1047. a. MATERIAL: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET OR ROLLED ZINC. b. SHAPES: 1. CORNERBEAD: USE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS. 2. LC-BEAD: J-SHAPED; EXPOSED LONG FLANGE RECEIVES JOINT COMPOUND; USE AT EXPOSED PANEL EDGES. 3. EXPANSION (CONTROL) JOINT: ONE-PIECE, ROLLED ZINC WITH V- SHAPED SLOT AND REMOVABLE STRIP COVERING SLOT OPENING. USE WHERE INDICATED. 7. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT: ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR EXPOSED AND CONCEALED JOINTS: NON- SAG, PAINTABLE, NON-STAINING, LATEX SEALANT COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 834 THAT EFFECTIVELY REDUCES AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION THROUGH PERIMETER JOINTS AND OPENINGS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AS DEMONSTRATED BY TESTING REPRESENTATIVE ASSEMBLIES ACCORDING TO ASTM E 90. SECTION 09260 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES (CONTINUED) 8. APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL: A. GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION AND FINISHING STANDARDS: ASTM C 840 AND GA-216. B. LOCATE EDGE AND END JOINTS OVER SUPPORTS, EXCEPT IN CEILING APPLICATIONS WHERE INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS OR GYPSUM BOARD BACK- BLOCKING IS PROVIDED BEHIND END JOINTS. DO NOT PLACE TAPERED EDGES AGAINST CUT EDGES OR ENDS. STAGGER VERTICAL JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS. DO NOT MAKE JOINTS OTHER THAN CONTROL JOINTS AT CORNERS OF FRAMED OPENINGS. C. STC-RATED ASSEMBLIES: SEAL CONSTRUCTION AT PERIMETERS, BEHIND CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, AND AT OPENINGS AND PENETRATIONS WITH A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT BOTH FACES OF PARTITIONS AT PERIMETERS AND THROUGH PENETRATIONS. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 919 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR LOCATING EDGE TRIM AND CLOSING OFF SOUND-FLANKING PATHS AROUND OR THROUGH GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING SEALING PARTITIONS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. 9. PANEL APPLICATION METHODS: A. MULTI-LAYER APPLICATION ON CEILINGS: APPLY GYPSUM BOARD INDICATED FOR BASE LAYERS BEFORE APPLYING BASE LAYERS ON WALLS/PARTITIONS; APPLY FACE LAYERS IN SAME SEQUENCE. APPLY BASE LAYERS AT RIGHT ANGLES TO FRAMING MEMBERS AND OFFSET FACE-LAYER JOINTS 1 FRAMING MEMBER, 16" MINIMUM, FROM PARALLEL BASE- LAYER JOINTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY FIRERESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY. B. MULTI-LAYER APPLICATION ON PARTITIONS/WALLS: APPLY GYPSUM BOARD INDICATED FOR BASE LAYERS AND FACE LAYERS VERTICALLY (PARALLEL TO FRAMING) WITH JOINTS OF BASE LAYERS LOCATED OVER STUD OR FURRING MEMBER AND FACE- LAYER JOINTS OFFSET AT LEAST ONE STUD OR FURRING MEMBER WITH BASE-LAYER JOINTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED ASSEMBLY. STAGGER JOINTS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS. SECTION 09912 -PAINTING 1. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE 8X10 DRAWDOWNS OF ALL PAINT COLORS SPECIFIED. EVEN THOUGH PAINT COLORS SPECIFIED MIGHT BE FROM MULTIPLE MANUFACTURERS, PROVIDE ALL PAINT COLORS FROM SAME MANUFACTURER. 2. PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL: A. MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE BLOCK FILLERS, PRIMERS, AND FINISH- COAT MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH THE SUBSTRATES INDICATED UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. B. MATERIAL QUALITY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S BEST-QUALITY PAINT MATERIAL OF THE VARIOUS COATING TYPES SPECIFIED THAT ARE FACTORY FORMULATED AND RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED. PAINT-MATERIAL CONTAINERS NOT DISPLAYING MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. a. PROPRIETARY NAMES: USE OF MANUFACTURER'S PROPRIETARY PRODUCT NAMES TO DESIGNATE COLORS OR MATERIALS IS NOT INTENDED TO IMPLY THAT PRODUCTS NAMED ARE REQUIRED TO BE USED TO THE EXCLUSION OF EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS OF OTHER MANUFACTURERS. FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S MATERIAL DATA AND CERTIFICATES OF PERFORMANCE FOR PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. C. COLORS: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. D. FLAME SPREAD: INTERIOR APPLIED PAINT AND FINISHES SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS. 3. EXTERIOR PRIMERS & FINISH COATS: A. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. CONCRETE, STUCCO, MINERAL-FIBER REINFORCED CEMENT PANELS APPLICATIONS: a. PRIMER: SW LOXON PRIMER A24W300 b. 2 COATS:SW A-100 EXTERIOR LATEX, A6 SERIES, <50 G/L (FLAT IS STANDARD FOR COMMERCIAL) C. CMU & BLOCK AREAS (POROUS): FLAT FINISH a. SW PREPRITE BLOCK FILLER, B25W25, <50 G/L VOC b. 2 COATS:SW A-100 EXTERIOR LATEX, A6 SERIES, <50 G/L (FLAT IS STANDARD FOR COMMERCIAL) D. WOOD DOORS AND TRIM APPLICATIONS - PAINTED a. PRIMER: SW EXTERIOR LATEX WOOD PRIMER B42W8041 b. 2 COATS:SW A-100 EXTERIOR LATEX, A82 SERIES, <50 G/L (SATIN IS STANDARD) E. WOOD - SHAKES, SHINGLES AND ROUGH SAWN SIDING SOLID STAIN a. 2 COATS:SW WOODSCAPES ACRYLIC SOLID STAIN, A15W51 F. WOOD - SHAKES, SHINGLES AND ROUGH SAWN SIDING SEMI-TRANSPARENT STAIN a. 2 COATS:SW WOODSCAPES SEMI-TRANSPARENT A15T5 G. FERROUS AND NON-FERROUS METALS- DOORS, FRAMES AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS a. PRIMER: SW PRO-CRYL UNIVERSAL METAL PRIMER B66-310 SERIES b. 2 COATS:S-W PROINDUSTRIAL ACRYLIC B66-65 (SEMI-GLOSS IS STANDARD) 4. INTERIOR PRIMERS & FINISH COATS: A. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. MASONRY AND CONCRETE APPLICATIONS a. PRIMER: LOXON CONCRETE AND MASONRY PRIMER, 96 G/L b. 2 COATS: PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC, 0G/L (EGGSHELL IS STANDARD) C. CMU BLOCK APPLICATIONS - EGGSHELL FINISH a. FILLER: PREPRITE BLOCK FILLER, 50 G/L b. 2 COATS: PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC, 0G/L (EGGSHELL IS STANDARD) D. CMU BLOCK APPLICATIONS - PRE-CATALYZED EPOXY a. FILLER: PREPRITE BLOCK FILLER, 50 G/L b. 2 COATS: PROINDUSTRIAL PRE-CATALYZED WATER-BASED EPOXY, 141 G/L (SEMI-GLOSS IS STANDARD) E. GYPSUM APPLICATIONS - EGGSHELL FINISH a. PRIMER: PROMAR 200 ZERO PRIMER, 0 G/L b. 2 COATS: PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC, 0G/L (EGGSHELL IS STANDARD) F. GYPSUM APPLICATIONS - PRE-CATALYZED EPOXY a. PRIMER: PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC PRIMER, 0 G/L b. 2 COATS: PROINDUSTRIAL PRE-CATALYZED WATER-BASED EPOXY EGGSHEL, 141 G/L (EG-SHEL IS STANDARD) G. WOOD APPLICATIONS - PAINTED - SEMI-GLOSS FINISH a. PRIMER: PROMAR 200 ZERO PRIMER, 0 G/L b. 2 COATS:PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC, 0 G/L (SEMI-GLOSS IS STANDARD) H. WOOD APPLICATIONS - STAINED FINISH a. STAIN: WOOD CLASSICS STAIN b. 2 COATS: WOOD CLASSICS WB POLYURETHANE SATIN A68 I. FERROUS & NON-FERROUS METAL APPLICATIONS - DOORS, FRAMES AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS a. PRIMER: PROINDUSTRIAL PRO-CRYL UNIVERSAL PRIMER, 100 G/L b. 2 COATS: PROINDUSTRIAL HIGH PERFORMANCE ACRYLIC, 0 G/L (SEMI- GLOSS IS STANDARD) J. EXPOSED CEILING APPLICATIONS: a. 2 COATS: LOW VOC WATERBORNE ACRYLIC DRYFALL, FLAT B42-W00081, 39G/L OR LOW VOC WATERBORNE ACRYLIC DRYFALL, B42-W00082, 34G/L (EGGSHELL IS STANDARD, HOWEVER FLAT IS STANDARD FOR EXPOSED METAL CEILINGS) 5. PREPARATION: A. GENERAL: REMOVE HARDWARE AND HARDWARE ACCESSORIES, PLATES, MACHINED SURFACES, LIGHTING FIXTURES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS ALREADY INSTALLED THAT ARE NOT TO BE PAINTED. IF REMOVAL IS IMPRACTICAL OR IMPOSSIBLE BECAUSE OF SIZE OR WEIGHT OF THE ITEM, PROVIDE SURFACE- APPLIED PROTECTION BEFORE SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PAINT STORAGE PREPARATIONS AND APPLICATIONS. USE EACH PRODUCT AS PACKAGED UNLESS MANUFACTURER SPECIFICALLY DIRECTS THAT A PRODUCT SHOULD BE THINNED. PROVIDE PAINTS AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. COORDINATE FINISHES NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR FINISH SCHEDULE WITH TENANT OR PROPERTY MANAGER. C. SURFACE PREPARATION: CLEAN AND PREPARE SURFACES TO BE PAINTED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH PARTICULAR SUBSTRATE CONDITION AND AS SPECIFIED. D. WHERE A SALVAGED PARTITION WITH WALLCOVERING IS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE NEW PAINTED FINISH, PREPARE SURFACE BY REMOVING WALLCOVERING AND REPAIRING SURFACE WITH NEW SKIM COAT OF JOINT COMPOUND TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACE. SEE NOTES ON LEVEL 5 FINISH ABOVE. OR APPLY NEW LAYER OF 1/4" GYPSUM WALLBOARD TO SURFACE AND FINISH PER DRYWALL FINISH NOTES ABOVE. 6. APPLICATION: A. GENERAL: APPLY PAINT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. B. COMPLETED WORK: MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES FOR COLOR, TEXTURE, AND COVERAGE. REMOVE, REFINISH, OR REPAINT WORK NOT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 1 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A008 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 SECTION 09960 -HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. BENCHMARK SAMPLES (MOCKUPS): PROVIDE A FULL-COAT BENCHMARK FINISH SAMPLE OF EACH COLOR AND TYPE OF COATING REQUIRED. COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN PDCA P5. a. WALL SURFACES: APPLY SAMPLES ON AT LEAST 100 SQ. FT. OF WALL SURFACE. b. MISCELLANEOUS AREAS AND ITEMS: IN AREA OR ON ITEM SELECTED. c. FINAL APPROVAL OF FINISHES WILL BE MADE FROM BENCHMARK SAMPLES. d. APPROVED BENCHMARK SAMPLES MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 2. EXTRA MATERIALS: A. FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS DESCRIBED BELOW THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED AND THAT ARE PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH LABELS DESCRIBING CONTENTS. a. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS: FULL, UNUSED CONTAINERS EQUAL TO 5 PERCENT OF EACH MATERIAL AND COLOR APPLIED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 1 GAL. OR 1 CASE, AS APPROPRIATE. 3. MATERIALS, GENERAL: A. MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY: FOR EACH FINISH INDICATED, PROVIDE SEPARATE COMPONENT COAT MATERIALS OF ONE MANUFACTURER THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THE SUBSTRATES INDICATED UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. B. MATERIAL QUALITY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S BEST-QUALITY MATERIAL FOR EACH COATING MATERIAL SPECIFIED. C. COLORS: MATCH ARCHITECT'S SAMPLE. D. PRIMER: ACRYLIC OR EPOXY PRIMER OF TOPCOAT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE WITH INTERMEDIATE AND TOPCOATS AND SUBSTRATE INDICATED UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INDICATED. E. INTERMEDIATE COAT: EPOXY INTERMEDIATE COAT OF TOPCOAT MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED IN WRITING FOR USE WITH PRIMER, AND TOPCOAT, AND SUBSTRATE INDICATED UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INDICATED. 4. EXTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE TOPCOATS: A. HIGH-GLOSS POLYURETHANE: HIGH-GLOSS, ALIPHATIC POLYURETHANE ENAMEL. a. AVAILABLEPRODUCTS: 1. CARBOLINE; 134-HS 2-COMPONENT ACRYLIC-ALIPHATIC URETHANE. 2. DUPONT; IMRON 333 HIGH GLOSS POLYURETHANE ENAMEL. 3. ICI; DEVTHANE 369 ALIPHATIC URETHANE GLOSS ENAMEL. 4. INTERNATIONAL; INTERTHANE 990 LOW VOC THIN FILM POLYURETHANE. 5. MOORE; M74/M75 ALIPHATIC ACRYLIC URETHANE GLOSS. 6. PPG; 97-8XXX SERIES PITTHANE ACRYLIC-ALIPHATIC URETHANE. 7. R-O; 9700 SYSTEM HIGH SOLIDS POLYURETHANE COATINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. A. NONFERROUS METAL SUBSTRATES: 9800 SYSTEM URETHANE HIGH BUILD MASTIC. 8. S-W; COROTHANE II GLOSS B65W400 SERIES. 9. TNEMEC; SERIES 74 ENDURASHIELD ALIPHATIC ACRYLIC POLYURETHANE. B. HIGH-GLOSS ACRYLIC: HIGH-GLOSS ACRYLIC ENAMEL. a. AVAILABLE PRODUCTS: 1. DUPONT; TUFCOTE 72P WATERBORNE ACRYLIC ENAMEL. 2. ICI; DEVFLEX 4208 INTERIOR/EXTERIOR WATERBORNE ACRYLIC GLOSS ENAMEL. 3. INTERNATIONAL; INTERCRYL 530 WB WATERBORNE ACRYLIC GLOSS FINISH. 4. MOORE; M28 ACRYLIC GLOSS ENAMEL. 5. PPG; 90-3XX SERIES PITT-TECH ONE PACK INTERIOR/EXTERIOR HIGH PERFORMANCE WATERBORNE HIGH GLOSS DTM INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL. 6. R-O; 5200 SYSTEM LABOR SAVER INDUSTRIAL ENAMEL HIGH PERFORMANCE ACRYLIC GLOSS FINISH. 7. S-W; DTM ACRYLIC GLOSS COATING B66W 100 SERIES. 8. TNEMEC; SERIES 28 TUFCRYL ACRYLIC EMULSION.5. APPLICATION: A. PREPARATION: a. FERROUS-METAL SUBSTRATES: CLEAN UNGALVANIZED FERROUS-METAL SURFACES THAT HAVE NOT BEEN SHOP COATED; REMOVE OIL, GREASE, DIRT, LOOSE MILL SCALE, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. USE SOLVENT OR MECHANICAL CLEANING METHODS THAT COMPLY WITH SSPC RECOMMENDATIONS. b. BLAST-CLEAN STEEL SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY COATING MANUFACTURER AND ACCORDING TO SSPC-SP 10/NACE NO. 2. c. TREAT BARE AND SANDBLASTED OR PICKLED CLEAN METAL WITH A METAL TREATMENT WASH COAT BEFORE PRIMING. 5. TOUCH UP BARE AREAS AND SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS THAT HAVE BEEN DAMAGED. WIRE BRUSH, SOLVENT CLEAN, AND TOUCH UP WITH SAME PRIMER AS THE SHOP COAT. A. COATING APPLICATION: a. DO NOT APPLY HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS OVER DIRT, RUST, SCALE, GREASE, MOISTURE, SCUFFED SURFACES, OR CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO FORMING A DURABLE COATING FILM. b. APPLY COATINGS TO EXPOSED SURFACES, INCLUDING AREAS VISIBLE WHEN PERMANENT OR BUILT-IN FIXTURES, CONVECTOR COVERS, GRILLES, COVERS FOR FINNED-TUBE RADIATION, AND SIMILAR COMPONENTS ARE IN PLACE, AND MAINTAIN SYSTEM INTEGRITY AND PROVIDE DESIRED PROTECTION. c. COAT SURFACES BEHIND MOVABLE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE THE SAME AS SIMILAR EXPOSED SURFACES. BEFORE FINAL INSTALLATION, COAT SURFACES BEHIND PERMANENTLY FIXED EQUIP. OR FURN. WITH PRIME COAT ONLY. d. COAT BACK SIDES OF ACCESS PANELS, REMOVABLE OR HINGED COVERS, AND SIMILAR HINGED ITEMS TO MATCH EXPOSED SURFACES. C. SCHEDULING COATING: APPLY FIRST COAT TO SURFACES THAT HAVE BEEN CLEANED, PRETREATED, OR OTHERWISE PREPARED FOR COATING AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER PREP AND BEFORE SUBSEQUENT SURFACE DETERIORATION. a. IF UNDERCOATS OR OTHER CONDITIONS SHOW THROUGH FINAL COAT, APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL CURED FILM HAS A UNIFORM COATING FINISH, COLOR, AND APPEARANCE. GIVE SPECIAL ATTENTION TO EDGES, CORNERS, CREVICES, WELDS, EXPOSED FASTENERS, AND SIM. SURFACES TO ENSURE THEY RECEIVE A DRY FILM THICKNESS EQUIVALENT TO FLAT SURFACES. D. APPLICATION PROCEDURES: APPLY COATINGS BY BRUSH, ROLLER, SPRAY, OR OTHER APPLICATORS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. a. BRUSH APPLICATION: USE BRUSHES BEST SUITED FOR MATERIAL APPLIED AND OF APPROPRIATE SIZE FOR THE SURFACE OR ITEM BEING COATED. b. APPLY PRIMERS AND FIRST COATS BY BRUSH UNLESS MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS PERMIT USING ROLLER OR MECHANICAL APPLICATORS. c. BRUSH OUT AND WORK BRUSH COATS INTO SURFACES IN AN EVEN FILM. d. ELIMINATE CLOUDINESS, SPOTTING, HOLIDAYS, LAPS, BRUSH MARKS, RUNS, SAGS, ROPINESS, OR OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. NEATLY DRAW GLASS LINES AND COLOR BREAKS. e. ROLLERS: USE ROLLERS OF CARPET, VELVET BACK, OR HIGH-PILE SHEEP'S WOOL AS RECOMMENDED BY MFR FOR THE MATERIAL AND TEXTURE REQUIRED. f. SPRAY EQUIPMENT: USE MECHANICAL METHODS TO APPLY COATING IF PERMITTED BY MFR'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND GOVERNING REGULATIONS. g. USE SPRAY EQUIPMENT WITH ORIFICE SIZE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR MATERIAL AND TEXTURE REQUIRED. h. APPLY EACH COAT TO PROVIDE EQUIVALENT HIDING OF BRUSH-APPLIED COATS. i. DO NOT DOUBLE BACK WITH SPRAY EQUIPMENT BUILDING-UP FILM THICKNESS OF TWO COATS IN ONE PASS, UNLESS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. SECTION 144216 -VERTICAL PLATFORM WHEELCHAIR LIFT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. UNENCLOSED, SELF-CONTAINED VERTICAL PLATFORM WHEELCHAIR LIFT. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: CONCRETE SHAFTWAY AND ANCHOR PLACEMENT. B. SECTION 04800 - MASONRY ASSEMBLIES: MASONRY SHAFTWAY AND ANCHOR PLACEMENT. C. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: BLOCKING IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION FOR LIFT ATTACHMENT. D. SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: GYPSUM BOARD SHAFTWAY. E. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL: DEDICATED TELEPHONE SERVICE AND WIRING CONNECTIONS. F. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL: LIGHTING AND WIRING CONNECTIONS AT TOP OF SHAFT. G. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL: ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICE AND WIRING CONNECTIONS. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASME A17.1 - SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS. B. ASME A17.5 - ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. C. ASME A18.1 - SAFETY STANDARD FOR PLATFORM LIFTS AND STAIRWAY CHAIRLIFTS. D. CSA B44 - SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS. E. CSA B355 - LIFTS FOR PERSONS WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES. F. ICC/ANSI A117.1 - ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES. G. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. H. CSA - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01300. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S DATA SHEETS ON EACH PRODUCT TO BE USED, INCLUDING: 1. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING PREPARATION, STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS. 2. INCLUDE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF PERFORMANCE AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. SHOW TYPICAL DETAILS OF ASSEMBLY, ERECTION AND ANCHORAGE. 2. INCLUDE WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR POWER, CONTROL, AND SIGNAL SYSTEMS. 3. SHOW COMPLETE LAYOUT AND LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING REQUIRED CLEARANCES AND COORDINATION WITH SHAFTWAY. D. SELECTION SAMPLES: FOR EACH FINISHED PRODUCT SPECIFIED, PROVIDE TWO COMPLETE SETS OF COLOR CHIPS REPRESENTING MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE OF AVAILABLE COLORS AND PATTERNS. E. VERIFICATION SAMPLES: FOR EACH FINISHED PRODUCT SPECIFIED, TWO SAMPLES, MINIMUM SIZE 1-3/4” X 2-1/4”, REPRESENTING ACTUAL PRODUCT, COLOR, AND PATTERNS. F. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: FIRM WITH MINIMUM 20 YEAR’S EXPERIENCE IN MANUFACTURING OF VERTICAL PLATFORM WHEELCHAIR LIFTS, WITH EVIDENCE OF EXPERIENCE WITH SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS OF TYPE SPECIFIED. G. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: LICENSED TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT OF THIS SCOPE, WITH EVIDENCE OF EXPERIENCE WITH SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT. INSTALLER SHALL MAINTAIN AN ADEQUATE STOCK OF REPLACEMENT PARTS, HAVE QUALIFIED PEOPLE AVAILABLE TO ENSURE FULFILLMENT OF MAINTENANCE AND CALLBACK SERVICE WITHOUT UNREASONABLE LOSS OF TIME IN REACHING PROJECT SITE. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. PROVIDE PLATFORM LIFTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH: 1. ASME A18.1 - SAFETY STANDARD FOR PLATFORM LIFTS AND STAIRWAY CHAIRLIFTS. 2. ASME A17.1 - SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS. 3. ASME A17.5 - ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 4. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. B. PROVIDE PLATFORM LIFTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH: 1. CSA B355 - LIFTS FOR PERSONS WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES. 2. CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5 - ELEVATOR AND ESCALATOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. CSA - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. STORE PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED PACKAGING UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. B. STORE COMPONENTS OFF THE GROUND IN A DRY COVERED AREA, PROTECTED FROM ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. DO NOT USE WHEELCHAIR LIFT FOR HOISTING MATERIALS OR PERSONNEL DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 1.8 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER SHALL WARRANT THE WHEELCHAIR LIFT MATERIALS AND FACTORY WORKMANSHIP FOR TWO YEARS FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: GARAVENTA LIFT; UNITED STATES - P.O. BOX 1769, BLAINE, WA 98231-1769. CANADA – 18920 – 36 TH AVE., SURREY, BC V3Z 0P6. ASD. TOLL FREE: 800-663-6556. TEL: (604) 594-0422. FAX: (604) 594-9915. EMAIL: HYPERLINK "mailto:productinfo@garaventalift.com" PRODUCTINFO@GARAVENTALIFT.COM WEB HYPERLINK "http://www.garaventalift.com" WWW.GARAVENTALIFT.COM 2.2 UNENCLOSED VERTICAL WHEELCHAIR LIFT A. CAPACITY: 750 LBS (340 KG) RATED CAPACITY. B. MAST HEIGHT: 1. MODEL GVL-OP-42; 45 INCHES (1143 MM) MAXIMUM LIFTING HEIGHT. 2. MODEL GVL-OP-60; 63 INCHES (1600 MM) MAXIMUM LIFTING HEIGHT. C. PLATFORM SIZE AND NOMINAL CLEAR PLATFORM DIMENSIONS: 1. STANDARD: 36 INCHES (914 MM) BY 48-7/8 INCHES (1242 MM) CLEAR PLATFORM DIMENSIONS. 2. MID-SIZE: 36 INCHES (914 MM) BY 54-7/8 INCHES (1394 MM) CLEAR PLATFORM DIMENSIONS. 3. LARGE: 43-1/4 INCHES (1100 MM) BY 60-7/8 INCHES (1546 MM) CLEAR PLATFORM DIMENSIONS. 4. LARGE 90 DEGREE: 42 INCHES (1067 MM) BY 60 INCHES (1524 MM) WITH 90-DEGREE ENTRY/EXIT CONFIGURATION. D. PLATFORM CONFIGURATION: 1. STRAIGHT THROUGH: FRONT AND REAR OPENINGS. 2. 90 DEGREE: FRONT AND SIDE OPENINGS. E. LANDING OPENINGS: GATES SHALL BE SELF CLOSING TYPE. 1. GATE HEIGHT: 42-1/8 INCHES (1070 MM). 1. Gate Width: 41-3/4 inches (1060 mm). 2. PLATFORM GATE: TRAVELS WITH PLATFORM AND OPENS AT LOWER LANDING. 3. UPPER LANDING GATE: INSTALLED AT UPPER LANDING. F. POWER GATE OPERATORS: 1. LOCATION: a. PLATFORM GATE: TRAVELS WITH PLATFORM AND OPENS LOWER LANDING. b. UPPER LANDING GATE. 2. AUTOMATICALLY OPENS THE GATE WHEN PLATFORM ARRIVES AT A LANDING. WILL ALSO OPEN AT LANDING BY PRESSING CALL BUTTON. 3. ADA COMPLIANT AND OBSTRUCTION SENSITIVE. 4. LOW VOLTAGE, 24 VDC WITH ALL WIRING CONCEALED. G. LIFT COMPONENTS: 1. MACHINE TOWER: ALUMINUM EXTRUSION. 2. BASE FRAME: STRUCTURAL STEEL. 3. PLATFORM SIDE WALL PANELS: 16 GAUGE (1.5 MM) GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET. 4. PLATFORM ACCESS RAMP: 12 GAUGE (2.5 MM) GALVANIZED STEEL PLATES; SLIP RESISTANT SURFACES. a. RAMP: STATIONARY TYPE. b. RAMP: AUTOMATIC FOLDING TYPE. 5. SIDE GUARD PANELS: 42-1/8 INCHES (1070 MM) HIGH MOUNTED ON PLATFORM. 6. OUTDOOR PROTECTION: LIFT SHALL INCLUDE MODIFICATIONS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR RELIABLE PERFORMANCE IN OUTDOOR CLIMATE OF PROJECT SITE. H. BASE MOUNTING AT LOWER LANDING: 1. FLOOR MOUNT: BASE OF LIFT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE FLOOR SURFACE OF THE LOWER LANDING. FOR ACCESS ONTO THE PLATFORM PROVIDE A RAMP OF 16 GAUGE (1.5 I. LEADSCREW DRIVE: 1. DRIVE TYPE: SELF-LUBRICATING ACME SCREW DRIVE. 2. EMERGENCY OPERATION: MANUAL HANDWHEEL DEVICE TO RAISE OR LOWER PLATFORM. 3. BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY LOWERING: BATTERY POWERED PLATFORM LOWERING DEVICE THAT AUTOMATICALLY ACTIVATES IN THE EVENT OF POWER FAILURE. ALLOWS PASSENGER TO DRIVE PLATFORM DOWNWARD TO LOWER LANDING. DOES NOT OPERATE LIFT IN UP DIRECTION. 4. SAFETY DEVICES: a. INTEGRAL SAFETY NUT ASSEMBLY WITH SAFETY SWITCH. 5. TRAVEL SPEED: 10 FPM (3.0 M/MINUTE). 6. MOTOR: 2.0 HP (560 W). 7. POWER SUPPLY: a. 120 VAC SINGLE PHASE; 60 HZ ON A DEDICATED 20-AMP CIRCUIT. b. 208/240 VAC, SINGLE PHASE; 50 HZ ON A DEDICATED 16 AMP CIRCUIT. J. HYDRAULIC DRIVE: 1. DRIVE TYPE: CHAIN HYDRAULIC. 2. EMERGENCY OPERATION: MANUAL DEVICE TO LOWER PLATFORM AND BATTERY AUXILIARY POWER TO RAISE OR LOWER PLATFORM. 3. SAFETY DEVICES: a. SLACK CHAIN SAFETY DEVICE. b. SHORING DEVICE. 4. TRAVEL SPEED: 17 FPM (5.2 M/MINUTE). 5. MOTOR: 3.0 HP (2.2 KW); 24 VOLTS DC. 6. POWER SUPPLY: a. 120 VAC SINGLE PHASE; 60 HZ ON A DEDICATED 15-AMP CIRCUIT. b. 208/240 VAC, SINGLE PHASE; 50 HZ ON A DEDICATED 16-AMP CIRCUIT. c. POWERED BY CONTINUOUS BUILDING MAINS CONVERTED TO 24 VDC, EQUIPPED WITH AUXILIARY POWER SYSTEM CAPABLE OF RUNNING LIFT UP AND DOWN FOR A MINIMUM OF 5 TRIPS WITH RATED LOAD. d. POWERED BY CONTINUOUSLY CHARGED BATTERY SYSTEM. K. PLATFORM CONTROLS: 24 VDC CONTROL CIRCUIT WITH THE FOLLOWING FEATURES. 1. DIRECTION CONTROL: CONTINUOUS PRESSURE ROCKER SWITCH. 2. DIRECTION CONTROL: ILLUMINATED TACTILE AND CONTINUOUS PRESSURE ELEVATOR- STYLE BUTTONS WITH DUAL PLATFORM COURTESY LIGHTS AND SAFETY LIGHT. 3. ILLUMINATED AND AUDIBLE EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH SHUTS OFF POWER TO LIFT AND ACTIVATES AUDIO ALARM WITH BATTERY BACKUP. 4. KEYLESS OPERATION. 5. KEYED OPERATION. 6. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE: PLATFORM SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH ADA COMPLIANT INTEGRATED TELEPHONE WITH A STAINLESS-STEEL FACEPLATE. TELEPHONE SHALL OPERATE IN THE EVENT OF POWER FAILURE. A TELEPHONE LINE SHALL BE SUPPLIED TO THE LIFT SITE AS SPECIFIED UNDER DIVISION 16. L. CALL STATION CONTROLS: 24 VDC CONTROL CIRCUIT WITH THE FOLLOWING FEATURES. 1. DIRECTION CONTROL: a. CONTINUOUS PRESSURE ROCKER SWITCH. b. ILLUMINATED TACTILE AND CONTINUOUS PRESSURE ELEVATOR-STYLE BUTTONS WITH DUAL PLATFORM COURTESY LIGHTS AND SAFETY LIGHT. 2. KEYLESS OPERATION. 3. KEYED OPERATION. 4. CALL STATION MOUNTING: a. LOWER: 1) WALL MOUNTED SURFACE. b. UPPER: 1) FRAME MOUNTED. 2) WALL MOUNTED SURFACE. M. SAFETY DEVICES AND FEATURES: 1. GROUNDED ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WITH UPPER, LOWER, AND FINAL LIMIT SWITCHES. 2. TAMPER RESISTANT INTERLOCK TO ELECTRICALLY MONITOR THAT THE GATE IS IN THE CLOSED POSITION AND THE LOCK IS ENGAGED BEFORE LIFT CAN MOVE FROM LANDING. 3. PIT STOP SWITCH MOUNTED ON MAST WALL. 4. ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT SHALL SHUT OFF POWER TO THE LIFT. 5. UNDER PLATFORM SAFETY PAN WITH FIVE WATERPROOF SAFETY SWITCHES TO DETECT OBSTRUCTION UNDER PLATFORM. N. FINISHES 1. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ELECTROSTATICALLY APPLIED BAKED POWDER FINISH, SEMI MATTE SILVER MOON. 2. FERROUS COMPONENTS: ELECTROSTATICALLY APPLIED BAKED POWDER FINISH, SEMI MATTE a. COLOR: SILVER MOON. 3. LIFT FINISH: BAKED POWDER COAT FINISH AS SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER’S OPTIONAL RAL COLOR CHART. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY PREPARED. B. VERIFY SHAFT AND MACHINE SPACE ARE OF CORRECT SIZE AND WITHIN TOLERANCES. C. VERIFY REQUIRED LANDINGS AND OPENINGS ARE OF CORRECT SIZE AND WITHIN TOLERANCES. D. VERIFY ELECTRICAL ROUGH-IN IS AT CORRECT LOCATION. E. IF SUBSTRATE PREPARATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANOTHER INSTALLER, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF UNSATISFACTORY PREPARATION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 3.2 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SURFACES THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL PLATFORM LIFTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING ASME A17.1, ASME A18.1 AND THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL PLATFORM LIFTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING CSA B355, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. INSTALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND CONNECT TO BUILDING UTILITIES. D. ACCOMMODATE EQUIPMENT IN SPACE INDICATED. E. STARTUP EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. F. ADJUST FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. PERFORM TESTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASME A17.1 OR A18.1 AND AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. PERFORM TESTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH CSA B355 AND REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. SCHEDULE TESTS WITH AGENCIES AND ARCHITECT, OWNER, AND CONTRACTOR PRESENT. 3.5 PROTECTION A. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. B. TOUCH-UP, REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 2 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A009 SPECIFICATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 1'- 0 " 1'-0" TEMPERED 1 2" 2" 2"1"1" 1" KRAFT FACED BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) 2X6 WD STUD AT 16" O.C. 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD LEVEL 4 FINISH (U.N.O.) 1.5" RIGID INSULATION W/ OSB SHEATHING WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER STONE VENEER WAINSCOT OVER DRAIN MATTE VERTICAL WOOD SIDING ABOVE STONE WAINSCOT. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. STONE CAP BELOW STONE CAP ABOVE BATT INSULATION (R-21 MIN) 2X4 WD STUDS AT 16" O.C. AT B1 2X6 WD STUDS AT 16" O.C. AT B2 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD LEVEL 4 FINISH (U.N.O.) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD LEVEL 4 FINISH (U.N.O.) 4-3/4" @ B1 6 3 / 4 " @ B 2 FRP SHOWN DASHED AT KITCHEN AREAS RIGID INSUL, RE: SPEC 4" MIN - SLOPE PER PLAN 1/2" COVERBOARD 60 MIL EPDM MEMBRANE MECH FASTENED VAPOR BARRIER SHEATHING, RE: STRUC WD JOIST, RE: STRUC 1'-3 3/8" VIF CO U N T E R T O P SS COUNTERTOP AT SOILED DISH RETURN COUNTER APPLY STAINLESS SPLASH GUARD, 8" HIGH. BOTH JAMBS, WRAP CONTINUOUS. STAINED WD TRIM WRAPS HEAD AND JAMBS OVERHEAD COILING COUNTER DOOR. BASIS OF DESIGN: CornellCookson MODEL ESC10 KITCHEN (E) STONE CAP ABOVE (E) STONE WAINSCOT STONE VENEER OVER WRB ON OSB SHEATHING ON 2X4 WD FRAMING ALIGN NEW STONE INFILL GROUT TO MATCH (E) 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD. BATT INSUL (E) STONE CAP BELOW VERTICAL WD SIDING OVER WRB ON OSB SHEATHING ON 2X4 WD FRAMING (E) EXTERIOR STEON VENEER ON WD STUD, V.I.F. 2X WD BUCK, PAINT CAULK TO MATCH GROUT COLOR ALIGN 5/8 TYPE X GYP BD. BATT INSUL 3 EQ RISERS ~ 1 ' - 6 " R E : C I V I L 6" 3'- 0 " 3'- 6 " 6" DIA WD POST SET OVER TOP AND ANCHORED TO CONCELAD MTL POST, PAINT, SLOPE TOP 1.5" DIA MTL RAILING, PAINT CONC STEPS, RE: CIVIL CONC WALK, RE: CIVIL 1.5" GALVANIZED MTL POST ANCHORED BY 4X4 STL PLATE W/ EXPANSION ANCHORS 1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0 3/8" SEAL BOTT OF WD POSTS PRIOR TO INSTALL. PROVIDE BEAD OF CAULK WHERE POSTS MEET CONC. 1 1 EXTERIOR WALL, RE: PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 6" DIA WD POST, PAINT, SLOPE TOP WD TOP RAIL, MATCH (E) SIZE, PAINT MTL BALUSTERS AT 4" O.C., MATCH (E), PAINT CONC RAMP, RE: CIVIL MTL. TRENCH DRAIN, RE: CIVIL MTL HANDRAIL, PAINT CONC FOUNDATION, RE: STRUC ROOF DRAIN, RE: PLUMB DWGS VA R I E S VA R I E S 1.5" GALVANIZED MTL POST ANCHORED BY 4X4 STL PLATE W/ EXPANSION ANCHORS SEAL BOT OF WD POSTS PRIOR TO INSTALL. PROVIDE BEAD OF CAULK WHERE POSTS MEET CONC. EXP JOINT MATERIAL COMPATEC FILL AND GRAVEL BASE PER GEO TECH REPORT / CIVIL DWGS MI N F O R F R O S T P R O T E C T I O N 1 1 3'- 0 " 3'- 0 " 2 2 3'-3" 2 6" DIA WD POST, PAINT, SLOPE TOP WD TOP RAIL, MATCH (E) SIZE, PAINT MTL BALUSTERS AT 4" O.C., MATCH (E), PAINT 2X P.T. WD - MATCH (E) SIZE MTL HANDRAIL, PAINT 2x P.T. WD JST - MATCH (E) SIZE 3'- 0 " MA T C H ( E ) 3 1 / 2 " MA T C H ( E ) 1/ 2 " © 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 2/ 4 / 2 0 2 2 8 : 2 5 : 5 1 A M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A010 SCHEDULES, DOOR & WINDOW TYPES OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION DOOR SCHEDULE NUMBER FROM ROOM TO ROOM FRAME DOOR FIRE RATING HARDWARE NOTES NOTESTYPE MATERIAL FINISH TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS MATERIAL FINISH 101 PARISH HALL A WD STAIN B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD ST PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE REUSE EXISTING WD DOOR IN NEW OPENING 102A KITCHEN B B 3'-6" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM PT 102B PARISH HALL KITCHEN B B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD ST 102C KITCHEN B B 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD ST 102D KITCHEN MANUF C 3'-0" 4'-6" 1" ALUM ALUM 102E KITCHEN PARISH HALL MANUF C 10'-0" 4'-6" 1" ALUM ALUM 108 HALLWAY K OF C STOR A PT A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD ST 110 STOR HALLWAY A PT A 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" WD ST 1/4" = 1'-0"1 DOOR TYPES 1/4" = 1'-0"2 FRAME TYPES A WOOD B HOLLOW METAL DOUBLE RABBET A FLUSH B FLUSH W/ WINDOW C OVERHEAD COILING 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 WALL TYPE A1 - EXTERIOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 WALL TYPE B1 & B2 - INTERIOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 TYPICAL ROOF ASSEMBLY 1" = 1'-0"7 JAMB - ROLL DOWN GRILLE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 NEW INFILL AT STORAGE - PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 NEW INFILL WALL - PLAN 1" = 1'-0"10 STAIR SECTION 1" = 1'-0"11 RAMP SECTION 1 1 HM HM HM PT PT PT WD WD ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 2 BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #1 04 FEB 2022 1" = 1'-0"12 RAMP SECTION 2 2.4.22 Egress door shall be operable from the inside without the use of a key and shall meet ANSI 117.1 for accessibility, dead bolts are not allowed on egress doors. UP DN DN 267 SF STORAGE 2 OCC 69 SF OFFICE 1 OCC 47 SF ELEV 48 SF ELEV MECH 110 SF WOMEN 82 SF MEN 58 SF JANITOR 486 SF 14 MECHANICAL 2 OCC 58 SF ADA R.R. 147 SF ALTAR / ROSARY STOR 1 OCC 696 SF 102 KITCHEN 3 OCC 447 SF 103 ENTRY 327 SF 104 STORAGE 2 OCC 201 SF 110 STOR 1 OCC 60 SF 108 K OF C STOR 1 OCC 30 SF 106 (E) STOR 1 OCC 46 SF 109 HALLWAY 42 SF 30 Room 12 SF 107 (E) CLOSET 1117 SF 101 PARISH HALL 160 OCC EXIT E 80 OCC EXIT D 24 OCC EXIT C 54 OCC EXIT A 60 OCC 408 SF 0 HALLWAY 739 SF 0 YOUTH 49 OCC EXIT B 3 OCC 2 OCC 53 OCC 53 OCC 54 OCC 25 OCC 24 OCC OPERABLE PARTITION 5 OCC © 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 4 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A020 LOWER LEVEL CODE PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL CODE PLAN APPLICABLE ORDINANCES, CODES & STANDARDS • 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE • 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE • 2015 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE • 2015 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE • 2015 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE • 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE • 2018 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE USE & OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION IBC CH. 3 CLASSIFICATION: - ASSEMBLY: GROUP A-3 - COMMUNITY HALL - EDUCATIONAL: GROUP A-3 - CLASSROOMS ACCESSORY TO PLACE OF WORSHIP GENERAL BUILDING AREA & HEIGHTS IBC CH. 5 CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE V-B: EXISTING CONSTRUCTION & NEW ADDITION ALLOWABLE BUILDING AREA AND HEIGHT ABOVE GRADE PLANE (TYPE VB): PER TABLE 504.3 - OCCUPANCY A-3 = 6,000 SF, 1 STORY, 60 FT, SPRINKLED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM INCREASE = 1 STORY + 20 FT ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE (TYPE VB): PER TABLE 504.4 - OCCUPANCY A-3 = 2 STORY FOR SPRINKLED ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR IN SQUARE FEET (TYPE VB): PER TABLE 506.2 - OCCUPANCY A-3 = 18,000 SF FOR 2 STORY SPRINKLED ROOF STRUCTURES: TOWERS AND STEEPLES SHALL BE UNLIMITED IN HEIGHT PER 504.3 ROOF STRUCTURES ALLOWABLE BUILDING AREA MODIFICATIONS: BUILDING AREA INCREASE PER 506.2.3: Aa = {At + [NS x If]} x Sa WHERE: Aa = ALLOWABLE AREA, At = TABULAR AREA PER STORY, NS = TABULAR AREA PER STORY PER TABLE 506.2 FOR UNSPRINKLERED BLDG If = AREA FACTOR INCREASE DUE TO FRONTAGE, Sa = ACTUAL NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE - BUILDING AREA INCREASE = {18,000 + [6,000 x .15]} x 2 = 37,800 SF FRONTAGE INCREASE = [(F/P) - 0.25] X [W/30] WHERE: F = BUILDING PERIMETER THAT FRONTS ON A PUBLIC WAY OR OPEN SPACE WITH MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 20 FEET P= TOTAL BUILDING PERIMETER W = WIDTH OF PUBLIC WAY OR OPEN SPACE - FRONTAGE INCREASE = [(238 /437) - 0.25] X [15 / 30] = .15 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM INCREASE A-3 = + 300 PERCENT (Is =3) ACTUAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND AREA: 2 STORY / 34' 11' - 0" / 11,265 SF (NEW CONSTRUCTION) MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY THE BUILDING AND ADDITIONA AREA CONSIDERED AS NON-SEPARATED PER SECTION 508.3 - AREA LIMITS, HEIGHT LIMITS, AND CONSTRUCTION TYPE REQUIREMENTS ARE BASED ON THE MOST RESTRICTIVE OCCUPANCY GROUP INVOLVED WHICH IS A-3. PER SECTION 508.3 NO SEPARATION IS REQUIRED BETWEEN NON-SEPARATED OCCUPANCIES. TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION IBC CH. 6 V-B - FULLY SPRINKLED, NON-RATED FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (TABLE 601): - PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME: 0 HR - BEARING WALLS: 0 HR - NON- BEARING WALLS (INTERIOR): 0 HR - NON-BEARING WALL (EXTERIOR): 0 HR (> 16' FSD) - FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 0 HR - ROOF CONSTRUCTION: 0 HR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (TABLE 602): - X < 5 1 HR - 5 ≤ X < 10 1 HR - 10 ≤ X < 30 0 HR - X ≥ 30 0 HR FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES IBC CH. 7 MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION (TABLE 706.8): FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE UNPROTECTED, SPRINKLERED PROTECTED 0' - 3' NOT PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED 3' - 5' 15% 15% 5' - 10' 25% 25% 10' - 15' 45% 45% 15' - 20' 75% 75% 20' - 25' NO LIMIT NO LIMIT 25' - 30' NO LIMIT NO LIMIT CODE SUMMARY EXIT OCC LOAD REQUIRED WIDTH PROPOSED WIDTH A 60 60 X .2 = 12" 34" AT 90 DEGREE OPEN B 3 3 X .2 = .6" 34" AT 90 DEGREE OPEN C 54 54 X .2 = 10.8" 68" AT 90 DEGREE OPEN D 24 24 X .2 = 4.8" 34" AT 90 DEGREE OPEN E 80 80 X .2 = 16" 34" AT 90 DEGREE OPEN EGRESS WIDTH ∆ISSUE DATE PERMIT SET 30 JUL 2021 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 10.1.2021 1 UP DN UP DN J J J J J J S S S AV AV D D CO AV JPRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 6 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A120 SITE PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1" = 20'-0"1 SITE PLAN NEW KITCHEN RELOCATED LOWER PORTION OF ADA RAMP NEW SIDEWALK NEW CURB -LOSE 3 PARKING SPACES EGRESS EXIT EGRESS EXIT KITCHEN DELIVERY DOOR ADA RAMP H C NEW CONC STEPS REGRADE PARKING ARE WITH NEW ASPHALT, COORD W/ CIVIL DWGS L I M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N L I M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION TRENCH DRAIN TRENCH DRAIN ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 UP UP UP DN DN 101 132 103 106108 110 111 112 112 113114 115116 117 111 123 125 126 124 127 127 110 131 103 121 128 121 121 121 121 RAMP RA M P 118 119 119119 125 117 102 102 102 102 100 131 111 LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N 133 103 103 102 125 127 127 127 127 121 121119 104 104 1 DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ALL WORK. 2. REFER TO DEMOLITION PLAN FOR EXTENT OF PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED. DEMOLITION SHALL INCLUDE ALL ELEMENTS WITHIN AND CONNECTED TO PARTITION. TERMINATE ALL ASSOCIATED ITEMS, I.E. PIPING, ELECTRICAL, COMMUNICATIONS, ETC, AS NECESSARY. ALL ELEMENTS SHALL BE TERMINATED AND CAPPED IN A LOCATION THAT WILL NOT BE VISIBLE WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. 3. CAREFULLY REMOVE ALL DOORS, FRAMES, AND SIDELITES SHOWN DASHED. SALVAGE FOR REUSE PER CONSTRUCTION PLANS. 4. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING FLOORING WITH TENANT. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND FINISH PLAN REGARDING PREPARATION OF FLOOR TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 5. REMOVE AND SALVAGE MILLWORK ELEMENTS SHOWN DASHED. CONFIRM REUSE OR DISPOSAL WITH TENANT. 6. EXISTING WINDOW COVERINGS IN AREAS OF WORK SHALL BE REMOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION, CLEANED AND REINSTALLED PRIOR TO MOVE-IN. 7. REFER TO CEILING PLAN FOR AREAS OF CEILING AND CEILING ELEMENTS TO BE REMOVED. ALL PERIMETER GYP. BD. SOFFITS SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF ALL SURFACES ADJACENT TO AREAS OF DEMOLITION. ANY ITEMS DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 9. ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED FOR FUTURE RE-USE SHALL INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: HVAC BOOTS, RETURN AIR GRILLES, HVAC CONTROL DEVICES, LIGHT FIXTURES, WIRING DEVICES, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, HARDWARE, PLUMBING FIXTURES, CEILING TILES AND SUSPENSION MEMBERS. 10. ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE REMOVED IN A CAREFUL MANNER TO ENSURE MINIMUM DAMAGE AND SHALL BE STORED IN A STAGING AREA DESIGNATED BY THE TENANT. ALL OTHER MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL ERECT TIGHT FITTING, DUST-PROOF PARTITIONS AT THE PERIMETER OF THE AREA OF WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION. DUST-PROOF PARTITIONS SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL COMPLETION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 2 7 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A200 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN DEMOLITION KEYNOTES 101 REMOVE AND SALVAGE TIMBER POSTS, WOOD RAILING, METAL BALUSTERS, AND WOOD RAMP FOR REUSE. GC TO PROTECT UNTIL REUSE. 102 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND DOOR FRAME. 103 REMOVE WINDOW AND WINDOW FRAME. 104 REMOVE EXISTING WALL OR PORTION OF WALL. 106 REMOVED EXISTING RAMP, LOW HEIGHT WALLS, AND RAILING. 108 REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING FLOOR AND RAILING. 110 REMOVE STONE VENEER WAINSCOT TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION AND SALVAGE FOR REUSE. 111 REMOVE TIMBER PLANTER WALLS AND LANDSCAPING. 112 REMOVE CONCRETE AND TIMBER STAIRS AND METAL HANDRAILS. 113 REMOVE EXISTING STAIR, WALL, AND HANDRAILS. SALVAGE WOOD SIDING FOR POSSIBLE REUSE. 114 REMOVE EXISTING MILLWORK. 115 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING COUNTER, BASE CABINETS AND UPPER CABINETS. 116 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL EXISTING APPLIANCES AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 117 EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN. 118 REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW AND PORTION OF WALL BELOW TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DOOR. 119 EXISTING OPERABLE PARTITION TO REMAIN. 121 NO DEMOLITION SCOPE OF WORK IN THIS AREA. 123 REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE RAMP. 124 REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK CONFIGURATION. 125 REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING THIS AREA. 126 REMOVE EXISTING LANDSCAPING TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK. 127 EXISTING FLOORING TO REMAIN IN THIS AREA. 128 EXISTING WOOD TIMBER RAMP AND RAILINGS TO REMAIN. 131 SALVAGE EXISTING STONE VENEER. REMOVE PILASTER AND FRAMING TO NEW ROOF LEVEL. 132 SALVAGE EXISTING WOOD DOOR AND FRAME FOR REUSE. GC TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION. 133 REMOVE WALL TILE ON ALL WALLS. ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 1 1 UP DN UP DN DN D H C D H C DDD SL G S - 2 2 S C D H C G G D CC H D D D D C D H CW I CW O D (0.7 5 ~ 1 2 0 , 0 0 0 ~ ~ 2 . 5 " ) (0. 7 5 ~ 8 0 , 0 0 0 ~ ~ 2 . 5 " ) 6'-41_2" A401 2 1 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A401 1 19'-0 3/8" ELEV MECH ELEV OFFICE STORAGE WOMEN MEN JANITOR MECHANICAL ADA R.R. ALTAR / ROSARY STOR 2 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SEWER LINE 10'-0" 10'-0" 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY 104 STORAGE 110 STOR 108 K OF C STOR 106 (E) STOR 109 HALLWAY 107 (E) CLOSET V.I.F. 30'-0" V.I.F. 6'-1 1/4"14'-0" V.I.F. 110 102A 10 2 D 10 2 E 87'-6" 89'-0" 87'-6" 102C 101 PARISH HALL 102B 108 101 202 203 205 206 207 209210 A6011 211 220 214 215 214 215 216 217 216 218 219 2 A210 219 221 21 ' - 8 " 17 ' - 8 " 17'-7 1/2"6'-6" 6'-10"9'-8"7'-2" 3'- 7 " 3'- 3 " 3'- 2 " 4'- 9 " 7'- 0 " 2'- 9 " 1'-0" 4'- 1 0 " 4'- 6 " 5'- 4 " 7'- 9 " 10 ' - 0 " 3'- 0 " 3'- 7 " 7'-6" 4'- 1 0 3 / 8 " 2'-4"1'- 2 " 4'-0"5'-1" 6 ' - 0 " +/ - 6'-0" +/- 89'-0" 202 202 B1 B1 B1 B1 A1 A1 B2 B1 HALLWAY 105 B1 8 A010 8 A010 B1 10 A010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N 11 A010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 219 UTILITY EASEMENT, RE: CIVIL 1 1 F.O.STUD F.O.STUD F.O.STUD F. O . S T U D 1 F. O . S T U D 1 3'-0" 4'-7"1'-0" 1'- 0 " 219 219 219 219 2 2 2 2 Solid White. CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BUILD- OUT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ALL WORK. 2. PROVIDE NEW PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 3. ROUTE FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS AROUND EXISTING DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS NECESSARY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE 1” PLENUM-RATED GASKET BETWEEN ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION AND DUCTWORK TO MINIMIZE VIBRATION. 4. IF FIRE-PROOFING IS MODIFIED ABOVE CEILINGS FOR OF NEW PARTITIONS, CEILING FRAMING, OR HANGER RODS, GC SHALL PATCH AND REPLACE FIRE-PROOFING TO MAINTAIN UNIFORM THICKNESS AND APPLICATION. 5. GC SHALL PATCH ANY PENETRATIONS IN EXISTING FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. 6. REPAIR WALLS AT ALL ABANDONED J-BOX LOCATIONS. BLANK COVERPLATES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED SURFACES INCLUDING PARTITIONS, WINDOWS, WINDOW FRAMES, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES TO AS-NEW CONDITION. 8. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH ALL SURFACES AT AREAS OF DEMOLITION TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 9. PATCH AREAS OF DAMAGE FOLLOWING REMOVAL OF WALL BASE. PREPARE WALL SMOOTH TO RECEIVE NEW BASE. 10. ALL PERIMETER DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF WALL BELOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FACE OF STUD, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. PRIOR TO FRAMING, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS OR ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED OR REUSED, INCLUDING DOORS AND FRAMES, EXISTING PARTITIONS, CEILING HEIGHTS, ETC. 13. VERIFY CONDITION OF SUBFLOOR. PREPARE FLOOR LEVEL TO BE NO GREATER THAN 1” VARIATION IN 10'-0”. 14. PATCH EXISTING ABNORMALITIES IN FLOOR AND PREPARE FLOOR FLAT TO RECEIVE NEW HARDSURFACE FINISHES. 15. PROVIDE NEW FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL ITEMS ANCHORED TO NEW AND EXISTING WALLS. 16. NEW PAINT ON ALL WALLS W/IN AREA OF WORK. 1 COAT PRIMER, 2 COATS OF FINISH COLOR. WALL & PARTITION GENERAL NOTES 1. THESE WALL AND PARTITION TYPES ARE INTENDED TO DESCRIBE THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. SHOULD PROJECT CONDITIONS SUGGEST ADJUSTMENTS TO THESE REQUIREMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT AS TO HOW THE SPECIFIC PARTITION TYPE IS TO BE ADJUSTED OR MODIFIED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION WHERE NEW WORK MEETS EXISTING ELEMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 3. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR REINFORCING, LINTELS, BRACING, ETC. AT ANY SPECIAL CONDITIONS. 4. REFER TO CODE PLANS AND CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR FIRE-RESISTANCE RATED SEPARATION WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION. 5. AT ALL PARTITIONS SUPPORTED BY SLAB ON GRADE, PROVIDE FLOATING SILL DETAIL TO ACCOMMODATE 2" OF VERTICAL MOVEMENT. PROVIDE U.L. RATED ASSEMBLY AT RATED PARTITIONS. 6. AT FURRED OUT WALLS, ANCHOR FRAMING BACK TO STRUCTURE AT 24" O.C. 7. ALL PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF CEILING STRUCTURE ABOVE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL RATED PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK STRUCTURE ABOVE. 8. ALL WALLS SHALL COMPLY WITH IBC SECTION 1607.13 FOR LATERAL LOAD RESISTANCE.B1.2WALL TAGS WALL/PARTITION TYPE HEIGHT DESIGNATION .0 REFER TO ELEVATION OR DETAIL. .1 EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. .2 EXTEND TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. .3 EXTEND TO CEILING. (TYP. U.N.O.) WALL HEIGHT DESIGNATIONS DISH AREA HAND SINK DISH DROP REFRIGERATOR FREEZER PREP SINK HAND SINK COOKING PREP TABLE FOOD PICK UP BEVERAGE HAND SINK REFIRGERATOR FREEZER © 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 2/ 4 / 2 0 2 2 8 : 2 5 : 5 1 A M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTES 202 1.5" DIA METAL RAILING, PAINT. 203 GATE FOR PLATFORM LIFT BY MANUF. 205 NEW STAIR TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 206 EXISTING STONE BENCH. 207 NEW MECHANICAL PLATFORM LIFT. BASIS OF DESIGN: GARAVENTA - GENISIS OPAL. 209 RECONSTRUCTED WOOD RAMP WITH LOG POST AND METAL RAILING FROM EXISTING. 210 EXISTING WOOD RAMP, POSTS, METAL RAILING, AND LANDING. 211 CASED WOOD OPENING. STAIN TO MATCH EXISTING HORIZONTAL WOOD PLANKING. 214 INTERIOR ROOF DRAIN, RE: PLUMB. 215 METAL TRENCH DRAIN AND COVERPLATE, RE: CIVIL. 216 NEW CONCRETE WALK AND STEPS, RE: CIVIL. 217 EXISTING MANHOLE. 218 NEW TIMBER PLANTERS. 219 NEW METAL HANDRAIL, PAINT. RETURN EXTENSIONS TO WD POSTS 220 SALVAGED DOOR AND FRAME IN MODIFIED EXISTING WINDOW OPENING. 221 ADA CONCRETE RAMP. 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ENLARGED KITCHEN PLAN 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 2 BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #1 04 FEB 2022 2 2.4.22 DN A401 2 1 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 275 3 A801 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 A801 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 A801 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 6 A801 278 280 278 277 282 284 276279 283 283 285 280 280 A201. 2 288 SLOPE 1/4" FT LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N 3'-4"+2 CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BUILD- OUT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN FIELD CONDITIONS AND DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ALL WORK. 2. PROVIDE NEW PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 3. ROUTE FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS AROUND EXISTING DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS NECESSARY TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PROVIDE 1” PLENUM-RATED GASKET BETWEEN ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION AND DUCTWORK TO MINIMIZE VIBRATION. 4. IF FIRE-PROOFING IS MODIFIED ABOVE CEILINGS FOR OF NEW PARTITIONS, CEILING FRAMING, OR HANGER RODS, GC SHALL PATCH AND REPLACE FIRE-PROOFING TO MAINTAIN UNIFORM THICKNESS AND APPLICATION. 5. GC SHALL PATCH ANY PENETRATIONS IN EXISTING FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. 6. REPAIR WALLS AT ALL ABANDONED J-BOX LOCATIONS. BLANK COVERPLATES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 7. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED SURFACES INCLUDING PARTITIONS, WINDOWS, WINDOW FRAMES, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES TO AS-NEW CONDITION. 8. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH ALL SURFACES AT AREAS OF DEMOLITION TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. 9. PATCH AREAS OF DAMAGE FOLLOWING REMOVAL OF WALL BASE. PREPARE WALL SMOOTH TO RECEIVE NEW BASE. 10. ALL PERIMETER DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF WALL BELOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FACE OF STUD, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. PRIOR TO FRAMING, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS OR ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED OR REUSED, INCLUDING DOORS AND FRAMES, EXISTING PARTITIONS, CEILING HEIGHTS, ETC. 13. VERIFY CONDITION OF SUBFLOOR. PREPARE FLOOR LEVEL TO BE NO GREATER THAN 1” VARIATION IN 10'-0”. 14. PATCH EXISTING ABNORMALITIES IN FLOOR AND PREPARE FLOOR FLAT TO RECEIVE NEW HARDSURFACE FINISHES. 15. PROVIDE NEW FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL ITEMS ANCHORED TO NEW AND EXISTING WALLS. 16. NEW PAINT ON ALL WALLS W/IN AREA OF WORK. 1 COAT PRIMER, 2 COATS OF FINISH COLOR. © 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 2/ 4 / 2 0 2 2 8 : 2 5 : 5 2 A M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN ROOF KEYNOTES 275 INFILL STAIR OPENING. MATCH EXISTING FRAME DEPTH AND SHEATHING. 276 REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING MANSARD ROOF TO ACCOMMODATE NEW FLAT ROOF CONNECTION PER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 277 EXISTING ROOF DRAIN TO REMAIN 278 NEW ROOF DRAIN & OVERFLOW DRAIN, RE: DETAIL. 279 RECONFIGURE EXISTING DOWNSPOUT ONTO NEW ROOF. 280 NEW MECH UNIT ON NEW CURB, RE: MECH DRAWINGS AND ROOF DETAILS 282 EXISTING ROOF TO REMAIN. 283 NEW STONE VENEER TO MATCH EXISTING. 284 PREFINISHED METAL CAP. 285 NEW ROOF SHINGLES. BASIS OF DESIGN - ECHOSTAR - ASPEN BLEND (COMBINE EMPIRE SHAKE & EMPIRE SHAKE PLUS), COLOR-SARATOGA SUNSET. 288 GC TO PROVIDE ALLOWANCE FOR ROOF MEMBRANE REPAIR FOR POSSIBLE WORK FOR ENLARGED MECHANICAL CURB. 1 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 2 BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #1 04 FEB 2022 2.4.22 RCP SYMBOL LEGEND (E)EXISTING LIGHTING TO REMAIN. 2 x 2 RECESSED INDIRECT BASKET FIXTURE. 1 x 4 FLOURESCENT UTILITY FIXTURE. INDIRECT PENDANT LAMP. PENDANT FIXTURE (TYPES A AND B). LARGE PENDANT FIXTURE. 6" DOWNLIGHT CAN. 6" WALL WASHER CAN. 2 x 2 A.C.T. SYSTEM. 2 x 4 A.C.T. SYSTEM. A.C.T. SYSTEM TO BE DEMOLISHED GYP. BD. ON MTL. STUD. 2 x 4 RECESSED INDIRECT FIXTURE. 2 x 2 RECESSED INDIRECT FIXTURE. 178 178 178 179 176 178 180 178 181181 181 181 181 181 LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION 179 179 181 LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N 177 1PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 3 1 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A300 LOWER LEVEL CEILING DEMO PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL CEILING DEMO PLAN 1 RCP KEYNOTES DEMO 176 PATCH EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING IN THIS AREA. 177 REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE MECHANICAL DUCTWORK SCOPE 178 EXISTING CEILING TO REMAIN. COORDINATE ANY DEMO SCOPE WITH MECH DWGS. 179 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, TYP OF 8. 180 RELOCATE EXISTING DECORATIVE FIXTURE. GC TO PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR INSTALLATION. 181 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN. ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 1 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EX H A U S T H O O D 8'-4" (E) (E) (E)(E)(E)(E)(E)(E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E)(E)(E)(E) 304 303 307 307 306 305 307 302303 LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N 307 307 301 301 (E) (E) (E) (E)(E)(E)(E) (E)(E) 308 (E) RCP GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CEILINGS TO BE SET AT 9'-0" A.F.F. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. ALL LIGHTING LOCATIONS TO TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ALL OTHER CEILING AND PLENUM MOUNTED ITEMS. REFER TO ENGINEERING PLANS, IF PROVIDED, FOR FINAL LIGHTING LAYOUT. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY ABOVE-CEILING CONFLICTS WHICH IMPACT LIGHTING LAYOUT OR CEILING CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 4. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITIES OF FIXTURES AND DEVICES AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE REQUIRED SCOPE. 5. LOCATION OF NEW DOWNLIGHTS TO BE IN THE CENTER OF TILE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 6. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SCOPE OF HVAC MODIFICATIONS WITH OWNER. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES. 7. CLEAN OR REPAINT ALL SUPPLY & ALL EXISTING/REUSED DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES. 8. CONTRACTOR TO TEST AND BALANCE HVAC SYSTEM WITHIN SUITE AREAS. 9. RELOCATE THERMOSTATS WITHIN AREA OF WORK AS REQUIRED BY MODIFIED PARTITION LAYOUT. CONFIRM FINAL LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT FOR DEVICES LOCATED IN ANY PUBLIC SPACES. 10. CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY SMOKE DETECTORS, ALARMS, AND STROBES FOR NEW LAYOUT TO MEET ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL BUILDING CODES, FIRE CODES, AND ADA GUIDELINES. 11. SWITCH PLATES AND OUTLETS SHALL MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INFORMATION ON COVERPLATE MATERIAL TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL. 12. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE/RECONFIGURE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS AS REQUIRED BY NEW PARTITION LAYOUT AND NEW OR REMOVED CEILINGS. REFER TO KEYED NOTES BELOW FOR ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SCOPE OF WORK. PROVIDE COMPLETE ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW BY ARCHITECT, AND APPROVAL BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 13. SPRINKLERS IN A.C.T. CEILINGS SHALL BE CENTERED IN TILES. 14. REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXIT SIGNS PER MODIFIED PARTITION LAYOUT, ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS, AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. RCP SYMBOL LEGEND (E) EXISTING LIGHTING TO REMAIN. 2 x 2 RECESSED INDIRECT BASKET FIXTURE. 1 x 4 FLOURESCENT UTILITY FIXTURE. INDIRECT PENDANT LAMP. PENDANT FIXTURE (TYPES A AND B). LARGE PENDANT FIXTURE. 6" DOWNLIGHT CAN. 6" WALL WASHER CAN. 2 x 2 A.C.T. SYSTEM. 2 x 4 A.C.T. SYSTEM. A.C.T. SYSTEM TO BE DEMOLISHED GYP. BD. ON MTL. STUD. 2 x 4 RECESSED INDIRECT FIXTURE. 2 x 2 RECESSED INDIRECT FIXTURE.PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 3 2 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A310 LOWER LEVEL CEILING PLAN OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL CEILING PLAN RCP KEYNOTES 301 NEW LIGHT FIXTURE. RE: ELEC 302 EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE. 303 EXISTING LAY-IN CEILING. 304 EXISTING CEILING TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR TO RECEIVE PAINTED FINISH. 305 NEW PAINT GRADE SOFFIT TO MATCH EXISTING. 306 RELOCATED DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE. 307 EXISTING CEILING - NO SCOPE OF WORK. 308 NEW GYP CEILING ON WD FRAMING AT STAIR INFILL. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 03-MAIN LEVEL 100'-0" ROOF 124'-0" 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" NARTHEX LEVEL 98'-10" (E) KITCHEN LEVEL 89'-0" 2 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SALVAGE & RECONSTRUCT WOOD RAMP, POSTS, AND HANDRAILS INFILL REMAINING (E) OPENING WITH LOG PATTERN. REMOVE EXISTING PARTIAL LOGS IN ORDER TO MAKE PATTERN CONTINUOUS 03-MAIN LEVEL 100'-0" ROOF 124'-0" 1 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" (E) KITCHEN LEVEL 89'-0" SAVLAGE (E) STONE PILASTER ABOVE NEW ROOF DECK - REPLACE AFTER ROOF DECK IS PLACED NEW MTL RAILING, PAINT NEW CONC STEPS, RE: CIVIL NEW VERT LOG POST W/ METAL RAILING - MATCH (E) RAMP NEW STONE TO MATCH EXISTING NEW VERT LOG SIDING TO MATCH EXISTING NEW SHINGLE, RE: SPEC STONE VENEER - MATCH (E) VERT WD SIDING - MATCH (E) 8 A010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9 A010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ NEW WOOD POST, PAINT MATCH (E) SOFFIT HEIGHT 1 RE: PLAN FOR RAMP SCOPE 1PRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 3 4 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A401 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"2 BUILDING ELEVATION SOUTH 1/8" = 1'-0"1 BUILDING ELEVATION EAST ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" 2 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3 A501 102 KITCHEN 3 A601 5 A801 MECH EQUIP ON CURB. RE: MECH 12 ' - 6 " 8 A010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 101 PARISH HALL 4 A801 1 3'-4"+ 2 03-MAIN LEVEL 100'-0" 1 A501 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" (E) KITCHEN LEVEL 89'-0" 3 A501 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY 104 STORAGE 110 STOR 3 A801 MECH EQUIP ON CURB. RE: MECH NEW OR REBUILT STONE PILASTER REMOVE LOWER PORTION OF LOG SIDING AS NEEDED TO ACCOMODATE EPDM ROOF TERMINATION 4 A801 1 1 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" 7 A801 5 A501 4 A501 ROOF SHINGLES (RE SPEC) OVER ICE & WATER SHIELD ON PLYWOOD SHEATHING ON PREFAB TRUSS - RE: STRUCT SOFFIT BOARD, PAINT MATCH (E) SOFFIT HT SLOPED STONE CAP, MATCH EXISTING STONE VENEER WD STUD FRAMING, RE: STRUC W/ NAIL BASED RIGID INSUL CONC SIDEWALK, RE: CIVIL PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING EPDM MEMBRANE, RE: SPECS VERTICAL LOG SIDING TO MATCH EXISTING DAMPPROOFING VAPOR BARRIER CEILING, RE: CEILING PLAN 2" RIGID INSUL 6 A501 42 " M I N A T M E C H U N I T 3'- 6 " + 6" CONF FOUNDATION, RE: STRUC 24 12 MATCH (E) ROOF PITCH. GC TO CONFIRM GRAVEL ON COMPACTED FILL CAULK, TYP 1 1 1 2x6 WD STUD, RE: STRUC SHEATHING, RE: STRUCT WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 1-1/2" RIGID INSUL STONE VENEER STONE SET IN FULL BED OF MORTAR FLASHING CONC SLAB, RE: STRUC VAPOR BARRIER RIGID INSULATION DAMPPROOFING EXPANSION FILLER P.T. WD SILL PLATE CONC FND & FOOTING, RE: STRUC GRAVEL ON COMPACTED FILL 1 2x6 WD STUD, RE: STRUC SHEATHING, RE: STRUCT WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 1-1/2" RIGID INSUL STONE VENEER VERTICAL WOOD SIDING CAULK STONE CAP STL ANGLE, RE: STRUC WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER SHINGLE, RE: SPECS ICE & WATER SHIELD WD FRAMING, RE: STRUC SHEATHING, RE: STRUC EXT SOFFIT BOARD TO MATCH EXISTING, PAINT PREFINISHED MTL TRIM & DRIP EDGE CAULK PAINT 1 © 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 2/ 4 / 2 0 2 2 8 : 2 5 : 5 3 A M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A501 BUILDING SECTIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION1/4" = 1'-0"1 BUILDING SECTION 1/4" = 1'-0"2 BUILDING SECTION 3/4" = 1'-0"3 WALL SECTION 1" = 1'-0"4 FOUNDATION DETAIL 1" = 1'-0"5 STONE CAP 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 ROOF DETAIL ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 2 BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #1 04 FEB 2022 2.4.22 Min R20 Cavity Min R10 Extend insulation to top of slab C402.2.5 IECC 2015 4'- 6 " 2' - 1 0 " 3 A601 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5 A601 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1'-6"2'-6"2'-6"2'-6"1'-6"2'-6"2'-6" OPEN OPEN 4 A601 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PL-1 PL-2 PL-1 FRP-1 3 1 / 2 " 2'- 1 0 " 1'- 8 " 2'- 6 " 4" 2'- 6 1 / 2 " WALL BEYOND STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP & BACKSPLASH AS SCHEDULED ADJ. SHELVES ROLL DOWN DOOR, RE: SPECS V.I.F. 4 1/8"1" STAINED WOOD ROLL DOWN DOOR GUIDE, BEYOND ROLL DOWN DOOR HOUSING, RE: SPECS. CEILING, RE: CEILING PLAN NEW HEADER, RE: STRUCT EXIST WALL NEW 2X WD WALL, RE: PLAN CABINET BEYOND PLAS LAM BASE CABINET (E) WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN 7 A010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2'-1" 3 1 / 2 " 1'- 8 " 2'- 1 0 " 1'-0 1/2" 2'- 6 " 2'- 5 " 4" PLAM UPPER CABINET STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP & BACKSPLASH, AS SCHEDULED ADJ. SHELVES ADJ. SHELVES STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED DRAWERS V.I.F. 4 1/8"1" PLAM BASE CABINET 2'- 1 0 " 3 1 / 2 " EXIST WALL NEW 2X WD WALL, RE: PLAN © 2020 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 8/ 2 / 2 0 2 1 4 : 4 8 : 5 9 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A601 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & SECTIONS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION1/4" = 1'-0"1 KITCHEN 102 - WEST WALL 1" = 1'-0"3 BASE CABINETRY SECTION 1" = 1'-0"5 BASE / UPPER CABINETRY - SECTION 1" = 1'-0"4 BASE CABINETRY SECTION 4 DRAWERS ∆ISSUE DATE PERMIT SET 30 JUL 2021 7.30.2021 UP DN UP DN DNUP DN ELEV MECH ELEV OFFICE STORAGE WOMEN MEN JANITOR MECHANICAL ADA R.R. ALTAR / ROSARY STOR 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY 104 STORAGE 110 STOR108 K OF C STOR 106 (E) STOR 109 HALLWAY 107 (E) CLOSET 101 PARISH HALL CPT-1(E) CPT (E) TILE(E) CPT TI L E - 1 (E) CPT CPT-1 (E ) V C T (E ) T I L E (E ) T I L E (E ) V C T (E) VCT(E) CONC (E) TILE TILE-2 TILE-1 TILE-2 TILE-1 ALIGN 4'-0" 4'- 0 " 4'-0" ALIGN W/ CENTER OF PANEL ST A I N L E S S ST E E L FR P - 1 FR P - 1 FRP-1 FRP-1 1 1 1 RB-2 AT NOSINGPRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 3 8 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A701 FINISH PLAN & SCHEDULE OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL FINISH FLOOR PLAN FINISHES LEGEND REFER TO REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH ITEM AS NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOLS TYPE MFR STYLE/COLOR REMARKS CPT-1 CARPET TILE MANNINGTON EVERYWHERE III, ALLURE 3303 FRP-1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL WHITE KITCHEN PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART ASIAN SAND 7952 K-18 BASE AND UPPER CABINETS PL-2 PLASTIC LAMINATE WILSONART BURNISHED CHESTNUT 4796-60 COUNTERTOP & BACKSPLASH PT-1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS MATCH EXISTING PARISH HALL AREA PT-2 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS MATCH EXISTING STORAGE AREA PT-3 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD EXTERIOR HM DOOR PT-4 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS TBD EXTERIOR BALUSTERS RB-1 RUBBER BASE ROPPE BURNT UMBER - 194 RB-2 RUBBER NOSING ROPPE BURNT UMBER - 194 STAIRS RF-1 POLYURETHANE CONCRETE (RESINOUS FLOORING) SIKA USA PURECEM - COLOR TBD PROVIDE ALTERNATE BID TO QUARRY TILE IN KITCHEN SS-1 STAINLESS STEEL KITCHEN COUNTERS AT ROOL DOWN DOORS ST-1 STAIN VT INDUSTRIES RAVINE - RA07 DOORS, TRIM TO MATCH EXISTING TILE-1 STONE TILE DAL-TILE AUTUMN MIST - 2772 SIZE TO MATCH EXISTING TILE-2 QUARRY TILE DAL-TILE RED BLAZE, 6X6 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE Number Name Floor Base Finish Walls CommentsMtrl. North East South West Mtrl. Mtrl. Mtrl. Mtrl. 101 PARISH HALL EXIST/TILE-1 EXIST PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 - 102 KITCHEN TILE-2 TILE-2 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 103 ENTRY EXIST EXIST PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 PT-1 104 STORAGE EXIST RB-1 PT-2 PT-2 - PT-2 105 HALLWAY EXIST RB-1 - PT-2 - - 106 (E) STOR EXIST EXIST - - - - 107 (E) CLOSET EXIST EXIST - - - - 108 K OF C STOR EXIST RB-1 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 109 HALLWAY EXIST RB-1 PT-2 PT-2 - PT-2 110 STOR EXIST RB-1 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 PT-2 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 1 1/2" MIN UNDERLAP FOR MEMBRANE XXXX XXXX X X X X X X X X X X X X XXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX STRAINING LID DRAIN BODY CLAMPING RING PIPE SIZED PER PLUMBING DRAWINGS. WATER CUTOFF MASTIC ALL BOLTS AND CLAMPS MUST BE IN PLACE TO PROVIDE CONSTANT COMPRESSION ON WATER CUT-OFF MASTIC. INSULATION SHEATHING COVERBOARD; HOLD BACK AS REQUIRED TO TAPER INSULATION SPRAY FOAM INSULATION ROOF MEMBRANE. THE HOLE IN THE MEMBRANE SHALL EXCEED THE DIAMETER OF THE DRAIN PIPE, BUT SHALL BE NO LESS THAN 1/2" (13mm) FROM THE ATTACHMENT POINTS OF THE DRAIN CLAMPING RING. 1. FIELD SPLICES MUST BE LOCATED AT LEAST 6" (152mm) OUTSIDE THE DRAIN SUMP. 2. INSULATION TAPER SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 6" (152mm) IN 12" (305mm) HORIZONTAL. NOTE: DETAIL IS PROVIDEDFOR DESIGN INTENT. INSTALL PER ROOF MFR AND DRAIN MFR INSTRUCTIONS. RIGID INSUL, RE: SPEC 1/2" COVERBOARD EPDM MEMBRANE VAPOR BARRIER PLYWOOD SHEATHING, RE: STRUC WD JOIST, RE: STRUC PREFINISHED MTL FLASHING STONE VENEER WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER EXISTING WALL REMOVE EXISTING STONE OR LOG SIDING LVL SUPPORT, RE: STRUC MATCH (E) 2X4 WD FRAMING VERIFY CONDITION OF (E) WEATHER AND REPLACE AS NECESSARY 1 RIGID INSUL, RE: SPEC 1/2" COVERBOARD EPDM MEMBRANE. REINFORCE CORNERS PER MFR. VAPOR BARRIER PLYWOOD SHEATHING, RE: STRUC WD JOIST, RE: STRUC PREFINISHED METAL CAP EXISTING WALL EXISTING SLOPED ROOF VI F WD BLOCKING & ANGLED SUPPORTS. BATT INSUL. R-35 MIN. PROVIDE NEW WD NAILER AS NEEDED EXTEND EPDM UNDER NEW MTL CAP EXISTING PLYWD TO BE REPLACED AS NEEDED 1 RIGID INSUL., PER SPECS & CODE SHEET EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE EXTEND EPDM MEMBRANE UP AND OVER RIGID INSUL. ATTACH TO PRE-FAB. CURB PER ROOF MFR. DETAIL. ROOF JOISTS RE: STRUCT. PRE-FAB. ROOF CURB. VARIES BY RTU MODEL. PROVIDE COVER BOARD OVER RIGID INSUL. PLYWD DECK ON WD JOISTS, RE: STRUC RTU PER MECH. SCHEDULE CANT PER ROOF MFR. DETAIL. CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER PER ROOF ASSY. SHT. MTL. COUNTERFLASHING, FIELD SUPPLIED, FASTENED TO PRE-FAB CURB PER RTU MFR. DETAIL. PROVIDE RIGID INSUL INSIDE CURB STRUCTURE PER MFR. DETAIL.MI N P E R M A N U F 1 PLYWOOD SHEATHING ON WD STUD FRAMING, RE: STRUC SALVAGED STONE VENEER WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER CAULK EXISTING LOG SIDING MA T C H E X I S T I N G W I D T H MATCH EXISTING CAULK 2 A801 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 5 A801 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SHINGLE, RE: SPECS CLEAT PREFINISHED METAL CAP ICE & WATER SHIELD PRE-FAB WD TRUSS, RE: STRUC SHEATHING, RE: STRUC EPDM MEMBRANE, RE: SPECS - EXTEND MEMBRANE UP AND OVER WALL AND TERMINATE PER MANUF P.T. WOOD NAILER 1 1 RIGID INSUL, RE: SPEC 1/2" COVERBOARD EPDM MEMBRANE VAPOR BARRIER PLYWOOD SHEATHING, RE: STRUC WD JOIST, RE: STRUC FLASHING (E) VERTICAL LOG SIDING EXISTING WALL LVL SUPPORT, RE: STRUC - REMOVE (E) LOG SIDING AS NEEDED STL BEAM AND BLOCKING, RE: STRUC 8" M I N VERIFY CONDITION OF (E) WEATHER AND REPLACE AS NECESSARYPRELIMINARY ~NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION~© 2021 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 9/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 1 2 : 4 7 : 3 9 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A801 ROOF DETAILS OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 3" = 1'-0"1 ROOF DRAIN DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 STONE PILASTER / ROOF DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 EXISTING PARAPET/NEW ROOF DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 RTU CURB 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 PLAN DETAIL AT STONE PILASTER 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 ROOF DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 WALL / ROOF DETAIL 1 1 ∆ISSUE DATE 1 ADDENDUM 1 30 SEP 2021 Min R30 © 2020 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 730 17TH STREET, SUITE 104 DENVER, CO 80202 303-227-9453 INTEGRATIONDESIGNGROUP.COM 8/ 2 / 2 0 2 1 4 : 4 9 : 1 8 P M C: \ U s e r s \ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n \ D o c u m e n t s \ 1 7 2 3 - O u r L a d y o f t h e Mo u n t a i n s _ j o h n . s a n d e r s o n @ i n t e g r a t i o n d e s i g n g r o u p . c o m .r v t A901 PERSPECTIVES OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION 1 KITCHEN ADDITION - PERSPECTIVE VIEW 1 2 KITCHEN ADDTION - PERSPECTIVE VIEW 2 3 KITCHEN - ISOMETRIC PARISH HALL ENTRY 4 PARISH HALL ∆ISSUE DATE PERMIT SET 30 JUL 2021 7.30.2021 2-28-22 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" 4 A501 WD STUD FRAMING, RE: STRUC W/ NAIL BASED RIGID INSUL CONC SIDEWALK, RE: CIVIL DAMPPROOFING VAPOR BARRIER 2" RIGID INSUL CONF FOUNDATION, RE: STRUC GRAVEL ON COMPACTED FILL 1 1 D STUD, RE: STRUC THING, RE: STRUCT HER RESISTANT BARRIER RIGID INSUL E VENEER E SET IN FULL BED OF MORTAR HING PROOFING NSION FILLER C FND & FOOTING, RE: STRUC Min R10 Extend insulation to top of slab C402.2.5 IECC 2015 FROM ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A501 2-28-22 01-LOWER LEVEL 87'-6" 4 A501 WD STUD FRAMING, RE: STRUC W/ NAIL BASED RIGID INSUL CONC SIDEWALK, RE: CIVIL DAMPPROOFING VAPOR BARRIER 2" RIGID INSUL CONF FOUNDATION, RE: STRUC GRAVEL ON COMPACTED FILL 1 1 D STUD, RE: STRUC THING, RE: STRUCT HER RESISTANT BARRIER RIGID INSUL E VENEER E SET IN FULL BED OF MORTAR HING PROOFING NSION FILLER C FND & FOOTING, RE: STRUC Min R10 Extend insulation to top of slab C402.2.5 IECC 2015 Insulation Required at exterior walls FROM ARCHITECTURAL SHEET A501 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 M001 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES 7/30/21 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS WORK UNDER THIS SECTION IS SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THE DRAWINGS, GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO COVER SYSTEMS OF HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, INSULATION, BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL, AND TESTING AND BALANCING. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE TAKEN TOGETHER. WORK SPECIFIED AND NOT SHOWN, OR WORK SHOWN AND NOT SPECIFIED, SHALL BE AS BINDING AS THOUGH REQUIRED BY BOTH, THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. MINOR ITEMS AND ACCESSORIES OR DEVICES REASONABLY INFERABLE AS NECESSARYTO THE COMPLETE AND PROPER OPERATION OF ANY SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SUCH SYSTEMS, WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR BY THE SPECIFICATIONS OR THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND LICENSE FEES, MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR INSPECTIONS, PAY ALL FEES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, EXCEPT BUILDING PERMIT, AND PAY ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND LICENSE FEES, MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR INSPECTIONS, PAY ALL FEES IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, EXCEPT BUILDING PERMIT, AND PAY ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL WORK TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS INMATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, UNLESS A LONGER PERIOD IS STIPULATED UNDER SPECIFIED HEADINGS. HE SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, ANY MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT DEVELOPING DEFECTS. REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENTS SHALL BEAR AN ADDITIONAL TWELVE (12) MONTHS GUARANTEE FROM TIME REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT IS COMPLETE. THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL BE BINDING, EVEN THOUGH IT WILL EXCEED PRODUCT GUARANTEES NORMALLY FURNISHED BY SOME MANUFACTURERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT HIS OWN AND EACH MANUFACTURERS' WRITTEN CERTIFICATES AND WARRANTIES WHICH INDICATE THAT EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT FURNISHED, COMPLIES WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES SHALL COMMENCE FROM THE DATE OF THE SIGNED ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER OF A PARTICULAR ITEM OF EQUIPMENT OR A PARTICULAR DEFINED PORTION OF THE WORK. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONFORMITY WITH ALL GOVERNMENTAL JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES REGULATIONS, LAWS, RULES, OR ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AND GOVERNING SAME; SUCH RULES AND REGULATIONS AND LOCAL ORDINANCES TO BE CONSIDERED PART OF SPECIFICATIONS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD STRICTLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY VIOLATION OF SAME AND SHALL CHANGE HIS WORK TO CONFORM WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. ALL WORK SHALL ALSO CONFORM TO THE PUBLISHED STANDARDS OF THE NATIONAL FIREPROTECTION ASSOCIATION, AND ELECTRICAL WORK AND EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT ISSUE OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL MATERIALS, IN GENERAL, SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES LISTED AND SHALL BEAR UL LABEL WHERE LABELING SERVICE IS AVAILABLE. WHERE JURISDICTIONAL RULES REQUIRE ASSISTANCE OF MECHANICS OF TRADES OTHERTHAN THOSE ORDINARILY EMPLOYED BY A PARTICULAR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INTHE HANDLING, STORAGE OR SETTING OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT, THE MECHANICALCONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY SUCH TRADESMEN SO AS TO BE IN CONFORMANCE WITHLOCAL JURISDICTIONAL AGREEMENTS. IT IS CONTEMPLATED THAT WORK INCLUDED BE DONE DURING REGULAR WORKINGHOURS ON A "STRAIGHT TIME" BASIS. ANY WORK REQUIRING OVERTIME SHALL INCLUDETHE COST FOR SUCH OVERTIME WORK AS A PART OF THE BASE BID PROPOSAL. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INTERFERENCE WITHOR DAMAGE TO ANY EXISTING UTILITIES AND SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DAMAGEDUTILITIES WITH THE LEAST POSSIBLE DELAY AND HOLD THE OWNER HARMLESS IN THEEVENT THAT THERE IS ANY DAMAGE. CERTAIN ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT ARE SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWING EQUIPMENTSCHEDULES OR IN NOTES AS THE PRODUCT OF A SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER INCLUDING THE TRADE NAME, SIZE AND MODEL NUMBER. THIS IS TO ESTABLISH A STANDARD OFQUALITY AND TO MAKE PROVISIONS FOR POWER, SPACE ALLOWANCE, AND CONNECTIONS BY OTHER TRADES. IF ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS OTHER THAN THOSE NAMED IN THE DOCUMENTS AREPROPOSED TO BE USED, THE BIDDER SHALL LIST SUCH OTHER ALTERNATEMANUFACTURERS ALONG WITH ANY COST ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS FROM THE BASEBID PROPOSAL. IF THE OWNER ACCEPTS THE ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER THECONTRACT WILL SO STATE. IF THE CONTRACT DOES NOT CONTAIN THE NAMES OFALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY MANUFACTURERSNAMED IN THE DOCUMENTS. IF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO USE THE PRODUCT OF A MANUFACTURER OTHER THAN THE ONE NAMED IN THE DOCUMENTS HE SHALL BERESPONSIBLE FOR THAT ITEM OF EQUIPMENT FITTING IN PLACE WITH ADEQUATECLEARANCES. FURTHER, IF DIFFERENT CONNECTIONS OR PROVISIONS ARE REQUIRED TOBE FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES FROM THE PRODUCT NAMED IN THE DOCUMENTS, THEMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFYING THE OTHER TRADESOF ANY CHANGES AND IF ADDITIONAL COSTS ARE REQUIRED BY THE OTHER TRADES HESHALL PAY SUCH COSTS. THE ENGINEER HAS NO CONTRACTUAL RESPONSIBILITY IN CONNECTION WITH JOB SITESAFETY MEASURES OR PRECAUTIONS AS RELATED TO MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES IN THAT REGARD. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY AND COMPLETELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDITIONS OF THE JOB SITE, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY DURING PERFORMANCE OF THEWORK. THIS REQUIREMENT WILL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMALWORKING HOURS. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER'S OBSERVATIONS OF THE MECHANICALCONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE ARE NOT INTENDED TO INCLUDE REVIEW OF THEADEQUACY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY MEASURES IN, ON OR NEAR THECONSTRUCTION SITE. IT SHALL BE THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TOCOMPLY WITH "SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION", VOLUME 36, NO.75, PART II OF THE FEDERAL REGISTER BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR. THEMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL SUCH SAFETYMEASURES AND SHALL CONSULT WITH THE STATE OR FEDERAL SAFETY INSPECTOR FOR INTERPRETATION WHENEVER IN DOUBT AS TO WHETHER SAFE CONDITIONS DO OR DONOT EXIST; OR WHETHER HE IS OR IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH STATE OR FEDERALREGULATIONS. THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND SHOW GENERALARRANGEMENT OF ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING, DUCTWORK, SERVICES, ETC. BECAUSE OFTHE SMALL SCALE OF THE DRAWINGS, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO SHOW ALL OFFSETS,FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED. FURNISH ALL FITTINGS, ANDACCESSORIES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED TO MEET SUCH CONDITIONS AND TO FIT WORKOF OTHER TRADES. FURNISH THREE (3) SETS OF CUTS OR BROCHURES, OR ONE SEPIA REPRODUCIBLE SHOPDRAWING AND TWO PRINTS SHOWING ALL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION FOR DUCTLAYOUTS AND EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED WIRING DIAGRAMS TO BE FURNISHED. REVIEW OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS IS RENDERED AS A SERVICE ONLY AND SHALL NOT BECONSIDERED AS A GUARANTEE OF MEASUREMENTS OR OF BUILDING CONDITIONS; NORSHALL IT BE CONSTRUED AS RELIEVING THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS OF BASICRESPONSIBILITIES UNDER HIS CONTRACT. ALL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED AS SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THEGOVERNING JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES PREVIOUS TO SUBMITTAL. SUBMISSION OFA SHOP DRAWING SHALL MEAN THAT APPROVAL HAS BEEN OBTAINED FOR INSTALLATIONOF THE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, ALL CHANGES AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACTDOCUMENTS SHALL BE RECORDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ON AS- BUILTDRAWINGS. SUPPLY TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOUR PAPER BLUE LINE SETS AND THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OTHERS WHO THEY MAY DESIGNATE SHALL BEPRIVILEGED TO ENTER AND OCCUPY THE BUILDING OR PORTIONS THEREOF, AT ANY TIMEPRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE MECHANICAL WORK WITHOUT PREJUDICE. BEFORE MAKING ANY INSTALLATION, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFERWITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK MAY AFFECT THE WORK UNDER THEIRSECTIONS AND MAKE THE NECESSARY CHANGES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES ORIMPROPER EFFECT ON WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY ALL OTHER TRADES. IN THE EVENTTHAT INTERFERENCES DEVELOP, THE ARCHITECT'S DECISION WILL BE FINAL AND NOADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED FOR MOVING OF MISPLACED PIPING, DUCTS, CONDUIT AND/OR EQUIPMENT. ALL MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS. EACH MAJOR COMPONENT OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, ADDRESS, MODEL NUMBER AND RATING ON A PLATE SECURELY AFFIXED IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE. THE NAMEPLATE OF A DISTRIBUTING AGENT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. ASME CODE RATINGS, OR OTHER DATA WHICH IS DIE-STAMPED INTO THE SURFACE OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN A VISIBLE LOCATION. USE ONLY NEW MATERIALS OF THE BEST QUALITY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE KINDS; LABOR SHALL BE DONE IN A THOROUGH WORKMANLIKE MANNER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. MATERIALS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY REPUTABLE MANUFACTURERS WHO HAVE BEEN PRODUCING THIS TYPE OF MATERIAL TO BE SOLD IN MAJOR CITIES IN THE UNITED STATES FOR A PERIOD OF AT LEAST FIVE (5) YEARS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN. THE INSTALLATION OF ANY ACCESS PANEL IS STRICTLY LIMITED TO LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS OR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. FIRE STOPPING SHALL BE REQUIRED AT ALL FLOOR AND FIRE RATED WALL/PARTITION PENETRATIONS. FIRE STOPPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE AS DETAILED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ALL SHOP FABRICATED AND FACTORY BUILT EQUIPMENT NOT GALVANIZED OR PROTECTED BY PLATING SHALL BE CLEANSED AND GIVEN ONE (1) SHOP COAT OF ZINC-CHROMATE PRIMER BEFORE DELIVERY OR DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL FINISH PAINTING SHALL BE DONE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. DUCTWORK BEHIND THE GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS, ETC. WHICH IS EXPOSED TO VIEW THROUGH THE UNITS, SHALL BE GIVEN ONE (1) COAT OF PRIMER AND A FINISH COAT OF FLAT BLACK PAINT. ALL WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE FIRST CLASS IN EVERY RESPECT AND SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SKILLED MECHANICS, RECOGNIZED AS SUCH IN THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADES. FURNISH NECESSARY SCAFFOLDING, STAGING OR CRIBBING REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. SUCH SCAFFOLDING, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES WHEN ITS USE IS NO LONGER REQUIRED ON THE JOB. SHOULD DAMAGE TO ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR ARCHITECTURAL PART OF THE BUILDING OCCUR, PAY ALL COSTS TO THE RESPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS AFFECTED ON THE JOB TO MAKE REPAIRS AND/OR TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS REQUIRED. OPENINGS MADE IN FIRE RATED WALL, CEILING OR FLOOR SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY CLOSED AND REPAIRED SO THE FIRE RATING IS NOT REDUCED BELOW ORIGINAL FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS. FURNISH 8 COMPLETE PORTFOLIOS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, CONTAINING AS- BUILT SHOP DRAWINGS, TEST AND BALANCE REPORTS, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, WARRANTIES, PARTS LISTS, WIRING DIAGRAMS, ETC., ON ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A COMPETENT INSTRUCTOR TO ADVISE THE OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AS TO THE PROPER OPERATION, SERVICING, ETC., OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL OF HIS WORK, EQUIPMENT, ETC., FREE FROM DUST, ETC., AND LEAVE THE WORK IN GOOD HOUSEKEEPING FASHION IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE NECESSARY FITTINGS, LAMPS, VALVES, ETC., AND LEAVE THE WORK CLEAN AND IN PERFECT OPERATING CONDITION. WHEN DIRECTED, DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, OPERATE SYSTEM WITH ALL FILTERS IN PLACE AND ALL CAULKING COMPLETE. DO NOT OPERATE OR PERMIT SUPPLY SYSTEM TO BE OPERATED WITHOUT FILTERS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY ITEMS OF NEW AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT BE OPERATED FOR TEMPORARY HEAT OR VENTILATION WITHOUT FILTERS IN PLACE. IF THE UNIT IS USED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED, THE FILTERS SHALL BE REPLACED, THE UNIT AND COILS SHALL BE CLEANED AND THIS SET OF FILTERS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS THE SPARE SET OF FILTERS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. THE CONTRACTORS SHALL EXPEDITE THE INSTALLATION OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SYSTEMS AS THAT HEATING SYSTEMS CAN BE USED FOR TEMPORARY HEAT AS SOON AS THE SPACE IS ENCLOSED, THEY SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN PROVIDING TEMPORARY HEAT AS REQUIRED. ALL TENDERS SUBMITTED ON THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON NEW MATERIALS AND APPARATUS OF MAKE AND QUALITY AS SPECIFIED. IF THE CONTRACTOR DESIRES, HE MAY ALSO TENDER ON MATERIALS AND APPARATUS WHICH SHALL BE OF SAME QUALITY AND OF SIMILAR SPECIFICATIONS TO THOSE AS HEREIN SPECIFIED, IN WHICH CASE HE SHALL STATE IN HIS TENDER ALL ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS INVOLVED IN THE ALTERNATE MATERIALS AND APPARATUS, AND SHALL SPECIFY THE NAME OR MAKE ON WHICH HIS ALTERNATE IS BASED. WHEN NO ALTERNATES ARE GIVEN OR ACCEPTED PRIOR TO CONTRACT AWARD, THE MAKE SPECIFIED SHALL BE INSTALLED. 1. 2. 3. A. B. C. 4. 5. 6. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. A. B. C. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. HVAC SYSTEM THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCOMPANYING DRAWINGS ARE TO COVER THE FURNISHINGS OF ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPARATUS, SERVICE PERMANENT AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES AS NECESSARY TO THE HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING WORK INVOLVED IN THE FURNISHING, INSTALLING, TESTING, ADJUSTING, RETESTING, READJUSTMENT AS REQUIRED AND DIRECTED, AND PLACING INTO APPROVED SATISFACTORY OPERATION THE COMPLETE RESPECTIVE SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY THE JOB CONDITIONS. BEFORE BEGINNING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE IMAGING VENDOR FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION AND IMAGING VENDOR EXPECTATIONS. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM FOR VENTILATING, HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING CONSISTING OF, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: SUPPLY AND EXHAUST/RETURN DUCT SYSTEM GRILLES, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS TESTING AND BALANCING FURNISH ACCESS DOORS TO CEILING CONTRACTOR FOR ACCESS TO VALVES AND DAMPERS. ALL CONTROL DEVICES AND DAMPERS ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. LAY IN CEILINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE 12"X12" (MIN.) ACCESS DOORS IN DUCTS FOR ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, DUCT MOUNTED APPARATUSES, AND WHERE INDICATED FOR MAINTENANCE. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL INSULATION AS HEREINAFTER SPECIFIED. FURNISH CUTTING AND CORING FOR INSTALLATION OF DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT. APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES OF THE FOLLOWING: THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF: IMC - INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE ASME -AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS. ASHRAE ARI -AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE ASTM -AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS AABC -ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL NFPA -NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION SMACNA - SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION EXERCISE CARE IN TRANSPORTING AND HANDLING TO AVOID DAMAGE TO FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. STORE MATERIALS ON THE SITE SO AS TO PREVENT DAMAGE. KEEP EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS CLEAN, DRY AND FREE FROM DELETERIOUS CONDITIONS. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM ALUMINUM SHEET METAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE DUCTS SHALL BE AIRTIGHT AND SHALL BE ANCHORED, BRACED AND REINFORCED TO PREVENT VIBRATION, LEAKAGE AND OIL CANNING. THE SPACING OF STIFFENERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA. THE DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH 1 INCH X 1/8 INCH SOLID NON-FERROUS STRAP HANGERS (BOTH SIDES OF DUCT AT POINT OF SUPPORT) WITH GAGES AND SPACING AS SPECIFIED IN SMACNA. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL ROUND ELBOWS SHALL HAVE CENTER LINED RADIUS EQUAL TO 1-1/2 TIMES THE WIDTH OF THE DUCT. IF SPACE DOES NOT PERMIT, THEN PROVIDE 6" THROAT WITH SPLITTER VANES. SEE DUCT CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY AND EXHAUST TO HAVE A POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE RATING OF 2" W.G., VELOCITIES BELOW 2500 FPM, SEAL CLASS B. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE 22 GAUGE MINIMUM. ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED SPIRAL LOCK SEAM DUCT WITH MACHINE FORMED FITTINGS AS MANUFACTURED BY UNITED SHEET METAL. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE SEALED WITH FIRE RETARDANT DUCT SEALER. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE FLEX MASTER OR APPROVED EQUAL. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS, SECURED WITH WORM DRIVE STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS. DUCTS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED AND HAVE 2" W.G. GAUGE WORKING PRESSURE. 4'-0" MAXIMUM LENGTH. FOR ALL OPERABLE DEVICES IN WALLS OR ABOVE INACCESSIBLE SUSPENDED CEILINGS, PROVIDE MILCOR ACCESS DOORS WITH SAME KEYED LOCKS AND CONCEALED HINGES. LAY IN CEILINGS ARE CONSIDERED ACCESSIBLE. SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS. STYLE DW IN DRYWALL NO. 16 GA. FRAME NO. 14 GA. PANEL STYLE AP IN PLASTER NO. 16 GA. FRAME NO. 14 GA. PANEL STYLE M IN MASONRY NO. 16 GA. FRAME NO. 14 GA. PANEL PROVIDE AN ADJUSTABLE BUTTERFLY OR OPPOSED MULTI BLADE VOLUME DAMPERS IN DUCTWORK AT EVERY DUCT JUNCTION ON ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK. DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF ALUMINUM AND BE 2 GAGES HEAVIER THAN DUCT IN WHICH THE DAMPER IS INSTALLED. EACH DAMPER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DAMPER ROD HELD IN PLACE WITH A CLAMPING DEVICE. VISIBLE END OF THE DAMPER RODS SHALL BE FILE MARKED WITH MARKS PARALLEL TO THE BLADES. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH WALL FRAME, SLEEVES, ANGLE IRON STOPS, LATCHES, SPRINGS AND FUSIBLE LINK, ETC., AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL BUREAU OF FIRE UNDERWRITER REGULATION BULLETIN 90-A. AND THE CITY OF CHICAGO FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU. THE FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BEAR UL LABEL. FIRE DAMPER SHALL BE 98% FREE AREA, AND BE OF THE LOW RESISTANCE TYPE WITH 1-1/2 HOUR OR 3 HOUR FIRE RATING AS MANUFACTURED BY PHILLIPS-AIRE AMERICAN WARNING AND VENTILATING, INC., AIR BALANCE, INC., OR RUSKIN MANUFACTURING. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED TIGHTLY WITH RUBBER GASKETS TO PREVENT AIR LEAKAGE. OUTLETS SHALL BE SELECTED AND GUARANTEED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO HANDLE THE AIR QUANTITIES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WITH MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP THROUGH THE OUTLET NOT EXCEEDING 0.10 IN OF WATER. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS OR GRILLES SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM ALUMINUM AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A FINISH COAT OF WHITE BAKED ENAMEL PAINT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY TITUS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. DRILLED-IN THREADED INSERTS: PHILLIPS "REDHEAD" DRILLED-IN THREADED INSERTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLTS, NUTS SLEEVES FOR ANCHORING FANS, MOTORS AND ANY OTHER POWER-OPERATED EQUIPMENT. ALL CONDITIONED SUPPLY AIR DUCTS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1 1/2" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. 2. 3. A. 4. A. B. C. D. E. 5. A. B. C. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. A. B. DUCTWORK: DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTED & INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: INTERNAL LINING OF DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. DUCTWORK THICKNESS SHALL BE 22 GAUGE MINIMUM EXCEPT FOR THE FOLLOWING: WHERE ANY WELDING OTHER THAN LONGITUDINAL SEAM IS PERFORMED, THE THICKNESS SHALL BE 18 GAUGE MINIMUM. ROUND: ROUND DUCTS MAY BE SPIRAL OR LONGITUDINAL SEAM. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED. SNAPLOCK SEAMS ARE NOT PERMITTED. DUCTWORK WHICH WILL BE EXPOSED IN SPACE SHALL BE SPIRAL. CRIMP JOINTS ARE NOT PERMITTED. PLEATED ELBOWS ARE NOT PERMITTED. ADJUSTABLE ELBOWS ARE NOT PERMITTED. MITERED ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES ARE NOT PERMITTED. USE RADIUS ELBOWS WITH CENTERLINE RADIUS AT LEAST AS GREAT AS THE DUCT WIDTH. RECTANGULAR: BUTTON PUNCH SNAPLOCK SEAMS ARE NOT PERMITTED. TRANSVERSE (GIRTH) JOINTS T-4, 9, 17, 18, 20, AND 23 ARE NOT PERMITTED. MITERED ELBOWS WITH TURNING VANES ARE PERMITTED ONLY WHERE RADIUS ELBOWS WITH CENTERLINE RADIUS AT LEAST AS GREAT AS THE DUCT WIDTH IS NOT POSSIBLE. SIZES OF NEW DUCT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE FREE AIRWAYS SIZES, NOT OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS. CONSTRUCT SUPPLY DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL BOXES, LOW PRESSURE RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK FOR 1" W.C. PRESSSURE CLASS. TEES AND TAPS ARE TO BE CONICAL. FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS AND MODULATING DAMPER BOXES, FLEXIBLE DUCTS MAY BE USED FOR A MAXIMUM OF 1'-0" FEET. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED, WITH 1" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION W/ VAPOR BARRIER. INSTALL FULLY EXTENDED W/ A MAXIMUM OF ONE 90° CHANGE OF DIRECTION, IN LENGTHS NO GREATER THAN NECESSARY. USE GENEROUS RADIUS TURNS AND SUPPORT AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE SAGGING. FLEXIBLE ELBOWS AT THE DIFFUSER INLET IS NOT PERMITTED. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE OPPOSED BLADE OR BUTTERFLY DAMPERS FOR ALL NEW LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY & RETURN BRANCHES. EXTRACTORS AND SPLITTER DAMPERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. SEAL ALL JOINTS OF NEW DUCTWORK. INSPECT EXISTING DUCTWORK FOR LEAKS & REPORT RESULTS BEFORE CONNECTING NEW DUCTWORK. ALL DUCTWORK WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION LIMIT LINE IS SUBJECT TO LEAK TESTS AS REQUIRED AND WITNESSED BY THE OWNER. SEE LATEST BUILDING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS FOR MEDIUM AND LOW PRESSURE ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE RATES, AND SPECIFIC TESTING REQUIREMENTS. ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF VAV AND FAN POWERED BOXES SHALL BE 3" W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, SEAL CLASS A. DUCT SEALANT SHALL BE WATER-BASED-UNITED McGILL OR APPROVED EQUAL. PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE IS UNACCEPTABLE. GASKETED FLANGES SHALL BE SEALED WITH A MASTIC. PROTECT NEW & EXISTING DUCT OPENINGS FROM DUST & DIRT. CLEAN INSIDE & OUTSIDE OF NEW & EXISTING DUCTWORK IN AREA OF NEW WORK. REPLACE FILTERS AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND PROVIDE NEW SETS OF FILTERS AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK. INSULATION INSULATION SHALL BE OWENS-CORNING, CERTAINTEED, ARMSTRONG, OR GUSTIN-BACON. NEW SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK ABOVE CEILINGS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH MIN. 2" THICK, 1# DENSITY FIBERGLASS WRAP WITH FIRE RETARDANT VAPOR-BARRIER COVERING TO PROVIDE A MAXIMUM INSTALLED CONDUCTANCE OF 0.16. OVERLAP ALL SEAMS AND JOINTS & SECURE WITH MANUFACTURER APPROVED ADHESIVE TO PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF VAPOR BARRIER. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 6. TESTING AND BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS: TESTING AND BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT SUB-CONTRACTOR SPECIALIZING IN SUCH WORK AND IS A MEMBER OF THE ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL. TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTRACTED DIRECTLY BY OWNER. BALANCE AND TESTING SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL EACH SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND IS IN FULL WORKING ORDER. CONTRACTORS SHALL PUT ALL THEIR EQUIPMENT INTO FULL OPERATION AND SHALL CONTINUE THE OPERATION OF SAME DURING EACH WORKING DAY OF TESTING AND BALANCING. TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN COMPLETE ACCORDANCE WITH THE SMACNA MANUAL OR THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR FIELD MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION AND THE LEGACY SPECIFICATIONS, SECTION. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPILE ALL TEST DATA AND SUBMIT 8 TYPEWRITTEN COPIES OF THE COMPLETE TEST DATA TO THE ARCHITECT FOR EVALUATION AND APPROVAL. ALL REPORTS SHALL BE MADE ON FORMS AS RECOMMENDED BY EITHER AGENCY. THE BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING TESTS, AND BALANCE EACH SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: ADJUST ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST AIR DUCTS TO PROPER DESIGN AIR FLOWS. ADJUST AND RECORD ALL ZONES TO PROPER DESIGN AIR FLOWS, BY MEANS OF DUCT TRAVERSE METHOD. TEST AND ADJUST EACH DIFFUSER, GRILLE AND REGISTER TO WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10% OF DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. EACH GRILLE, DIFFUSER AND REGISTER SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS TO LOCATION, SIZE, TYPE, MANUFACTURER OF AND ALL TESTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND LISTED. MANUFACTURER'S RATINGS ON ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED TO MAKE REQUIRED CALCULATIONS AND FINAL DATE BALANCED. READINGS AND TEST OF DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS SHALL INCLUDE REQUIRED FPM VELOCITY, TEST RESULTANT VELOCITY, REQUIRED CFM, TEST RESULTANT CFM AFTER ADJUSTMENTS AND FINAL DATE BALANCED. IN COOPERATION WITH THE EQUIPMENT OR CONTROL MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE, ADJUST AUTOMATICALLY OPERATED DAMPERS TO OPERATE AS SPECIFIED, INDICATED AND/OR NOTED. ADJUST ALL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS TO PROVIDED PROPER AIR DISTRIBUTION AND TO MINIMIZE DRAFTS IN ALL AREAS. ADJUSTMENT OF ALL DAMPERS, FANS OR BLOWER SPEED, BELT TENSION, ETC., SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE NEW SHEAVES OR BELTS IF REQUIRED FOR BALANCING. AFTER THE AIR BALANCING WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO PROVIDE COMFORT REBALANCE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL BALANCE WORK FOR READJUSTMENTS. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: 1 KITCHEN EXHAUST FAN AND MAKEUP AIR UNIT TO BE INTERLOCKED AND CONTROLLED VIA MANUAL SWITCH AND TEMPERATURE OVERRIDE. RTU-5 AND RTU-6 SHALL OPERATE UNDER THE PACKAGED MANUFACTURER SEQUENCE AS A SINGLE ZONE, CONSTANT VOLUME UNIT. UNIT SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH OCCUPANCY OVERRIDE. UNITS TO SHUT DOWN DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE AND ONLY ENERGIZE TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE BETWEEN 60 AND 75 DEG F. 1. 2. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS: NEW STAND-ALONE CONTROLS TO BE PROVIDED FOR NEW EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE REMOTE, PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTATS FOR RTUs. COORDINATE ALL CONTROL WIRING AND POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE ALL POWER AND CONTROL WIRING TO CONTROL DEVICES. 42.ALL MATERIAL WITHIN THE RF SHIELDING ENCLOSURE SHALL BE MADE OF NON-FERROUS MATERIAL. C.INSULATE ALL NEW SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK. 13.NEW GREASE DUCTWORK FOR TYPE 1 COOKING HOODS SHALL CONFORM WITH 2015 IMC: FURNISH DOUBLE WALL, FACTORY BUILT GREASE DUCT FOR USE WITH TYPE I HOODS, WHICH CONFORMS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA-96. PRODUCTS SHALL BE ETL LISTED TO UL-1978 AND 2221 FOR VENTING AIR AND GREASE VAPORS FROM COMMERCIAL COOKING OPERATION.DOUBLE WALL GREASE DUCTS SHALL BE LISTED FOR A CONTINUOUS INTERNAL TEMPERATURE OF 500 DEG F AND INTERMITTENT TEMPERATURES OF 2000 DEG F. DUCT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF AN INNER DUCT WALL AND OUTER WALL WITH INSULATION IN BETWEEN. THE INNER DUCT WALL SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 0.036" THICK 430 TYPE STAINLESS STEEL AND THE OUTER WALL SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF STAINLESS STEEL MINIMUM 0.024" THICK. THE DUCT SHALL INCLUDE INSULATION BETWEEN THE INNER AND OUTER WALLS. JOINTS SHALL BE HELD TOGETHER BY MEANS OF WELDING OR FORMED V CLAMPS AND SEALED WITH 3M FIRE BARRIER 2000+. THE DUCT WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL BE TESTED AND LISTED FOR 3/4" CLEARANCE TO COMBUSTIBLES AND 0" CLEARANCE TO NON-COMBUSTIBLES. A. 2. ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ GURXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PRO-E&T 1723 .IT&+EN ADDITION E;TERIOR IMPRO9EMENTS PERMIT SET 7/30/21 M002 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #12/04/222 7/30/2102/04/22 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ GURXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PRO-E&T 1723 .IT&+EN ADDITION E;TERIOR IMPRO9EMENTS PERMIT SET 7/30/21 M003 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #12/04/222 7/30/2102/04/22 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 M004 MECHANICAL DETAILS 7/30/21 UP UP UP DN DN SHEET NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. RAMP RA M P LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N MAIN SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN ALL EXISTING BASEMENT DUCTWORK TO REMAIN DEMO GRDs. DUCT CONNECTION TO BE REUSED. (TYP.3) DEMO TOILET EXHAUST AND CAP DEMO RTU ABOVE TO BE REPLACED. CONFIRM EXISTING RTU MODEL AND CURB SIZE. EXISTING DUCTWORK TO REMAIN MAIN RETURN DUCT TO REMAIN © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 5 : 1 7 : 0 9 P M \\ c o r p . s a l a s o b r i e n . c o m \ L e g a c y \ P r o j e c t s \ C h i c a g o \ D r a w in g s \ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 \ 2 0 0 _ R e v i t \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ M P F _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 . r v t M200 DEMOLITION PLAN - HVAC OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN - HVAC ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT SET 7/30/21 7/30/21 UP DN UP DN UP DN SHEET NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. SEWER LINE LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N 31/12 DN TO HOOD EXH. 3850 CFM. 20/10 DN TO HOOD SUPPLY. 1500 CFM EACH (TYP.2) 18 " x 1 2 " 24/21 UP 20/20 UP 10/6 DN TO HOOD 12/12 UP 10"øNK TYP.3 AS-400 24/18 UP 24/18 UP CONNECT TO DUCT SERVING PREVIOUS DIFFUSER (TYP.3) 10 X 6 CS-75 10 X 6 CS-100 6"ø 12"øNK TYP.2 B RA-600 WH 1 3" INTAKE 3" VENT CONCENTRIC VENT THROUGH ROOF 6"øNK TYP.2 AS-75 6"øNK AS-100 8"ø 22 " x 1 6 " 26 " x 1 4 " 10 " x 1 0 " 26/11 UP 18/12 UP 10"ø 12 " ø 16 " x 1 2 " 12"ø 10 X 6 DR-75 6"ø 10 X 6 DR-100 6"ø 6"øNK BR-10010 " ø 6"øNK BR-75 6"ø 10" TAP WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER FOR CONNECTION TO FUTURE. ELEV MECH ELEV OFFICE STORAGE WOMEN MEN JANITOR MECHANICAL ADA R.R. ALTAR / ROSARY STOR 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY 104 STORAGE 110 STOR 108 K OF C STOR 105 HALLWAY 109 HALLWAY 105 HALLWAY 101 PARISH HALL HALLWAY 105 12"øNKAS-600 © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 2/ 2 / 2 0 2 2 4 : 3 7 : 1 9 P M C: \ U s e r s \ b r a d . h o g a n \ D o c u m e n t s \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ M P F _ O L M _ 20 1 9 _ b r a d . h o g a n . r v t M210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - HVAC OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - HVAC ∆ISSUE DATE PERMIT SET 7/30/21 2 BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #1 2/04/22 2 2 7/30/2102/04/22 DN DN SHEET NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. NO SCOPE OF WORK ON INTERIOR AREAS OF THE CHURCH OR PARISH OFFICES NO SCOPE OF WORK ON INTERIOR AREAS OF THE CHURCH OR PARISH OFFICES REPLACE EXISTING RTU. CONFIRM EXISTING RTU MODEL AND CURB SIZE. RTU 1 MAU 1 RTU 2 EF 1 KEF 1 PARAPET WALL IS 43" TALL (TYP) CONCENTRIC VENT TERMINATION RTU 1 MAU 1 RTU 2 EF 1 KEF 1 PARAPET WALL IS 43" TALL (TYP) 10 ' M I N T O A I R I N T A K E 10' MIN TO EXTERIOR WALL 30" MIN OUTLET MINIMUM 30" ABOVE ROOF OUTLET MINIMUM 43" ABOVE ROOF NO OPERABLE WINDOWS ALONG UPPER LEVEL EXTERIOR 1 0 ' M I N T O A I R I N T A K E TO P A R A P E T 2' M I N 1 0 ' M I N T O A I R I N T A K E © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 2/ 2 / 2 0 2 2 4 : 3 7 : 2 2 P M C: \ U s e r s \ b r a d . h o g a n \ D o c u m e n t s \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ M P F _ O L M _ 20 1 9 _ b r a d . h o g a n . r v t M211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - HVAC OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - HVAC ∆ISSUE DATE PERMIT SET 7/30/21 2 BLDG DEPT RESPONSE #1 2/04/22 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ENLARGED ROOF PLAN - HVAC 2 7/30/2102/04/22 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 E000 ELECTRICAL LEGENDS NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS 7/30/21 ELECTRICAL UNDER THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE OF COLORADO Electrical permit to be obtained through the state of Colorado, all electrical inspections performed by state inspectors ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 E001 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 7/30/21 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 E002 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM KW MCA HP VOLT PH PANEL CCT OCPD WIRING INTEGRAL BY EC RTU-5 ROOF - - 1.5 208 3 H 14/16/18 15 4W+G X 1 RTU-6 ROOF - 26.0 - 208 3 K2 13/15/17 30 4W+G X MAU-1 ROOF - 11.0 - 208 3 K2 19/21/23 15 3W+G X EF-1 ROOF - - 1/4 120 1 K2 25 20 2W+G X KEF-1 ROOF - - 3.0 208 3 K2 7/9/11 20 3W+G X NOTES: 1. UTILIZE EXISTING CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT WHERE PRACTICABLE. MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE TAG LOCATION ELECTRICAL RATING FEEDER/SOURCE DISCONNECT NOTES 7/30/21 UP UP UP DN DN 1 EM K LPA H 1 1 1 (EX) (EX) (EX) (EX) H KEYED NOTES: 1. DEMOLISH ALL ELECTRICAL, LIGHTING, AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES WITHIN THIS SPACE, EXCEPT FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES LABELED EXISTING TO REMAIN ON SHEET E310. REMOVE CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAY BACK TO EXISTING BRANCH PANELBOARD. # GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET E000 FOR LEGENDS, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO SHEET E001 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 3 : 4 0 : 1 6 P M G: \ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 \ 2 0 0 _ R e v i t \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ E T _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 . r v t E110 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT 3/6/20 7/30/21 UP DN UP DN UP DN S SD SD AV SD J J J J J J S AV AV D D CO AV J ELEV MECH ELEV OFFICE STORAGE WOMEN MEN JANITOR MECHANICAL ADA R.R. ALTAR / ROSARY STOR SEWER LINE 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY 104 STORAGE 110 STOR 108 K OF C STOR 106 (E) STOR 109 HALLWAY 107 (E) CLOSET 101 PARISH HALL HALLWAY 105 LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N E210 2 EM K LPA H (EX) (EX) (EX) (EX) 29 29 29 29 102 KITCHEN B1 B1 B1 B1 A1 12 9 22 23 26 33 49 47 39 37 34 35 1 K2 K2-2 K2-35 K2-35 K2-35 K2-37 K2-37 LPA-40 2 K2-2 KEYED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE 120V DIRECT POWER CONNECTION TO RP-1 LOCATED ABOVE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION TO GAS SOLENOID VALVE WIRED TO CLOSE VALVE UPON ACTIVATION OF HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. #GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET E000 FOR LEGENDS, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO SHEET E001 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 3. REFER TO MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E002 FOR INFORMATION REGARDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT POWER CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL RECEPTACLES WITHIN THE KITCHEN SHALL BE GFI. 5. CIRCUIT ELECTRICAL DEVICES INDICATED BY CIRCUIT NUMBER TO PANELBOARD 'LPA', U.N.O. © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 3 : 4 0 : 1 6 P M G: \ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 \ 2 0 0 _ R e v i t \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ E T _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 . r v t E210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND SIGNAL OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - POWER AND SIGNAL 1/4" = 1'-0"2 ENLARGED KITCHEN PLAN - ELECTRICAL ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT 3/6/20 PH 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NOTES 1,2 35 FIRE SUPPRESSION 120 -20 - K2 18 20A/1P 2W+G DIRECT NOTES 1,2,3,4,5,6 49 ICE MAKER W/O BIN 120 - 15.0 -K2 8 20A/1P 26 FREEZER, REACH-IN, 1 DOOR 120 10.9 0.5 K2 12 20A/1P 47 REFRIGERATOR, REACH-IN 120 - 8.4 0.3 K2 20A/1P 2W+G K2 K HOOD EXHAUST 120 - 20.0 OVEN, CONVECTION, GAS 120 OVEN, MICROWAVE 120 1600 - - - 13 NOTES 1,2 2W+G 10 HOOD, CONDENSATE 120 -20 - K2 16 23 FREEZER, REACH-IN, 1 DOOR 120 10.9 0.5 K 53 DISPOSER, GARBAGE 208 - 6.1 NOTES 1,23W+G NOTES 1,2 59/61 20A/1P DIRECT 20A/1P 2W+G DIRECT NOTES 1,2 WAREWASHER, HIGH TEMP 208 -46 - K2 1/3/5 50/3P 3W+G DIRECT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FIXTURE REMARKSWATTS AMPS HP FEEDER/SOURCE - NOTE 1 PANEL CCT OCPD CONNECTION TYPEVOLTDESCRIPTIONWIRINTAG 20A/1P 2W+G 15.8 -K2 2W+G 20A/1P 10 5. REFERENCE HOOD MANUFACTURER DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. COORIDNATE LOCATION OF ANSUL PULL STATION AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 6. ANSUL SYSTEM SHALL BE MONITORED BY THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FOR SUPERVISORY AND ALARM. 4. PROVIDE AN EMPTY CONDUIT (FROM CEILING) FOR INTERCONNECTION TO BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 2. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL, FOOD SERVICE CONSULTANT, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. THAT EQUIPMENT IS IMMEDIATELY DE-ENERGIZED UPON ACTUATION OF THE HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM. COORDINATE ALL INTERLOCK REQUIREMENTS WITH KITCHEN CONTRACTOR. KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE NOTES: 1.5 K 14 2W+G DIRECT K 60 20A/1P 2W+G 62 0.3 K2 NOTES 1,2 37 1. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL GENERAL AND WIRING NOTES ON E001 AND THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NOTES ON THIS SHEET. 3. FOR EACH UNIT OF KITCHEN EQUIPMENT BELOW HOOD, PROVIDE SHUNT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER INTERLOCKED WITH HOOD SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL SUCH 20A/1P 20A/1P 2W+G 6 20A/1P 2W+G 5-15P 5-15P DIRECT 5-15P 5-15P 5-15P 5-15P NOTES 1,2 5-15P NOTES 1,2 9 12 NOTES 1,2 NOTES 1,2,3 NOTES 1,2 NOTES 1,2GRIDDLE STAND, REFRIGERATOR 120 - 4.2 -4 2W+G 33 34 39 22 REFRIGERATOR, REACH-IN, 2 DOOR 120 8.4 7/30/21 DN DN DN RTU 1 MAU 1 RTU 2 EF 1 KEF 1 1 WP/GFI LPA-33 KEYED NOTES: 1. CONNECT NEW RTU-1 TO EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PREVIOUSLY SERVING DEMOLISHED RTU. EXTEND EXISTING CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAY AS NECESSARY. # GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET E000 FOR LEGENDS, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO SHEET E001 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 3. REFER TO MOTOR/EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ON SHEET E002 FOR INFORMATION REGARDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT POWER CONNECTIONS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 3 : 4 0 : 1 7 P M G: \ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 \ 2 0 0 _ R e v i t \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ E T _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 . r v t E211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT 3/6/20 7/30/21 OS OS OS OS 27a A1 27a A1 27a A2E 27a A2 27a A2 27a A2 27a A1 27a A1E 27a A1 27a A2 27a A1E 27a A2 #3 27 REL EX 27 A3 27 A327 A3 V V LV LV LVa LVaLVa#3 27 #3 27 C1 C1E C1E C1E C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 1 C1E 2 EXEXEX EXEXEXEX EXEX LV 3 GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET E000 FOR LEGENDS, NOTES, AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO SHEET E001 FOR ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 3. CIRCUIT LIGHTING FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER TO PANELBOARD 'LPA', U.N.O. KEYED NOTES: 1. CONNECT NEW DOWNLIGHT LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LIGHTING CONTROLS TO EXISTING LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT AND CONTROLS SERVING EXISTING COMMON SPACE. EXTEND BRANCH CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAY AS NECESSARY. 2. CONNECT NEW DOWNLIGHT TO EXISTING LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT AND CONTROLS SERVING EXISTING EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES. EXTEND BRANCH CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAY AS NECESSARY. 3. CONNECT EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES TO NEW LIGHTING CONTROLS PROVIDED. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES WILL REMAIN CIRCUITED TO EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT PREVIOUSLY SERVING THEM. # © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 3 : 4 0 : 1 7 P M G: \ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 \ 2 0 0 _ R e v i t \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ E T _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 . r v t E310 LOWER LEVEL CEILING PLAN - LIGHTING OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL CEILING PLAN - LIGHTING ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT 3/6/20 NOTES: 35.8 LITHONIA LIGHTING #2GTL-*-4-48L-*-V12125-*-EZ1-LP840 NOTES 1,2 A2 2'X2' LENSED GASKETED TROFFER - LED/80-4000K 120 LITHONIA LIGHTING #2GTL-*-4-48L-*-V12125-*-EZ1-LP840 NOTES 1,2,3A1E 2'X4' LENSED GASKETED TROFFER W/ INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK - A1 2'X4' LENSED GASKETED TROFFER - LED/80-4000K 120 15.0 GOTHAM LIGHTING #EVO-40/15-AR-*-MD-LSS-MVOLT-GZ10 NOTES 1,2 28.6 LITHONIA LIGHTING #2GTL-*-2-33L-*-V12125-*-EZ1-LP840 NOTES 1,2 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION LAMP FIXTURE MANUFACTURER ITEM NUMBER REMARKSQUANT TYPE/CRI-CT VOLT WATTS 35.8 A2E 2'X2' LENSED GASKETED TROFFER W/ INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK GOTHAM LIGHTING LED/80-4000K 120 1. MANUFACTURERS' CATALOG NUMBERS ARE INTENTIONALLY INCOMPLETE; COORDINATE REQUIRED TRIM KITS, MOUNTING BRACKETS, LAMPS, FINISHES, ETC. WITH THE ARCHITECT, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER TRADES. 2. VERIFY TYPE OF CEILING OR WALL FOR MOUNTING OF LIGHTING FIXTURES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 3. PROVIDE INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERY IN ALL EXIT SIGNS AND FIXTURES DESIGNATED AS EMERGENCY ON FLOOR PLANS. - LED/80-4000K 120 28.6 #EVO-40/15-AR-*-MD-LSS-MVOLT-GZ10-EL NOTES 1,2 C1 6" ROUND RECESSED DOWNLIGHT - LED/80-4000K 120 LITHONIA LIGHTING #2GTL-*-2-33L-*-V12125-*-EZ1-LP840-EL7L NOTES 1,2,3 5.0 LITHONIA LIGHTING #LQM-S-W-3-R-120/277-*-* NOTES 1,2,3 28.4 LITHONIA LIGHTING #GTL-*-4-33L-*-*-*-EZ1-LP840 NOTES 1,2 18.0 LITHONIA LIGHTING #2ALL-20L-*-EZ1-LP840 NOTES 1,2 15.0 A3 1'X4' LENSED GASKETED TROFFER - LED/80-4000K 120 120 -- LED EXIT SIGN - LED 120 C1E 6" ROUND RECESSED DOWNLIGHT W/ INTEGRAL BATTERY PACK - LED/80-4000K 120 B1 2'X4' DIRECT/INDIRECT TROFFER - LED/80-4000K 7/30/21 Provide EM lights on the exterior wall to illuminate new egress stair, ramps and exit discharge doors per 2015 IBC EM Illumination levels are subject to verification in the field, additional lighting may be required ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 P001 PLUMBING SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND MATERIALS 7/30/21 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 P002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 7/30/21 2/26/20202/28/20203/6/20 PERMIT SET 7/30/21 7/30/21 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 P004 PLUMBING DETAILS 7/30/21 ∆ISSUE DATE 201 TKHVH GRFXPHQWV DUH SURWHFWHG XQGHU FXUUHQW FRS\ULJKW ODZ DV LQVWUXPHQWV RI SURIHVVLRQDO VHUYLFH DQG VKDOO QRW EH UHSURGXFHG ZLWKRXW ZULWWHQ FRQVHQW RI IQWHJUDWLRQ DHVLJQ *URXS P& TKH AUFKLWHFW GLVFODLPV DQ\ DQG DOO OLDELOLW\ UHVXOWLQJ IURP XQDXWKRUL]HG RU LPSURSHU XVH RI WKHVH GRFXPHQWV OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 0 5 1 7 PR2-E&T 1723 .IT&+E1 ADDITI21 E;TERI2R IMPR29EME1TS PERMIT SET 7/30/211 P005 PLUMBING ISOMETRICCS 7/30/21 UP UP UP DN DN RAMP RA M P LI M I T O F C O N S T R U C T I O N LI M I T O F CO N S T R U C T I O N DEMO SINK AND DOMESTIC DISHWASHER. CAP WASTE BELOW FLOOR. DEMO WATER AND VENT PIPING BACK TO MAINS. DEMO RANGE GAS PIPING BACK TO MAIN DEMO EXTERNAL DOWNSPOUT DEMO BOTTOM PORTION OF EXTERNAL DOWNSPOUT. RECONFIGURE TO DISCHARGE ONTO NEW ROOF. DEMO BOTTOM PORTION OF EXTERNAL DOWNSPOUT. RECONFIGURE TO DISCHARGE ONTO NEW ROOF. DEMO UTILITY SEWER PPING UNDER FUTURE ADDITION (E) 4" SAN UNERGROUND CAP PIPING IN MECHANICAL ROOM (TYP.4) DEMO GAS CONNECTION FOR RTU REPLACEMENT SHEET NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 2 : 4 2 : 1 8 P M C: \ U s e r s \ e m m a . v e d o c k - g r o s s \ D o c u m e n t s \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ M PF _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 _ e m m a . v e d o c k - g r o s s . r v t P200 DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 UNDERGROUND AND LOWER LEVEL DEMOLITION PLAN - PLUMBING ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT SET 7/30/21 7/30/21 UP DN DN UP DN DN 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY (2) WS-1 TO DISCHARGE INTO TRENCH 4"ST & OD UP (2) WS-1 TO DISCHARGE INTO TRENCH UP CONNECT TO EXISTING 1-1/2"CW MAIN 3" VTR V V V CW CW CW HW R HW CW HW ST FD-1 FCO FS-1 FS-1 FS-1 FCO FCO FCO (2) 4" @ 1/4" SLOPE CONNECT TO 2"G (0.5 PSI) GAS GA S GA S OD FD-1 FD-1 GCO FCO PROVIDE RPBP-1 ON 3/4"CW&HW FEEDS TO DISHWASHER 3/4"CW TO NFWH-1 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 1" 3/4" 1 1/4" 3/4" 1 1/4" 3/4"DN TO EQUIPMENT (TYP) 2" DN TO HAND SINKS (TYP): 1-1/2"V 1/2"CW&HW 3/4"CW&HW DN DN TO KITCHEN SINKS (TYP): 2"V 3/4"CW&HW 1"G UP FD-1 1 1/4" FD-1 WH-1 RP-1 MR-12"V DN 3/4"3/4" EMERGENCY GAS SHUTOFF 6 4"ST UP SHEET NOTES: 1. ALL DRAINAGE PIPING TO BE SLOPED AT 1/4" PER FOOT. 2. PRIME ALL FLOOR DRAINS & FLOOR SINKS WITH EVERPRIME SOLUTION. 3. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAMS FOR SIZING NOT CALLED OUT ON FLOOR PLANS. 4. ALL FLOOR DRAINS TO BY TYPE FD-1 WITH 2" WASTE CONNECTIONS. 5. ALL FLOOR SINKS TO BE TYPE FS-1 WITH 3" WASTE CONNECTIONS. 6. VENT TO BE 2' UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. REFER TO KITHEN DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. LISTED KITCHEN FIXTURES PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND INSTALLED BY PLUMBING. PROVIDE INDIRECT DRAINS AS REQUIRED. FIRE SPRINKLER NOTES: 1. EXTEND SPRINKLER PIPING FROM 4" MAIN LOCATED ABOVE ENTRY 103 TO THE NEW ADDITION. 2. REWORK EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING FOR NEW ROOMS ASSOCIATED WITH ALTERNATE #1. 3. IN AREAS OF EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION, USE BRASS UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS. IN CONCEALED PIPING AREAS, USE ONCEALED PENDANT TYPE SRINKLERS. 4. ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION TO BE FULLY SPRINKLED PER NFPA13. 5. VERIFY EXISTING FIRE MAIN INCLUDES A BACKFLOW DEVICE PRIOR TO INSTALL. KEYED NOTES: ROUTE 1-1/2" WASTE FROM WAREWASHER TO DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR SINK. COLLECT (3)1-1/2" DRAINS FROM THREE COMPARTMENT SINK INTO ONE 2" DRAIN AND ROUTE DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR SINK. ROUTE 1-1/2" WASTE FROM WORK TABLE WITH SINK TO DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR SINK. ROUTE (2)1-1/2" WASTE FROM TWO COMPARTMENT SINK INTO ONE 2" DRAIN AND ROUTE DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR SINK. ROUTE 1" WASTE FROM ICE BEIN AND 1/2" WASTE FROM ICE MACHINE TO DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR DRAIN. PROVIDE EACH WAREWASHER CONNECTION WITH A PRV (APOLLO 36- SERIES), PRESSURE GAUGE AND HAMMER ARRESTOR. EXTEND PRIMARY DRAIN AND OVERFLOW FROM EXISITING DRAIN TO NEW RISER. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 102 KITCHEN 103 ENTRY REPLACE 4" SAN UNDER ADDITION FCO FCO FCO SAN KW KW VV V FCO FS-1 SA NKWGCO SA N V 4"ø 4"ø 4"ø 4"ø 4"ø4"ø 2"ø 2"ø 3"ø 2"ø 2"ø 2"V UP 2"V UP 2"V UP 2"V UP 2"V UP 2"ø 2"ø INSTALL GB-1. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION. GCO MR-1 GB-1 FS-1 FS-1 FD-1 FD-1 FD-1 FD-1FD-1 2"V UP 4"ø 2" V UP 2"V UP 4" 1 3 2 4 5 © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 2 : 4 3 : 1 6 P M C: \ U s e r s \ e m m a . v e d o c k - g r o s s \ D o c u m e n t s \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ M PF _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 _ e m m a . v e d o c k - g r o s s . r v t P210 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/4" = 1'-0"1 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING 1/4" = 1'-0"2 LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - UNDERGROUND PLUMBING ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT SET 7/30/21 7/30/21 DN DN DN EXTERNAL DOWNSPOUT TO DISCHARGE ONTO NEW ROOF. EXTERNAL DOWNSPOUT TO DISCHARGE ONTO NEW ROOF. 4" RD-1 & ORD-1 1,780 s.f. @ 2"/hr RAINFALL 4" RD-1 & ORD-1 1,550 s.f. @ 2"/hr RAINFALL 3" VTR 1"G DN REWORK GAS CONNECTION TO REPLACED RTU RTU 5 MAU 1 RTU 6 3/4"G 3/4"G SHEET NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. © 2019 These documents are protected under current copyright law as instruments of professional service and shall not be reproduced without written consent of Integration Design Group, PC. The Architect disclaims any and all liability resulting from unauthorized or improper use of these documents. 7/ 3 0 / 2 0 2 1 2 : 4 4 : 0 6 P M C: \ U s e r s \ e m m a . v e d o c k - g r o s s \ D o c u m e n t s \ W M A _ 1 9 1 6 3 - 0 0 _ M PF _ O L M _ 2 0 1 9 _ e m m a . v e d o c k - g r o s s . r v t P211 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING OU R L A D Y O F T H E M O U N T A I N S KI T C H E N A D D I T I O N & E X T E R I O R I M P R O V E M E N T S 92 0 B I G T H O M P S O N A V E . | E S T E S P A R K , C O | 8 05 1 7 PROJECT: 1723 KITCHEN ADDITION & EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1/8" = 1'-0"1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING ∆ISSUE DATE 1 PERMIT SET 7/30/21 7/30/2021 7/30/21 CUSTOMER APPROVAL TO MANUFACTURE: ___' - ___" VERIFY CEILING HEIGHT HVAC DISTRIBUTION NOTE ’ “ ” “” ’ ’ ’ ” – – – ” – ’ ’ ’ ’ ’ CUSTOMER APPROVAL TO MANUFACTURE: ɸ